P G 1. Mechanical Engineering Department. Titl

Engineering with specialization in Machine Design

ion

Cu ure y Faculty profile Name of the course: M. Tech. Machine design

Sr. No.

142

PROGRAMS

e of the program • M. Tech in Mechanical • M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in Automobile

Engineering • M. Tech in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in

CAD/CAM/Automat

rriculum and syllabi: Please see annex

Name Designation Subject Teaching.

1 mics and Vibrations S. V Sawalekar Assist. Professor Machine Dyna2 N Ve Retired

Professovisiting)

liability En

nugopal Assist. r (Now

Re

gineering

3 S G P essoing)

lemenawar Retired Assist. Finite EProfvisit

r (Now

t Ananlysis

4 Dr. A J Kothadia

Professo y

r Theory of Elasticit

5 V M ecturerPhalle L Tribology 7 Dr. M A

Dharap Lecturer CAD/CAM

Name of the gineering

Sr. . Nam esign S ing.

course: M. Tech. Automobile En

No e D ation ubject Teach1 S. V M ics and

V Sawalekar Assist. Professor achine Dynam

ibrations 2 N V Retired Assist. Professor (Now

visiting) Reliability Engineering

enugopal

3 Kothadia Dr. A J Professor Theory of Elasticity

4 Lecturer Tribology V M Phalle 5 S G P A

g) Finite ElemenEngine Design

awar Retiredvisitin

ssist. Professor (Now t Analysis,

143

Na Sr.No

Name Designation Subject Teaching.

me of the course: M. Tech. CAD/CAM/Automation

.

1 S V sawalekar Assist. Professor

Software Engineering

2 Dr. S Professor trol TheorS Mantha Con y, Robotics 3 Ajit Bhosal siting hatronics e Vi Mec4 J N S r. Lectur puter aidhah S er Com ed Design 5 D J B Lecturer ject orien y,

sation irmole Ob ted Methodolog

Optimi Laboratory fa to the PG cLaboratory facilities in the Department are shared between UG and SpeAN Research focus: Th

for a VJTI – M&M research centre in automobile and allied

, BARC,ARAI, VRDE, DRDO, and IAT VJTI – BARC MOU

t

Scope otablished a computational Fluid Dynamics laboratory for simulating

e CFD Lab

DDR 40), Memory, 80GB

license with parallel processing • • T

cilities exclusive ourse PG Programs

cial purpose software / design tool: SYS / SOLIDWORKS / I-DEAS / MATLAB

e Department has

• MOU with BARC for a state of art CFD centre • MOU with M& M

areas. • Academic links with IIT•

Objectives Development and implementation of computational simulation codes for solving heat

and fluid ransfer dynamic problems in electrically conducting fluids as per the specifications set by BARC.

f Work • VJTI has es

problems for BARC and the Industry. • The laboratory has been equipped with appropriate hardware and software for

successfully simulating the experimental thermal plasma and LMMHD flow systems of BARC

Some HW/SW in th• SERVERS: 6 nos. 2 x AMD Opteron-250 CPUs, 4GB DDR RAM, 1 x 73 GB

10K rpm Ultra SCSI • Work stations: 12 Nos. Opteron 150, 1GB PC 3200 (

7200 RPM Ultra ATA 100 Hard Disk • CFX- version 10.0 - 10 nos. teaching license • FLUENT: 10 nos. Teaching FLUIDYN: 1 no. R&D license

he working groups from VJTI and BARC has built some simulation codes jointly and validated the same against both standard results and experimental data.

144

At tcodtoosub MOObje

utually beneficial areas. al-life training to the students through well-equipped laboratories,

g fields through applied research activities

ion Engineering ulty of VJTI trained in M&M

ma plume emerging from the

a melter

f flow past brake drum through vent holes of automobile. linder of a petrol

M

C&G.

Fee Ho ex z CoNaAd Prof. and Head, Department of Mechanical Engineering, VJTI, 54984

he completion of the MoU period, extensive documentation on work carried out, es developed and validation results including the software codes and computational ls will be provided to BARC by VJTI. Quarterly progress reports will also be mitted during the period of the project.

with Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. Uctives

• Promote interaction between VJTI and M&M in m• Provide re

and attractive base for young engineers to work on challenging assignments. • Motivate the students to do research in Auto-related areas and to take up careers in

hard-core engineering. up JC Mahindra-VJTI Automotive Research Laboratory in VJTI Campus • Set

with a view to creating knowledge base and providing engineering solutions in automotive & allied engineerinapplicable for developing countries.

Status • 2 employees of M&M sponsored for PG in M/C Design • 2 employees of M&M sponsored for PG in Automobile engineering • One employee of M&M sponsored for PG in Product• One Fac• Two Research projects completed

List of Typical Research Projects • Simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow inside a non transferred arc Plasma

Torch • Simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow in a plas

torch • Simulation of the molten pool of a plasm• T ermh o-hydraulic and thermo-mechanical analysis of the spallation region of the

LBE ADS target module using CFX/FLUDYNE/ANSYS o-phase n• Tw umerical simulation of the heavy density metal target using

CFX/FLUDYNE/ANSYS • Simulation o• Simulation of flow through inlet manifold and intake valve of cy

engine. Industry Linkage

Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. Mumbai OU withConsultancy for almost all leading Industries like Godrej and Boyce, L&T, SIEMENS,

Placement status: plz see annex z Admission Procedure: pl see annex z

e: pl see anStructur nex z stel facilities: plz see ann

ntact address of coordinator of the Program me: Dr. S S Mantha

ress: d Mumbai 400019

Telephone: 91-22-241

145

nnexure Y

PG Syllabus (Mechanical Engineering Department)

M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in Machine Design

A

PR(M TECH) Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design)

OGRAMME: 209: MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY

Evaluation weightage

Sr. No

T TW ESE.

Course Code

Course Title L P/T

T O

Cr ESE (Theo

A ry) Hours

Semester One 1 609010 Machine Dynamics and

ion 3 2 5 8 40 60 4

Vibrat2 y of Elasticity and

Material Behavior 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 609020 Theor

3 6090 neand reli eering

6 4 30 Engi ering experimentation ability engin

3 2 5 8 40 0

4 090 olo 0 6 4 6 40 Trib gy 3 2 5 8 4 0 5 609050 Finite E 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 lement Analysis TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 - Sem ter 1 090 em 5 8 0 6 4

es Two

6 60 Syst Modeling and Analysis 3 2 4 0 2 6090 0 Optimi engineering

design 3 2 5 8 0 47 zation for 4 60

3 609080 Design of power transmission s

3 2 5 8 40 60 4 system

4 609100 CAD/CAM 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 5 ctiv 0 6 4 Ele e 3 2 5 8 4 0 TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 -

146

Electives 1 709010 Advanced Machine Design 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 2 090 ces 8 0 60 7 20 Pro s Equipment Design 3 2 5 4 4 3 090 str 8 0 60 7 30 Indu ial Noise 3 2 5 4 4 4 090 n 0 60 7 40 Adva ced Vibration Analysis 3 2 5 8 4 4 Sem ster Three and Four Sr. No

L P/T T O T

Cr Evaluation weightage

e

. Course Code

Course Title

TWA 1 0 in 3 100

809 10 Sem ar

Stage I age II Stage StIII

2 90990 Dissertation

25 5 20 2 50

Semester I

MACHINE DYNAMICS & VIBRATION

. First and Second time derivatives of a vector fixed in moving reference frame – velocity and acceleration of a point on moving on rigid body. Relationship of time derivatives of vector f rence frames.

4.

n des, holzess method.

. Multi d.o.f. Vibration – matrix method, Eigen values and vectors – natural

ransverse vibration of cable; bar, torsion

1rigid body – or different refe

2. Inertia tensor, Ellipsoid of inertia

3. Angular momentum and its time derivative for a particle and system of particles. Equation of motion – fixed-point rotation.

Single d.o.f. Damped, forced vibration. Multi d.o.f. Free vibration – modes o

5

frequencies and modes – Modal analysis – numerical method for solution. Lagrange equation for problem formulation. Tow d.o.f. System – co-ordinate coupling - solution.

6. Vibration under periodic force use of Fourier series.

. Vibration of continuos systems – t7vibration of shaft Rayliegh’s method; Rayliegh ritz method.

8. Vibration control - balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses, controlling

natural frequencies, vibration isolation, vibration absorber.

147

. Basic vibration measuring setup – brief introduction to experimental modal

Term work:

9. Basics of non-linear vibration – causes of non-linearity – formulation. Solution methods iterative, graphical, method of isoclines. Stability of equilibrium state and type of singularity. Limits cycle.

10analysis.

1. Assignments vibration control 2. Case study –

References:

. Mechanical Vibration – S. S. Rao 12. Engineering Mecha3. Non-Linear

nics Statics & Dynamics I. H. Shames mechanical vibration – Srinivasan

ham Kelly 4. Fundamentals of Mechanical vibration – S. Gra

148

TH PART – I:

EORY OF ELASTICITY & MATERIAL BEHAVIOUR

THEORY OF ELASTICITY

nsors, strain displacement

ques: Strain measurement by resistance gauges types of

1. Stress – strain: Introduction, stress and strain serelation for plane stress and plain strain problems of elasticity, equation of equilibrium, compatibility condition, stress function, simple two dimensional problems of elasticity. Analysis of torsion of circular and non-circular sections

2. Load cells

3. Strain Gauge Technistrain gauges.

PART – II: THEORY OF ELASTICITY

. Fatigue and Fracture: In

troduction to fatigue and fracture mechanics of ductile and tors affecting fatigue. Methods

e theories. Linear elastic fracture mechanics. Finite life, infinite life, designs of machine components.

Term Wor

Refe

1brittle fractures mechanism of fatigue failure. Facof improving fatigue strength. Cumulative damag

2. Creep: Mechanism of creep failure. Constant load constant temperature tests.

Extrapolation of creep and creep rupture curves. Creep relaxation, influence of combined load in different directions. Design of machine element used in high temperature services.

3. Environmental Considerations in design : Corrosion, corrosion under stress, fretting corrosion and effects of other chemicals, Methods of improving corrosion resistance.

k 1. Assignments 2. Seminars

rences:

Engineering Vol-4 - Fatigue Design Handbook (SAE) terials in mechanical design – J.A. Collins

nalysis - J.W. Bally & W. F. Riley

1. Advances in 2. Failure of ma3. Eexperimental stress a

149

TRIBOL

. Hydrodddynamic Lubrication and Bearing Design

i d and tilting pad, of inIntro

2. Elast

gs, cams and gears.

3. Lubr ants: Selec on for general application and special application such as low temperature,

treme Pressure etc.

4. Rolli Stati election of rolling contact beari for different applications.

Types of wfrictiof m against wear. Design of friction surfaces used in clutches and brakes.

OGY

1 Bas c concept, hydrodynamic lubrication: design of plain fixed pa

slider bearing for steady and varying loads. Full and partial journal bearings finite length, design of journal bearings for steady loads and varying loads. duction to design of Hydrostatic and Aerostatic bearings. Thrust and radial

ohydrodynamic Lubrication.

Principles, Application to rolling contact bearin

ic

tihigh temperature, ex

ng Contact Bearings:

c and dynamic load capacity, left rating, and sng

5. Frict n and Wear: io

ear and basic mechanism of wear, Wear properties of friction and anti on metallic and non metallic materials, experimental techniques in evaluation aterials. Design of mechanical components

Term Work:

nments nar

1. Assig2. Semi

References:

ilm Lubrication Theory & Design – Andras1. Fluid Z. Szeri ndustrial Tribology – J. Bhatia

F2. Advances in I

150

FINVariational Method, Gelerkin’s Method,

Division of region into Elements, The linear

ems, Integral equations for the

ystesm

ITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 1. Solution of Boundary value problems:

Least squares method 2. One dimensional liner element:

Element, Weighted Residual integral, and Evaluation of the Integral. 3. Element Matrices: Direct stiffness Method, Properties of global stiffness Matrix,

ysis of simply supported beam Anal4. Two dimensional Elements: Linear Triangular Elements, Rectangular Elements 5. Two dimensional Field Equations: Coordinate syst

element matrices 6. Heat transfer by conduction and convection: One-dimensional fins, two-

dimensional fins, and long two-dimensional bodies. ustical Vibrations: one7. Aco dimensional vibration, two dimensional vibrations

8. FE applications in Solid Mechanics: The axial force member, potential energy formulations the Truss Element, Beam element, Plane frame element

9. Two dimensional Elasticity: The displacement functions, Element matrices 10. Element Shape Functions: Evaluating shape functions. 19 -+ 11. FEM Computations

tion Methods 12. Solu13. FEM Modelling and Pre Processing 14. FEM Hardware and Post processing 15. Survey of some FE software S

Term Work:

1. Assignments 2. Seminar

References:

t Handbook - H. Kardestuncer esign – S. Rajasekharan lements in engineering - Tirupathi Rs. Chandrupatla.

te element methods – Deasi and Abel . The FEM in Structural and Continuum Mechanics – Sienkiewics O.C Vol. 1,2.

te Element Analysis – Larry J. Segerlind =

1. Finite Elemen2. FEA in Engineering D3. Introduction to finite e4. Introduction to fini56. Applied Fini

151

EN

Engineering Experiments eering Research and experimentation in Design of

alysis,

design of experiments – Complete and in complete block designs,

. Concepts of Reliability 2. Statistical Models of Reliability

ons

gn

erimentation – Ernest O.Doebelin iability – Pierusehka

ngineering – Patrick D.T.O.conner gn. – S.S.Rao, ME 5

GINEERING EXPERIMENTATION AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

1. Design of Experiments: EnginProducts Measurement of physical parameters, selection of instruments, static and dynamic characteristics of response, Measurements and statistical estimation of errors. Planning of experiments. Data analysis and reporting.

2. Basic of statistics. Hypothesis testing, Analysis of variance, Regression an

3. Factorial designs – Orthogonal Array designs.

Reliability Engineering 1

3. Reliability of Hazard Functi4. System Reliability 5. Redundency techniques in system desi6. Failure Modes, effects & critically analysis 7. Fault Tree analysis 8. Event Tree analysis 9. Design Review & Validation 10. Design for Reliability.

TERM WORK 1. Assignments 2. Seminars

REFERENCE 1. Engineering Exp2. Principles of Rel3. Practical Reliabilty E4. Reliability based desi

152

Semester II

SY EM MODELLING & ANALYSIS

– inertia, stiffness and damper and mathematical modeling of mechanical systems – vehicles, articulated vehicle and

and matrix equation.

of system.

E1. Dynamics System Modelling & Analysis – Hung V Vu & R.S.Esfandi

System Dynamics – K.Ogata Control System Engg. I.J. Nagarath & M.Gopal. Vehicle Dynamics – Ellis Vehicle Dynamics – Steed

llipsy

ST

1. Mathematical modeling of mechanical elements

other mechanical systems. Modelling of Electro- Mechanical systems. 2. Mathematical modeling of hydraulic elements and system – Pneumatic elements and

system. Transfer function representation, block diagram, State variable representation,

3. Numerical methods and other solution methods of differential & state variable

equation.

4. Transient reposne of first and second order system – Steady state response – step Response, ramp response, impulse response, sinusoidal response, input –convolution integral, stability

TERM WORK 1. Assignments 2. Seminar

R RFE ENCE

2.3.4.5.6. Vehicle Dynamics – Ge

153

DESI

. Different types of prime movers, characeteristics, limitations applications and

es etc used. Their limitations and use in specific applications.

Desi

1. 2. Seminar

lic – Rhoner . Industrial Hydraulic – John Pippenger

f Pneumatics – Festo ications – A.Esposito

GN OF POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

1selection

1. Transmission Systems – Mechancial, Hydraulic, Pneumatic general description and Comparison.

2. Components like couplings, belts, chains, gears, brakes, clutches, shafts, bearing, Housing, pumps, valvTypical example of mechanical and Hydraulic systems.

3. Analysis for applications in Automobile, M/c Tool, Process engineering and data for . gn. Selection of components, Standard components use and selection

4. Synthesis above and to get complete solution. 5. Analysis of the solution further with respect to vivration, wear, life of crictical

components, reliability, assembly, maintenance and cost.

TERM WORK A signments s

REFERENCE 1. Vicker’s Manual

. Industrial Hydrau234. Fundamentals o5. Fluid power appl

154

COMA

PART–I COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN

COes

a chamber

AD

SSEMBLIS

CAuring

TERM

Tex s

1. him Zeid. 2. y P. Radhakrishnan.

ements Methods by Desai and Abel, CBS Publication.

Ref ks 1. phics by Hearn & Baker., TMGH

MPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND COMPUTER ASSISTED NUFACTURING

MPUTER GRAPHICS 1. Building and Drawing Curv2. Interactive Graphics 3. Vectors and their use in Graphics 4. 2-D Ray tracing: Reflections in 5. Modelling surfaces 6. Transformation of Pictures 7. Raster Graphics Technique 8. Curve and surface Design for C9. Visual Realism 10. Introduction to Computer Graphics 11. Graphics Devices and their Control

n 12. Hiden Surface eliminatio13. Introduction to Ray Tracing 14. Graphics Stadards. 15. CAD FOR MACHINE ELEMENTS AND SUBA

M d1. Introduction to computer aide

2. NC, CNC Machines, construc manufact

tional details, part programming exercises 3. Rapid Prototyping.

WORK 1. Assignments 2. Seminar

t Book CAD/CAM by Ibra CAD/CAM/CIM b

3. Introduction to Finite El

erence Boo Computer Gra

2. Computer Graphics, Rogers, TMGH 3. Computer Graphics, Hill Jr, Maxell McMillan Co.

155

OP

. Need for Optimisation and historical development, classification and formulation

echanical systems, Purpose and applications of

Optimum design, effect of Manufacturing errors, characteristics of Mechanical

patible specifications, General techniques

Term Wor

Semnd Applications. SS Rao

ering Design, Deb and Kalyanmay . Optimisation methods, KV Mital . Operation Research An Introduction- H A Taha

Distribution in Engineering- Karl Bury Intelligence through Simulated evolution, Fogel, Owence, and Walsh

TIMISATION FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN

1of optimiosation problems, classical optimization methods, calculus based methods, enumerative schemes, random search algorithms, evolutionary algorithms, Genetic algorithms, evolutionary programming, evolution strategies, classifier systems.

2. Optimisation design of M

Systems, Selection of optimum configurations, Critical regions material and dimensions.

3. Formulation of Primary and subsidiary design equations, Limit equations, normal redundant and incom

4. Digital Computers in optimum design, Exact and Interactive techniques, Optimal Design of elements and systems, Shafts Gears, Bearings, Spring, High Speed MACHINERY, cams, etc. Case Studies.

k. . Assignments 1

inar 1. Optimisation Theory a2. Optimisation for Engine345. Staistical6. Artificial

156

Seminar A S p[resent a seminar on a Thrust area that should contain

formulating the principles for solving of the problem.

The seminar should be submitted in a booklet that is bound.

2. SEMESTER III & IV

tudent has to

12

. Literature survey

. Basic study of the topic and3. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a workable scheme. 4. Basic design of the above. 5. Working out details of control Mechanism required if any. 6. Development of Software if necessary7. Suggestion for improvements 8. Cost analysis.

157

SEMEST

PROJECT

ER III & IV

A project should be assigned to each student at the beginning of the Third Semester either through Industry sponsorship or of academic but practical utility topic on any of the subjProThe

. Basic study of the project and formulating the principles for solving of the problem.

mics if any and preparing a workable scheme.

oftware if required.

ect areas, which involves the principles being studies in the above, ten subjects. The ject will be worked full time in the third and Fourth semesters for one-year duration. general scheme of working will be as follows:

1. Literature survey 2

3. Study of Kinematics, Dyna4. Basic design of the above. 5. Working out details of control Mechanism required if any. 6. Development of S7. Fabricating a prototype model 8. Testing of the model 9. Suggestion for improvements 10. Cost analysis.

158

ELECTIVE

ADVANCED MACHINE DESIGN Syllabus

nty, Statistical Tools and Techniques of handling Uncertainty

lerance

12

. Uncertai

. Reengineering Design Process 3. Reverse Engineering of Design 4. Design of Experiment 5. Taguchi Method 6. Signal to Noise Ratio 7. Orthogonal Arrays 8. Process / Product Optimization 9. Robust Design 10. Loss Function and Design To11. Concurrent Engineering

Term Work

1. Assignments based on above topics . Case studies

23. Seminars

References

1. Tapan P. Bagchi; Taguchi Method Explained, Prentice – Hall of India, New Delhi

. Suh Nam P. (1990); The Principles of Design, Oxford University Press, New

. Hammer Michel, Champy J.; Reengineering the Corporation, Nicholas Brealey

2

York 3

Publishing, London.

159

ELECTIV

. Multi d.o.f. Free and forced vibration with damping, problem formulation –

general forcing condition –impulse, shock loads-convolution

integral, Laplace transformation.

chaos.

erm work

. Ex ration measurement, sound measurement. Refe ence

le R T

5 Advancement theory of vibration-Rao J .S

E –INDUSTRIAL NOISE AND ADVANCED VIBRATION

1stiffness influence coefficients, flexibility influences coefficients, language equation, solution –Eigen values and vectors, model analysis, numerical method. *Experimental model analysis-spectrum analysis experimental setup, signature analysis

2. Vibration under

3. Brief introduction to self-excitation and stability parametric vibration and

stability, introduction to random vibration and

4. Noise sources, sound wave characteristics –Sound level, decibel directivity. Sound measurement.

5. Reduction and control of noise in rotating machines-gearbox, bearing. Noise created by fluid flow in pipe-A. C duct, pump compressors muffler.

T 1. Assignment on above topics

. Case study –signature analysis or sound control 23 periment –vib

r1. Hand book of Noise-Harris, G.M 2. Mechanical vibration theory and application-Tse F.S & Hink3. Mechanical vibrations-Church, A H 4. Mechanical vibrations-Den Hertog, J P

.

160

ELE

1 Type of vessels and factors influencing the design of vessels. classification of

ing, plastic instability, cyclic loading st ss reversals. Brittle rupture and creep rupture corrosion.

5. Elementary heat exchanger design.

1. Assignment 2. Seminar

Refe

sign-Hasse, Herman.C Rostoton. J H. sign-Brownell. L. E-young

CTIVE-PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN

. vessels such as tank, flat, bottomed and vertical cylinder tank, vertical cylindrical and horizontal vessels with formed ends as well as spherical or modified spherical vessels.

2. Criteria in vessel design. Elastic bend

re

3. Design of simple vessels of different configuration. General proportions and lay-out. Vents, tapping and flanges.

4. Design of tall vertical vessels and supports

Term work

r. ence

1 Process equipment de2. Process equipment de

161

M. Tec PROGRAMME: 210: MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M Engineering)

h. in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in Automobile Engineering

TECH) Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Automobile

Evaluation weightage

Sr. No

Course Code

Course Title L P/T T O T

Cr

W

ESE (Theory) .

T A ESE Hours Semester One 1 610010 Machine Dynamics and

ation 3 2 5 8 40 4

Vibr60

2 ry of Elasticity and Material havi

3 2 5 8 40 60 4 610020 TheoBe or

3 610030 Engine entation and abili

3 2 5 8 40 60 4 ering experimreli ty engineering

4 00 ite E 0 661 40 Fin lement Analysis 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 5 00 gine 40 60 4 61 50 En Theory and Design 3 2 5 8 TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 - Sem ter 1 100 em 5 8 0 6

es Two 6 60 Syst Modeling and Analysis 3 2 4 0 4

2 100 assi 5 8 6 70 Ch s and body engineering 3 2 40 60 4 3 6100 0 Design transmission

systems for automobiles 3 2 5 88 of power 40 60 4

4 /CAM 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 610090 CAD5 iv 8 0 6 Elect e 3 2 5 4 0 4 TA - TO L 15 10 25 40 - Electives 1 710010 Vehicl 2 5 8 40 60 4 e Performance 3 2 0 th inery and

Heavy 3 2 5 8 0 6710 20 Ear Moving mach

Vehicles 4 0 4

Sem ster hree and FouSr. No

Course Title L P/T

T O T

Cr Evaluation weightage

e T r

. Course Code

TWA 1 100 inar8 10 Sem 3 100

Stage I Stage II Stage III

2 910990 Disserta 20 25 25 50

tion

Semester I

MA IN I ATION

CH E DYNAM CS & VIBR

12. Inertia tensor, Ellipsoid of inertia

r a particle and system of particles.

ibration – modes nodes, holzess method.

Modal analysis – numerical method for solution. Lagrange equation for problem formulation. Tow d.o.f. System – co-ordinate

s – transverse vibration of cable; bar, torsion

vibration of shaft Rayliegh’s method; Rayliegh ritz method.

. Vibration control - balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses, controlling

ion methods iterative, graphical, method of isoclines. Stability of equilibrium state

odal

Term work:

162

11. First and Second time derivatives of a vector fixed in moving reference frame – velocity and acceleration of a point on rigid body – moving on rigid body. Relationship of time derivatives of vector for different reference frames.

. An13 gular momentum and its time derivative foEquation of motion – fixed-point rotation.

14. Single d.o.f. Damped, forced vibration. Multi d.o.f. Free v

15. Multi d.o.f. Vibration – matrix method, Eigen values and vectors – natural

frequencies and modes –

coupling - solution.

16. Vibration under periodic force use of Fourier series.

. Vibration of continuos system17

18

natural frequencies, vibration isolation, vibration absorber.

. Basics of non-linear vibration – causes of non-linearity – formulation. Solut19

and type of singularity. Limits cycle.

. Basic vibration measuring setup – brief introduction to experimental m20analysis.

12.

. Assignments

Refe

Case study – vibration control

rences:

. Mechanical Vibration – S. S. Rao echanics Statics & Dynamics I. H. Shames

l vibration – Srinivasan Graham Kelly

TH STICITY & MATERIAL BEHAVIOUR

56. Engineering M7. N -on Linear mechanica8. Fundamentals of Mechanical vibration – S.

EORY OF ELA PART – I: THEORY OF ELASTICITY

4. Stress – strain: Introduction, stress and strain sensors, strain displacement relation rium, for plane stress and plain strain problems of elasticity, equation of equilib

163

. Load cells

hniques: Strain measurement by resistance gauges types of

PART –

compatibility condition, stress function, simple two dimensional problems of elasticity. Analysis of torsion of circular and non-circular sections

5

. S6 train Gauge Tecstrain gauges.

II: THEORY OF ELASTICITY

racture mechanics of ductile and Factors affecting fatigue.

erent directions. Design of machine element used in high

Term Work

Refe

4. Fatigue and Fracture: Introduction to fatigue and fbrittle fractures mechanism of fatigue failure. Methods of improving fatigue strength. Cumulative damage theories. Linear elastic fracture mechanics. Finite life, infinite life, designs of machine components.

5. Creep: Mechanism of creep failure. Constant load constant temperature tests.

Extrapolation of creep and creep rupture curves. Creep relaxation, influence of combined load in difft pem erature services.

6. Environmental Considerations in design: Corrosion, corrosion under stress,

fretting corrosion and effects of other chemicals, Methods of improving corrosion resistance.

1. Assignments 2. Seminars

rences:

ng Vol-4 - Fatigue Design Handbook (SAE) mechanical design – J.A. Collins

s analysis - J.W. Bally & W. F. Riley

4. Advances in Engineeri5. Failure of materials in6. Experimental stres

164

Engi

. Power Cycles, Fuel air cycles, Combustion charts, Combustion in SI and CI

uel injection systems, Multi point fuel injection systems, cooling and llubricatinfg

Term Wor

. Seminar Ref

G chnology – Hein Heister.

ne Theory and Design

1engines, detonation and Knocking, Combustion chamber design,

. Engine performance, alternate fuels, alternative power plants, emission control in 2

automobiles and related legislations. Modern trends in in Power plant engineering, Hybrid Systems. Selection opf poewer plants, its layout, arrangement of cylinders, selection of stroke bore ratio, volumetric capacity, Compression ratio etc.

3. Design and selection procedures fror components as piston connecting rods, crankshafts, components of valbve train gears, Cylinders etc.

4. Design of Intake, exhaust and fuel supply systems. Multi valve systems,

scavenging and porting in two stroke engines, Supercharging, Carburettor, F

systems.

k 1. Assignments 2

erence 1. Engine Design Giles J 2. Vehicle and Engine Te

165

FIN

. Solution of Boundary value problems: Variational Method, Gelerkin’s Method,

ems, Integral equations for the

dimensional vibration, two dimensional vibrations

ITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

1Least squares method

2. One dimensional liner element: Division of region into Elements, The linear Element, Weighted Residual integral, and Evaluation of the Integral.

3. Element Matrices: Direct stiffness Method, Properties of global stiffness Matrix, Analysis of simply supported beam

4. Two dimensional Elements: Linear Triangular Elements, Rectangular Elements 5. Two dimensional Field Equations: Coordinate syst

element matrices 6. Heat transfer by conduction and convection: One-dimensional fins, two-

dimensional fins, and long two-dimensional bodies. 7. Acoustical Vibrations: one8. FE applications in Solid Mechanics: The axial force member, potential energy

formulations the Truss Element, Beam element, Plane frame element 9. Two dimensional Elasticity: The displacement functions, Element matrices 10. Element Shape Functions: Evaluating shape functions. 19 -+ 11. FEM Computations 12. Solution Methods 13. FEM Modelling and Pre Processing 14. FEM Hardware and Post processing

ystesm 15. Survey of some FE software S Term Work:

1. Assignments 2. Seminar

References:

. Finite Element Handbook - H. Kardestuncer esign – S. Rajasekharan

ite elements in engineering - Tirupathi Rs. Chandrupatla. nite element methods – Deasi and Abel

Structural and Continuum Mechanics – Sienkiewics O.C Vol. 1,2. te Element Analysis – Larry J. Segerlind =

12. FEA in Engineering D3. Introduction to fin

. Introduction to fi45. The FEM in 6. Applied Fini

166

EN

Engineering Experiments eering Research and experimentation in Design of

alysis,

e

. Statistical Models of Reliability ons

gn

Reference 5. Engineering Experimentation – Ernest O.Doebelin

eliability – Pierusehka g – Patrick D.T.O.conner

l .Rao: ME 5

GINEERING EXPERIMENTATION AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

4. Design of Experiments: EnginProducts Measurement of physical parameters, selection of instruments, static and dynamic characteristics of response, Measurements and statistical estimation of errors. Planning of experiments. Data analysis and reporting.

5. Basic of statistics. Hypothesis testing, Analysis of variance, Regression andesign of experiments – Complete and in complete block designs,

6. Factorial designs – Orthogonal Array designs.

R liability Engineering . Concepts of Reliability 11

1213. Reliability of Hazard Functi14. System Reliability 15. Redundency techniques in system desi16. Failure Modes, effects & critically analysis 17. Fault Tree analysis 18. Event Tree analysis 19. Design Review & Validation 20. Design for Reliability.

TERM WORK • Assignments • Seminars

6. Principles of R7. Practical Reliabilty Engineerin8. Re iability based design. – S.S

167

SEMESTER II

SYSTEM MODELLING & ANALYSIS

– inertia, stiffness and damper and mathematical modeling of mechanical systems – vehicles, articulated vehicle and

of system.

1. Assig2. Semi

REodelling & Analysis – Hung V Vu & R.S.Esfandi K.Ogata

Engg. I.J. Nagarath & M.Gopal. Vehicle Dynamics – Ellis

11. Vehicle Dynamics – Steed ics – Gellipsy

5. Mathematical modeling of mechanical elements

other mechanical systems. Modelling of Electro- Mechanical systems. 6. Mathematical modeling of hydraulic elements and system – Pneumatic elements and

s stem. Transfer function representation, block diagram, State variable representation, yna d matrix equation.

7. Numerical methods and other solution methods of differential & state variable

equation.

8. Transient reposne of first and second order system – Steady state response – step Response, ramp response, impulse response, sinusoidal response, input –convolution integral, stability

TERM WORK nments nar

FERENCE 7. Dynamics System M

ics – 8. System Dynam9. Control System10.

12. Vehicle Dynam

168

DESI

utch, centrifugal clutch, Clutch

tor, Automatic ive

and varying loads.

ic load capacity, left rating, and selection of rolling contact

GN OF POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR AUTOMOBILES 6. Requirements of automobile clutch 7. Construction and working of clutch, multiple cl

design 8. Automobile transmission requirements, Torque speed characteristics, Construction

and working of Mechanical geared Systems, Sliding mesh, Constant mesh, and Synchromesh gear Boxes, Epicyclic Gear Boxes,

9. Synchromesh gear Boxes design 10. Hydraulic Transmission, Fluid Flywheel, Torque conver

transmission, Transmission for Four wheel dr11. Universal Joint, Propeller shaft and design, brake Design, Axle design etc. 12. Hydrodynamic Lubrication and Bearing Design

concept, hydrodynamic lubrication: design of plain fixe13. Basic d pad and tilting pad, slider bearing for steady and varying loads. Full and partial journal bearings of infinite length, design of journal bearings for steady loads Introduction to design of Hydrostatic and Aerostatic bearings. Thrust and radial bearings.

14. Lubricants: Selection for general application and special application such as low temperature, high temperature, extreme Pressure etc.

15. Rolling Contact Bearings: Static and dynambearing for different applications.

Term Work: 1. Assignments 2. Semi

References:

nar

3. Fluid Film Lu4. A a

brication Theory & Design – Andras Z. Szeri Tribology – J. Bhatia

1. Vicker’s Manual ydraulic – Rhoner

dv nces in Industrial

REFERENCE

2. Industrial H3. Industrial Hydraulic – John Pippenger 4. Fundamentals of Pneumatics – Festo 5. Fluid power applications – A.Esposito

169

COMA

PART – I COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN

COes

a chamber

AD

SSEMBLIS

CAuring

TERM

Tex s

4. him Zeid. 5. y P. Radhakrishnan.

ements Methods by Desai and Abel, CBS Publication.

Ref ks 4. phics by Hearn & Baker., TMGH

MPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND COMPUTER ASSISTED NUFACTURING

MPUTER GRAPHICS 16. Building and Drawing Curv17. Interactive Graphics 18. Vectors and their use in Graphics 19. 2-D Ray tracing: Reflections in 20. Modelling surfaces 21. Transformation of Pictures 22. Raster Graphics Technique 23. Curve and surface Design for C24. Visual Realism 25. Introduction to Computer Graphics 26. Graphics Devices and their Control

n 27. Hiden Surface eliminatio28. Introduction to Ray Tracing 29. Graphics Stadards. 30. CAD FOR MACHINE ELEMENTS AND SUBA

M d4. Introduction to computer aide

5. NC, CNC Machines, construc manufact

tional details, part programming exercises 6. Rapid Prototyping.

WORK 3. Assignments 4. Seminar

t Book CAD/CAM by Ibra CAD/CAM/CIM b

6. Introduction to Finite El

erence Boo Computer Gra

5. Computer Graphics, Rogers, TMGH 6. Computer Graphics, Hill Jr, Maxell McMillan Co.

170

CH

. Vehicle body type and layouts, load distribution, dynamics loading,

2. structural analysis of integral chassis, Application of t ry of plates, Shell to body component, principles of thin walled beams, shear

. Ergonomics of driver and passenger seating and controlling arrangements.

. Seminar

Ref1. V hicle body Engg- pawlowsky,J

sis: Engineering principle –Reimpell,J

ASSIS AND BODY ENGINEERING

1Aerodynamics drag on cars and commercial vehicles, Drag reduction chassis frames for commercial vehicles, analysis of framed structures and application to chassis frames.

Integral construction for cars, heo

centers.

3. Noise control, Noise and vibration: Engine, body panel, tyre and dumping and absorption.

4. Safety consideration, impact protecting, desirable crush characteristics.

5

. A6 utomotive electrical- generation, rectification control, storages and use, Electrical accessories.

Term work

. Assignment 12

erence e

2. The Automotive chas

171

SEMESTE SEMINAR A S sent a seminar on a Thrust area that should contain 1 L2 ating the principles for solving of the problem. 3 4 Basic5 Work6 Deve 7 Sugg8 Cost The seminar t is bound.

SEMESTER III & IV

R III

tudent has to p[re

iterature survey Basic study of the topic and formulStudy of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a workable scheme.

design of the above. ing out details of control Mechanism required if any. lopment of Software if necessaryestion for improvements analysis.

should be submitted in a booklet tha

PROJECT

A project should be assigned to each studen Semester either through Industry sponsorship or of acade c on any of the subject areas, which involves the principles being bove, ten subjects. The Project will be worked full time in the third and Fourth semesters for one-year duration. The 1 2

3 kable scheme. 4 5 chanism required if any. 6 7 Fabri8 Testi 9 Sugg10 Cost

t at the beginning of the Thirdmic but practical utility topi

studies in the a

general scheme of working will be as follows:

Literature survey Basic study of the project and formulating the principles for solving of the problem. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a worBasic design of the above. Working out details of control MeDevelopment of Software if required.

cating a prototype model ng of the modelestion for improvements analysis.

172

EL

. Introduction to vehicle system: Morphology of vehicles, General layout of

lay

ynamics drag, Methods of estimation of resistance of motion, power requirement for propulsion.

Drive systems comparison.

Term work

Refrmance diagnosis and tune up slap manual-Gousha H M

ECTIVE - VECHILE PERFORMANCE

1passenger cars and commercial vehicle, Type of power units, Arrangement of power train, Vehicle controls, braking and steering system.

. Principles of land locomotion: Resistance of motion of wheeled and track 2vehicles, concepts of flotation and traction.

3. Friction and rolling resistance of pneumatic tyres: Aerod

4. Vehicle performance estimation and prediction: power plant characteristic and

transmission related requirements, Vehicle acceleration, max. Speed, Gradability

5. Vehicle transmissions: characteristics and features friction clutches, mechanical

geared transmission lay shaft and epicyclic gearbox, Synchronizers, Fluid coupling and torque converters.

6. Drive lines, two wheel drive, four wheel drive, braking arrangement, safety in breaking, weight transfer steering, cornering power of tyres, jack knifeing of articulated vehicles.

7. Suspension system, beam and axle, independent suspension rolls centers, rolling stiffnes, coupled suspension anti drive suspensions, Effect of shock and vibration on human being, comfort criteria.

1. Assignments 2. Seminar

erence 1. Engine perfo

173

EL

1. General application of earth moving machinery in open cast mining and other

2. rth moving machineries, such

m

erm work

Refenning and management through system technique-Verma

anning and equipment and method-Purify R.I 3 truction –Vazrani V N & Chandola.

ECTIVE - EARTH MOVING MACHINARY AND HEAVY VEHICLES

places. Operations in such application.

Description and specifications of different type of eaa Ds rills, Rippers shovels, wheel loaders, tractors, track vehicle excavator, Dumpers, Dozers, Cranes, Crushes, Feeders and compressors.

3. Studies of the working principles and design consideration of different systeinvolved like power system, transmission, final drive, electrical, lubrication pneumatics, brakes, hydraulics and steering.

4. Study of instrumentation applied to such machineries.

T1. Assignment

. Seminar 2

rence 1. Construction pla

Mahesh 2 Construction pl.

. Heavy cons

M. PROGRAMME: 211: MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M AD/CAM & Au

174

Tech. in Mechanical Engineering with specialization in CAD/CAM/Automation

TECH) Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Ctomation)

Evaluation weightage Sr. Course Title L P/T T Cr

ESE

Hours

No. Course Code OT

TWA ESE (Theory)

Semester One 1 puter Aided Design 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 611010 Com2 ct oriented Methodology

and operating systems 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 611020 Obje

3 10 chat 2 5 8 40 661 30 Me ronics 3 0 4 4 10 ntro 0 661 40 Co l Theory 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 5 ectiv 0 6 4 El e I 3 2 5 8 4 0 TA 5 10 25 4 - TO L 1 0 - Sem ter 1 10 0 Finite E ods 3 2 5 8

es Two

61 5 lement Meth 40 60 4 2 6110 0 Optimi 3 2 5 86 zation 40 60 4 3 61 puter Integrated

facturing 3 2 5 8 40 60 4 1070 Com

Manu4 611080 Concurrent Engineering of

duc3 2 5 8 40 60 4

pro ts and processes 5 iv 8 40 6 Elect e II 3 2 5 0 4 TA TO L 15 10 25 40 - - Elective I 1 711010 Softwa 2 5 8 40 60 4 re Engineering 3 2 10 0 E com

Financ8 40 671 2 merce and Industrial 3 2 5

e 0 4

3 7110 0 Reliabi ing 3 2 5 83 lity engineer 40 60 4 Ele 4 10 boti 2 5 8 40 6

ctive II

71 40 Ro cs 3 0 4 5 110 tific 0 67 50 Ar ial Intelligence 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 6 10 em 0 671 60 Syst Dynamic Analysis 3 2 5 8 4 0 4 Sem nd Four

ester Three a

175

Sr. No

rse L P/T T O T

C g.

CouCod

rse e

Cou Title r E

valuation wei htage

TWA 1 811010 Seminar 3 10 0

Stage I StaII

ge Stage III

2 119 2

25 25

9 90 Dissertation 0

50

176

SEMESTE1.

R I er Aided Design Comput

Computer Graphics

er Graphics

in a chamber

ering CAD harts and Software for atleast 5 Mechanical

TE

imilar ments on the use of above softwares and

the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in Semester Test

. Computer aided Geometric design - Barnhill R. E applications - Blinn J. E

Baker and Hearn

1. Introduction to Comput2. Graphics Devices and their Control 3. Building and Drawing Curves 4. Interactive Graphics 5. Vectors and their use in Graphics 6. 2 - D Ray tracing : Reflections 7. Modelling surfaces 8. Transformation of Pictures 9. Raster Graphics Technique 10. Curve and surface Design for CAD 11. Visual Realism 12. Color Theory 13. Hidden Surface elimination

ing 14. Introduction to Ray Trac15. Graphics Standards

MCAD

1. Develop conceps for Mechanical engine2. Develop Algorithms, Flow C

Engineeing Design Problems

RMWORK 1. Assignments using AUTOCAD or any other similar 2. Assignments using I-DEAS Master Series or any other similar 3. Assignments using ALIAS or any other s

. Term work should contain atleast 6 assign46 assignments onshould be conducted.

REFERENCES

1. Computer Graphics - Hill Jr. F. S 2. An Introduction to Splines for use in Computer Graphics and Geometric

Modelling - Richard H. Bartels and et. al. 3. Computers in Mechanical Engineering - Abi - Ezzi, S 4. Projective Geometry - Ayres F 56. IEEE Computer Graphics and 7. Computer Graphics -

177

2.OB

JECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGY AND OPERATING SYSTEMS C and C++ Fundamentals

and c++ s and miscelleneous items

ming . Tapping important C and C++ Libraries

T Concepts DOWS Applications with Resources

gnments in the above. Two seminars and Test should be conducted.

Eanguages - Brain Kerningham

ochan

Manual

s Fernandez

1. C and C++ Foundations 2. DATA 3. Control 4. Functions 5. Pointers 6. Input/Output in C 7. Structures, union8. Classes

Introduction to Object Oriented Programming

1. Power Program23. DOS System resourses and graphics 4. Assembly Language 5. Power programming 6. Binding C and Assembly language code 7. Programming for WINDOWS and WINDOWS N8. Developing C++ OBJECTWIN9. OPERATING SYSTEMS 10. DOS 11. UNIX

TERM WORK

1. Term work should contain atleast 10 assione in Semester

R REFE

1NCE

. C Programming l2. Programming in C - K3. Programming in C - Byron Gotfried 4. UNIX operating system - Kerningham

. UNIX Operating Manual 56. DOS Operating 7. MICROSOFT C/C++7 - William H. Murray 8. High Performance C Graphics Programming for Windows 9. BORLAND C++ for WINDOWS - Loui10. Visual C++ Programming - Steve holzner

178

3. MECHATRONICS 1. O erview of Microcomputer systems, Hardware and Software.

,

t, instruction

hine Tools and Automation, Automation

neumatic systems, study of

4. S udy of controls for Machine Tools. . Experiments based on Pneumatic circuits for automation.

d on Hydraulic circuits for automation. design for practical

d servo mechanisms topic based on above

ydraulic Control Systems - Aizerman M A . Pneumatic circuits and Low cost automation - Fawcett J R . Industrial Hydraulics - Pippenger

v2. Introduction to microprocessor architecture 8085 and 8086/8088. Control unit

memory, working registers, internal clock, I/O devices and interfaces, bus structure and its hardware connections to processor.

3. Introduction to Microprocessor software. Data representation, Binary and BCD formats, Instruction types, addressing modes, instruction formatimings and operations, 8085 instruction set and its basic instructions.

4. Programming techniques with additional Instructions, Counter and timing delays, branching, looping, stack and sub routines.

5. Components in hydraulic systems. Study of simple hydraulic circuits. 6. Components in pneumatic systems. Study of simple pneumatic circuits. 7. Techniques adopted in pneumatic circuits, Logic circuits. 8. Electro – hydraulic systems. 9. Electro – pneumatic systems.

circuits 10. Automation, basic concepts, techniques adopted in synthesis of L.C.A. and study of L.C.A. components.

11. Case studies involving hydraulics in Macin machining using transfer machines.

12. Control Theory, Adaptive Controls. 13. PLC in Automation. 14. PID Controllers in Automation. 15. Analysis of control system components such as valves, actuators, transmissions

dynamic modeling of Electro Hydraulic/Petc., response and concepts of stability

TERM WORK

1. Experiments on Pneumatic Logic Trainer. 2. Experiments on Hydraulic Logic Trainer. 3. Study of various Material Handling Devices.

t56. Experiments base7. A igss nments to develop an Automation conceptual

application. 8. Laboratory experiments on feed back control systems an9. Three assignments (including numerical problems) on each

syllabus. Term work should contain atleast 10 assignments in the above. Two seminars and one in Semester Test should be conducted.

REFERENCES

Pneumatic and H1.23

179

ner & Stoll

4. Vickers Manual on Hydraulics 5. Computer Numerical Control concepts and Programming - Seames W S 6. Computer Numeric Control of Machine Control - Thyer G E 7. Pneumatic application - Deppert Warner & Stoll Kurt 8. Mechanization by Pneumatic Control Vol 1 and Vol 2 - Deppper Wer

Kurt 9. Hydraulic and Pneumatic for Production - Stewart 10. Fundamentals of pneumatics - Festo series 11. Maintenance of Pneumatic equipments - Festo series 12. Stepper Motor Control and Devices – Kenjo 13. Dynamics of Physical Systems – Cannon R.H.

. 14. Servomechanisms: Devices and Fundamentals – Miller R.W

180

4.CONTROL THEORY 1. Introduction to Control theory 2. Mathematical Methods of pysical systems 3. Feedback Charecteristics of Control Systems 4. Control Systems and Components

nd Performa5. Time response analysis, Design specifications a nce Indices

e tory assignments and 5 assignments in the above. At least 2 assignments should use MATLAB Two seminars and one in Semester Tes d. RE

g Systems - Seely S. . Lenear Control System Analysis and Design - D-Azo

Engineering - Truxal J. G.

6. Concepts of Stability algebraic criteria 7. The Root locus Technique 8. Frequency response analysis 9. Stability in frequency Domain 10. Introduction to Design 11. Sample - Data Control systems

12. State variable analysis and Design13. Optimal Control systems 14. Nonlenear Systems 15. Introduction to MATLAB

TERMWORK T rm work should contain at least 5 labora

t should be conducte

FERENCES 1. Control Systems Engineering - I. J. Nagrath 2. Dynamics of Physical systems - Cannon R. H. 3. An Introduction to engineerin45. Introductory system6. Sevo Mechanisms devices and Fundamentals - Miller R. W7. Practical Sevo Mechanism Design - Baeck H. S 8. Modern Control - Principles and Applications - Hsu J. C 9. Analysis and Control of Lenear systems - Ku Y. H 10. Introduction to Control systems design - Eveleigh V. W 11. Automatic Control Systems - Benjamin C. Kuo 12. Theory and Problems of Feed Back andControl Systems - Schaum Series

181

5.ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND INDUSTRIAL FINANCE Electronic Commerce Networks and commercial transactions, Business model for commercial transactions, The InteCryTecverEleEnvReqMeprivprotComInteproconenvDigCarStra Ind ResRegPrice and distribution controls, Export –Import policy. Policy on foreign investment and col d development of Industries. Fea of industrial planning and development, 5-year plan. Classification of industries, Siz sification, and proPubaffe Term work: Onare Ass Ref

rnet environment, The World Wide Web, Online commerce Solutions, Public Key ptography, Security Standards, Commerce Models and Environments, Security hnologies, Cryptography, Public key solutions, Trusted key distribution and ification, Encryption, Digital Signature, Non repudiation and Message Integrity, ctronic Payment Methods, Updating existing methods, Building a commercial ironment, Offline and Online Transactions, Security of online transaction models, uired facilities, Hardware Requirements, Software requirements, Humane expertise ,

rchant requirements, Customer Requirements, Protocols for the public transport of ate Information, Security Protocols, Security –Socket layer, Integrating security ocols in to web, Credit card business basics, Electronic Commerce Providers, Online merce Options, Electronic payment Systems, Digital Payment Systems, Virtual

rnet payment System, Account setup and costs, Setting up a seller, Virtual transaction cess, curity considerations, Cyber cash, The Cyber cash model, Cyber cash security siderations, Cyber cash availability, Cyber cash client applications, Online commerce ironments, Choosing payment methods, Sever market orientations, Digital currencies, i Cash, Ecash, Setting up a shop accepting Ecash, Ecash implementation, Smart ds, Electronic Data Interchange, Strategies, Techniques, and Tools, Internet tegies,Online Selling Techniques, Choosing a Browser, Internet Client Software

ustrial Finance

ources for Industrial Development & Industrial policy. ulation of Industries, Industries Development and regulation act, Industries licensing,

laboration for planning an

tures e based classification, use based classification, input based clasprietary based classification. lic, private, joint and cooperative sectors. Small scale sector, Demand analysis, factors cting the demand, elasticity of demand, demand forecasting.

e seminar to be presented by each student on the aforesaid syllabus or related emerging as. Assignments each sub topics. Develop software for Electronic commerce

ignments each sub topics. Develop software for Electronic commerce

erence

1. The E-commerce Arsenal: 12 Technologies you need to prevail in Digital Arena 2. Gutzman, Alexis New York AMACOM (American Management Association)

. E-commerce revolution, Amor, Pearson education. 34. Electronic Commerce By Paul A. Murphy

182

5. E-Commerce Business on the Internet. by McLaren C.H / McLaren . B.J 6. Www.thomson.com, USA/ South-western Educational Publishing 7. Electronic Commerce speed and certainty in order fulfillment by Janardhan 8. IIFT Bhawan, Qutab Institutional area, new Delhi 9. Internet and WWW, Deitel, Pearson education.

y 10. B2B Application Integration david S. Linthicum Addison Wesl11. Industrial Finance By Francis Cherunilam 12. Himalaya Publishing house

183

5. Software Engineering

. Intoduction to Software Engineering

ngineering technique Testing

ngineering y

gineering

Schach n Systems - Senn James A

ation of Information Systems -Lucas, Henry C. Jr

ology in practice - Checkland P Wiley

12. Scope of Software Engineering 3. Software production and its difficulties 4. Software Life-Cycle Models 5. Software Planning 6. Stepwise refinement: A Basic Software E7. Phases of Life cycle 8. Specification methods 9. Modularity 10. Design methods 11. Implementation 12. Maintenance 13. Computer aided software E14. Portability and Reusabilit15. ADA and software En16. Experimentation in Software Engineering 17. Automatic Programming

TW: Case study development. REFERENCE

. Software Engineering by Stephen R.12. Analysis and Design of Informatio3. Analysis and Design and implement

4. Systems method5. Applied general systems theory - Van Gich

184

5. Reliability Engineering

Eng eering Reliability: Fundamentals and Applications Mo

21st century

litative and quantitative engineering definitions analysis for definition of terms.

3. lve reliability problems in this course

M ty and Random Variables

. Probability spaces, basic rules of probability, conditional probability, Bayes'

Modu atastrophic Failure Models and Reliability Functions

. Compound hazard rates, constant hazard rate, exponential distribution, mil. spec

ir issues

in

dule I - Background and History of Engineering Reliability

1. Relation to quality importance and relevance to industry and society in the

2. Reliability, qua

lifetime data sets,

Us e of Mathematica™ software to visualize and so

4. Statistical data analysis, histograms, reliability function R(t), exponential case

odule II - Probabili

1. Permutations and combinations

2. Binomial theorem and ordered samples, discrete distribution

3theorem

4. Series and parallel models, one out of n, star and delta structure, redundancy

ork5. netw modeling of complex systems, dependent networks, method of minimal cuts and ties, event trees

le III - C

1. The basic reliability engineering functions and equations relating to them

2. Concept of a hazard rate, bathtub curve, useful life, infant mortality, and wear-out

3multiple parameter distributions: Weibull, Lognormal, Gamma, Poisson (homogenous and inhomogenous)

4. Physics of failure issues and the choice of appropriate distribution maintenance and repa

185

Mo

. Graphical data analysis, rectification, interpreting statistical plots

tion, graphical and MLE methods

failures during warranty period or system life

dule IV - Graphical and Analytical Methods of Reliability Data Analysis

1

2. Parameter estima

3. Confidence intervals, censored data

4. Multiple failures: Kaplan-Meier method

5. Mixtures of distributions

6. Competing mechanisms of failure

7. Predicting

Term Work Text: Engineering Reliability: Fundamentals and Applications by R. Ramakumar, Pre ce Hall, 1993. Sof ematica™ for Students, Wolfram Research, Inc.

nti

tware: Math

186

SEMESTE1. FINITE E

R II ENT METHODS LEM

. Finite Element Approximation Theory

and Eigen Value Problems

hanics

nics

ing ystems

r similar

y other similar . Assignments using ANSYS or any other similar

Term

e

. Finite Element Hand Book - H. Kardestuncer

n Structural and Continuum Mechanics - Zienkiewicz O. C. Vol. 1,

12. FEM Element Methods for Eliptic Boundary - Value3. FEM for Time dependent Problems 4. FEM for variational inequalities 5. FEM Fundamentals 6. Variational Principles 7. Constitutive Equations in Mec8. Basic Concepts of FEM 9. Finite Elements based on Displacement Fields

oblems in Mecha10. Convergence of FEM for lenear pr11. FEM Applications 12. FE Applications in Solid Mechanics 13. Accurate FE Analysis 14. FEM Computations 15. Solution Methods

ng 16. FEM Modelling and PreProcessi17. FEM Hardware and Post process18. Survey of some FE Software S19. Introduction to CFD

TERMWORK

1. Assignments using I-DEAS Master Series or any othe2. Assignments using Hypermesh or any other similar 3. Assignments using ADAMS or an4

work should contain atleast 5 assignments in the use of the above softwares and 7 Test should bassignments on the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in Semester

conducted. REFERENCE:

12. FEA in Engineering Design - S. Rajasekharan 3. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering - Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla 4. Introduction to Finite Element Methods - Desai and Abel 5. The FEM i

187

2.Optimization

. Definition, Need and Scope tion, decision options, deterministic and

promultcontr

2. Math s:

Logic and tools for problem analysis, formulation and optimization. Euclidean set of feasible solutions, vertices as promising

simulinea

3. Line

Form sion variables, canonical and stand problems such as crew

duct mix etc.

repredegeunbo cycling phenDualoptimvaria

DualTranAs sVogeas a prob g upto three iterations.

4. Integ

Gomprog

5. Sche

Flow lem, Job shop scheduling for two jobs, N machine problem, graphical and analytical methods.

aBellmrecur te identification and solution of problems involving upto three stages.

LimimixeQueuing / Waiting Line Models

1Real life problem analysis and formula

babilistic problem situations, criteria for evaluation and Optimization, idesciplinary nature, methodology in approach origin, growth and major ibutors.

ematical model

vector space Simplex bases convexcandidates, matrices and linear algebra, Gauss - Jordan method for solving

ltaneous equations, programming (resource allocation) problems, linear, non r and mathematical programing.

ar Programming model ulation, objective function, constraints, deciard forms, parameters and variables, classical

scheduling, Knap sack, napkin/caterer, proGraphical method for two variable problems, simplex algorithm and tabular

sentation, types of solution such as feasible / non feasible, degenerate / non nerate, optimal / sub optimal, unique / alternate / infinite optimal, bounded / unded value and solution and their interpretations from simplex table, omena, mutual solution of problems involving upto three iterations. ity concept, dual problem formulation, dual simplex method, primal sub al - dual not feasible, and other primal - dual relations, interpretation of dual

bles. ity Properties, sensitivity analysis for variation of parameter at a time. sportation, Transshipment and Assignment models. pecial cases of LP model, Problem formulation and optimality conditions in l's penalty and Hungarian methods of solution. traveling salesman problem special case of assignment problem, sensitivity analysis manual solution of lems involvin

er LP Models ary's Cutting plane algorithms, branch and bound technique for integer ramming

duling Models shop sequencing in two/three machines, n job prob

6. Dyn mic Programming Models

an's Optimality principle, functional equation, backward and forward sions, stage - sta

7. Game theory or Competitive strategies

ted to two persons, Zero sum games, domination, saddle points, Pure and d strategies, graphical and analytical methods, LP Model formulation.

188

SteadcriterG/M

. Replacement Models

time dependent resale and operational costs,

9. Simu

Monte Carlo or experimenting method based on Probabilistic behavior data n in Probabilistic real life problems.

Term Work

Term. Two seminars and

ster Test should be conducted.

anerjee, Business Book

. Operations Research, an Introduction, Hamdy A. Taha h, Hira and Gupta

's Outline

an,

y state analysis for M/M/1 / / System, hazard rate and System performance ia, Erlangian distribution in queues in series, waiting period in M/G/1, /1, and M/M/1 system with finite population

8Equipment deteriorating with discounted value of money, policies for bulk and individual replacement.

lation Models and random numbers, applicatio

work should contain atleast 6 assignments in the above listed topics. 1.

23. One in Seme

REFERENCE:

1. Operations Research Techniques for management, B. BPublishing House

23. Operations Researc4. Quantitative Techniques in Management, N. D. Vora, TMH 5. Operations Research, SD Sharma 6. Introduction to Operations Research, Billy E. Gillet, TMH 7. Theory and Problems of Operations Research, Richard Bronson, Schaum

Series, MGH 8. Theory and Problems of Quantitative Techniques in Management John E. Ullm

Schaum's Outline Series, MGH 9. Principles of Operations Research Harvey M. Wagner, PH 10. Introduction to Operations Research, Hiller and Lieberman MGH 11. Introduction to Operations Research, Churchman C. W. et al John Wiley and sons

189

3.Computer Integrated Manufacturing

1. Fundamentals of Manufacturing and Automation

g

ted Inspection esting

g

ther

Term work should contain atleast 6 assignments in the use of the above softwares and 6 ass f the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in Semester Test sho RE

on, Production Systems, and Computer integrated Manufacturing - Mikell P.Groover

echnology - Oavid l. Goetsch . Computer Integrated Manufacturing Techniques and Applications - Michael

2. Production operations and automation strategies 3. Production Economics

s 4. High Volume Production System5. Detroit Type automation 6. Analysis of Automated Flow lines 7. Assembly systems and line Balancin8. Automated Assembly systems 9. Numerical Control Production Systems 10. Numerical control 11. Part Programming 12. Flexible Manufacturing systems 13. Quality Control and Automa14. Automated Inspection and T15. Control Systems 16. Linear Feedback Control systems 17. Optimal Control 18. Sequence Control and Programmable Controllers 19. Computer process Control20. Computer Integrated Manufacturing

M 21. Fundamentals of CAD/CA22. Computerized Manufacturing Planning systems 23. Shop Floor Control and automatic Identification techniques 24. Computer Networks for Manufacturin25. Future automated factory

TERMWORK Assignments on the Use of I-DEAS Master Series or any other similar Assignments on the use of NCPACK, Assignments on the use of CAMAND or any osimilar

ignments in the use ould be conducted.

FERENCES 1. Automati

2. CAD/CAM/CIM - P. Radhakrishnan 3. Computer Aided Mechanical Design and analysis - V. Ramamurthy 4. CAD/CAM - Mikell P. Groover and Emory. W. Zimmer 5. Fundamentals of CIM T6

Hardeski

0

4. Concu

19

rrent Design of Products and Processes

. Cuncurrent Engineering Concepts

2.

ConcProdFabrDesi

3. HistoGeneGene c problems in low Volume Manufacturing

4. ExamLargSmal

TypeRela s Rela etween Specifications and Technology

l, Automation and Process improvement FabriAsseModMod

6. StraStepsCom

7. TechAsseChoosing a good assembly sequence

Creat

8. Basic issues in Manufacturing System design

De iIntanAsseTaskToolPart Mate al handling alternatives

1

N we approaches to Manufacturing Goals of Product and System design Drivers of change in Manufacturing

urrent Design of Products and Processes uct Design ication and assembly System Design

tems for Robustness and Structure gning Production sys

ry and Macro economics of Manufacturing ric problems in High Volume Manufacturing ri

Ecnomic and demographics of Manufacturing in India

ples of recent advanced Production Systems e scale Productio l scale Batch Production

5. Basic Process Issues Proc odels are important ess Models, Why Process M

s of Process Models tion between Models and Specificationtion b

Relation between Models controcation Processes

esse Models mbly Processes, Assembly Procels of test and Inspection tasks els of Manufacturing systems

tegic approach to Product design in Strategic approach to Product design parison to other Product Design Methods

nical aspects of Product Design mbly sequence generation

Tolerences and their relation to assembly Design for material handling and part mating

ion and evaluation of Testing strategies

System Design Procedure s gn factors

gibles mbly resourse alternatives assignment s and Tool changing feeding alternatives ri

191

FlooSyste

9. Asse bly workstation Design

Econ

10. Econ s Types of manufacturing Cost

HowSensEffecAlter

11. Econ bly Systems Unit AnnuPreliminary System estimation

12. Syste

SimuDiscAn e

Term WorkTerm work s the above listed topics. Two seminars and one in S cted.

oducts and Processes - James L. Nevins et al. MGH uctiv hrough CAD/CAM - Dimitris N. Chorafas Butterworths

r layout and system architecture alternatives m design and Economic analysis

mStrategic issues Technical Issues

omic analysis

omic analysis of System

Pro-Forma cash flow Determining allowable investment

s evaluated are alternative investmentitivity analysis t of recycling and rework native system justification

omic - Technical Synthesis of AssemCost equation alized Cost factor

Assembly system synthesis

m Simulation lation as an alternative to analysis

rete Event simulation tools xample simulation

13. Case Studies

hould contain atleast 6 assignments in emester Test should be condu

Reference . Concurrent Design of Pr1

2. Engineering Prod ity t3. Automatic assem Boobly - throyd G. et. al. - Marcel Dekker NY

192

Elective II 5. ROBOTICS

. Introduction to Manipulators Classification, d.o.f., etc., End effectors,

, automation with hydraulics. on in manufacturing systems.

arm, Reverse F arm, 3 D. O. F arm in 2D, 4 D.O.F. manipulator in

ations and Robot Kinematics, Manipulator Path

es, controller and interface) etermining positional accuracy

ntrol. development of software for the

obile open architecture articulated robot and development of software in BASIC

atics.

Assignments on Robot Dynamics.

1Locomotion devices. controllers, Sensors and Interface. Terminology in robotics.

2. Detailed study of the above aspects. Study of different drives like stepper motors, servos, pneumatics, hydraulics and harmonic drives.

3. Study of automation principles : 4. Where? Why? What? 5. Open loop, Closed loop, low cost automation6. Relevance of Robotics, Automati7. Application of Robotics - Material Transfer machine Loading, Welding, Spray

painting, Process operations, Assembly, Inspection. 8. Safety of Robots. 9. Robot Kinematics : 10. Position representation, Forward transformation of 2 D. O. F.

transformation of 2 D. O. 3D, Homogeneous transformControl, Software development for Direct and Inverse Kinematics.

11. Robot Dynamics : 12. Static Analysis, Compensating for gravity, Robot arm dynamics, Configuration of

robot controller, Software development for Robot Dynamics 13. Control of actuators in Robotic mechanisms

arts 14. Compliantly supported rigid p15. Assembly of compliant parts 16. Design considerations 17. Engineered Compliance and the strategy of compliant assembly 18. Robotic Sensory Devices 19. Computer Vision for Robotic Systems

tems 20. Computer Considerations for Robotic Sys21. Design Example 22. Specification of Commercial Robots 23. Motor Selection in the Design of a Robotic Joint 24. Digital Control of a Single Axis

TERM WORK

1. Study of 6 axis articulated robot. (Kinematics, driv2. Experimenting with 6 axis articulated robot and d

and reliability. 3. Study of details of controller :

. Point to Point control and continuos path co4same.

5. Study of 5 axis m

6. Study of Robot Vision ( Vision hardware and software) 7. Preparation of CAD package for design of atleast 3 machine elements. 8. Problems and assignments on Direct Kinematics 9. Problems and assignments on Inverse Kinem10. Problems and assignments on Homogeneous transformations. 11. Problems on Software for Direct Kinematics 12. Problems and13. Experiment on D.C. Servo Speed Control.

193

g PLC

sTerm above software and 10 assi mester Test be conducted. RE

ice - J. F. Engelberger Systems - Ulrich rembolds,

amurthy

nest deoblin kwith and Lewisbuck

Klafter and et. al.

14. Experiment on position DC Servo. 15. Experiments on Linear Position Control on Electro-Hydraulic Servo Trainer. 16. Experiment on Angular Speed Control and Angular Position control on Electro-

Hydraulic servo trainer. 17. Study of PLC and experiments usin

A s nig ments using ADAMS or any other similar

work should contain atleast 2 assignments in the use of thegnments in the above listed topics. 2 seminars and one in Se

FERENCE: . Robotics for Engineers - Yorem Koren 1

2. Robotics in Pract3. Computer Integrated Manufacturing Technology and

Christial Blume 4. Computer Aided Design in Mechanical Engineering - Ram5. Robot Dynamics 6. Robotics - John Craig 7. Robot manipulators : mathematics, Programming and Control - Paul r p 8. Industrial Robotics - Groover and Simmers 9. Measurement systems - Er10. Mechanical Measurements - Bec11. Modern control Engineering - K. Ogata 12. Automatic Control Systems - Benjamin Kus

rd D.13. Robotic Engineering An Integrated approach - Richa14. Intelligent Robotic Systems - Spyros G. Tzafestas

Elective II 5. ARTI

194

FICIAL INTELLIGENCE

1. AI and Internal Representation

Repr Prop The Pred

OtheIndex ons

Inde The

Slot-

. Lisp Whe Typing

rams

Prop

Poin tion and the Internals (Almost) of Lisp

Scop

Early PrGray-Le al Sketch

tional)

IntriCooVert

Artificial Intelligence and the World What Is Artificial Intelligence?

esentation in AI erties of Internal Representation Predicate Calculus icates and Arguments

Connectives Variables and Quantification How icate Calculus to Use the Pred

r Kinds of Inference ing, Pointers and Alternative Notati

xing Isa Hierarchy Assertion Notation

Frame Notation

2y Lisp?

Lisps at Lisp

Defining ProgBasi Flow oc f Control in Lisp Lisp Style Atoms and Lists Basic Debugging Building Up List Structure More on Predicates

erties ters, Cell Nota

Destructive Modification of Lists The for Function Recursion

e of Variables /Output Input

Macros

3. Vision Introduction Defining the Problem Overview of the Solution

ocessing vel Image to Prim

Convolution with Gaussians (Opirtual Lines V

Stereo Disparity Texture

nsic Image perative Algorithms ex Analysis and Line Labeling

RepShaMat s Find t Des

. P

Why x DiagWhy ? ConDictTranSynTop-TranAugMovBuilA NAlteFromThe CasWheThe ge The

5. SIntroTheSearA S

oal Tre

s Form ATN ptional) GamGamMinActuAvoTran sentation (Optional) GPS6. L

IntroUsinSyntSom

195

resenting and Recognizing Scenes pe Description ching Shape Descriptioning a Known Shape to Match Agains

cribing a Seen Shape

4L

arsing Language evels of Language

Expressing the Rules of Syntax We Need Rules of Syntaraming Sentences Do We Care about Sentence Structure

text-Free Grammars ionaries and Features sformational Grammar (Optional)

tactic Parsing Down and Botton-Up Parsing sition Network Parsers

tworks (Optional) mented Transition Neement Rules in ATN Grammar (Optional) ding an ATN Interpreter (Optional) on-Backtracking ATN Interpreter rnative Search Strategies Syntax to Semantics

Interpretation of Definite Noun Phrases e Grammar and the Meaning of Verbs n Semantics, When Syntax?

Syntactic Use of Semantic Knowled Organization of Parsing

earch duction

Need for Guresswork ch Problems

earch Problems es G

Formal Definition Searching Goal Tree

alism Revisited Parsing as a Search Problem (Oe Trees (Optional) es Trees as Goal Trees

imax Search al Game Playing iding Repeated States sition-oriented State Repre ogic and Deduction

duction g Predicate Calculus ax and Semantics e Abstract Representation

196

QuaEncDiscDed Forw ion SkoBacGoa ng App ing MatDedAdvNonUsinModComTheSear

7. MThe App

dexing Predicate-Calculus Assertions o

PropDataReaTheTemTimSpaRule

8. A Expert Systems WhaAbdAbdExpStat

BayTheThe iseases SearSearBottSearMulMul g to Bayes Heu

9. MIntro

ntifiers and Axioms oding Facts as Predicate Calculus ussion uction as Searchard Chaining and Unificat

lemization kward Chaining l Trees for Backward Chainilications of Theorem Provhematical Theorem Proving uctive Retrieval and Logic Programming anced Topics in Representation monotonic Reasoning g λ-Expressions as Descriptions (Optional) al and Intensional Logics (Optional) plete Resolution (Optional)

General Resolution Rule ch Algorithms for Resolution

emory Organization and Deduction Importance of Memory Organizationroaches to Memory Organization

InAss ciative Networks

erty Inheritance Dependencies

soning Involving Time Situation Calculus poral System Analysis e-Map Management tial Reasoning -Based Programming

bduction, Uncertainty andt Is Abduction? uction and Causation uction and Evidence ert Systems istics in Abduction

Basic Definitions es’s Theorem

ptoms Problem of Multiple SymMycin Program for Infectious Dch considerations in Abduction ch Strategy in Mycin om-Up Abduction ch in Caduceus tiple Diseases tiple Diseases Accordinristic Techniques

anaging Plans of Action duction

197

A BPlanAnt ions ChoTemPlan s ShaDecExeDomRobGam

1. LStor s Abduction

etermining Motivation verse

DeciWheGenAbdUndSusu repeat-until Deta ptional) AbdFindSpeSpeThe ConDisaRefeConWor

asic Plan Interpreter ning Decisions

icipating Protection Violatosing Objects to Use porally Restricted Goals ning by Searching through Situation

llow Reasoning and about Plans ision Theory cution Monitoring and Replanning ains of Application

ot Motion Planning e Playing

anguage Comprehension y Comprehension a

DMotivation Analysis = Plan Synthesis in Re

ding Between Motivations n to Stop eralizing the Model uctive Projection erstanding Obstacles to Plans mption Goals and ils of Motivation Analysis (Ouctive Matching ing Possible Motivations

ech Acts and Conversation ech Acts in Problem Solving Recognition of Speech Acts versations mbiguation of Language rential Ambiguity and Context versation and Reference d Sense Disambiguation

198

Elective II

5. Dynamic Systems Analysis

. Introduction to Dynamic systems Analysis

nd Non-Engineering

mic Systems to Inputs

eTer topics. Two seminars and one RefIntrIntr

12. Modeling of Mechanical Systems

agnetic, a3. Modeling of Hydraulic, Pneumatic, ElectromSystems

4. Fundamentals of Dynamic system analysis 5. Response of Dyna6. Linear Mechanical Vibrations 7. Linear Control Syatems

nalysis 8. Numerical Methods for Dynamic System A9. Introduction to Nonlenear Dynamics

Assignments using ADAMS or any other similar T rm Work

m work should contain 10 assignments in the above listed in Semester Test should be conducted.

erences oduction to Dynamic Systems Analysis, Thomas D. Burton oduction to Physical Systems Dynamics, Ronald C. Rosenberg

199

SEMESTE SEMINAR A S sent a seminar on a Thrust area that should contain

formulating the principles for solving of the problem.

is bound.

SEMESTER III & IV

R III

tudent has to p[re

12

. Literature survey

. Basic study of the topic and3. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a workable scheme. 4. Basic design of the above. 5. Working out details of control Mechanism required if any. 6. Development of Software if necessary7. Suggestion for improvements 8. Cost analysis.

The seminar should be submitted in a booklet that

PROJECT A project should be assigned to each studen Semester either through Industry sponsorship or of acade c on any of the subject areas which involves the principles being bove ten subjects. The Proj ct will be worked full time in the third and Fourth semesters for one year duration. The

able scheme.

rol Mechanism required if any.

t at the beginning of the Thirdmic but practical utility topi

studies in the ae general scheme of working will be as follows :

1. Literature survey 2. Basic study of the project and formulating the principles for solving of the

problem. 3. Study of Kinematics, Dynamics if any and preparing a work

. Basic design of the above. 45. Working out details of cont6. Development of Software if required. 7. Fabricating a prototype model 8. Testing of the model9. Suggestion for improvements 10. Cost analysis.

200

Annex Z AcaAC

Sr n Date

demic calendar and frame work. ADEMIC CALENDER o. Events

ODD SEMESTER

1 Com 17/7/06 mencement of classes

2 Mid- 25/9/06 to 29/9Semester Test /06

3 Class 3/11/06 es End

4 Term /Oral Evaluation In last Two Wesemester

Work/ Practical eks of the

5 End Sem 3/11/06 to 23/11/ester Examination 1 06

6 Decl /12/06 aration of Results 5

7 Re-e 6th,7th,13th January 2007

xamination & 14th

ESTER EVEN SEM1 Commencement 01/01/2007 of classes

2 Mid-Semester Test 5/3/07 to 9/3/07

3 14/4/07 Classes End

4 Term Work/ Practical /Oral Evaluation In last Two Weeks of the semester

5 End Sem 22/4/07 to 02/5ester Examination /07

6 Decl s 14/5/07 aration of Result

7 Re-e th,14th,15th xamination 7th,8 July 2007

201

PlaPLA

Branch No. of CompanVisited

No. of

cement status CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2003-2004

ies Students Selected

Average Salary

HighestSalary

M.TE - CH EXTC - - -

M.T 1 5 25,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 1 25

M.TE 6 20,000.00 CH COMP 18 20,000.00

M.TE 4 16,000.00 CH EX 15 25,000.00 M.T

CONT 6 5 19,000.00 ECH 1ROL 22,000.00

M.T 22 8 22,000.00 ECH M/D 25,000.00

M 8 1 16,000.00 .TEXT 20,000.00

M.T 16 1 23,000.00 ECH PROD 25,000.00

M.TE 19 3 21,000.00 CH POWER 24,000.00 M.T

CAD/C 7 5 25,000.00 ECH AM 1 24,000.00

M.TE 4 0 22,000.00 CH AUTO 1 25,000.00 M.T

ENVIR 12 0 24,000.00 25,000.00 ECH ON

M 9 2 17,000.00 .TECH CONST 17,000.00

202

PLA

Branch No. of CompanVisited

No. of

CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2004-2005

ies Students Selected

Average Salary

HighestSalary

M.TE - CH EXTC - - -

M.T 3 5 12,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 4 25

M.T 17 15,000.00 ECH COMP 32 33,000.00

M.TE 000.00 CH EX 37 12 13, 50,000.00 M.T

CONT 2 8 000.00 ECH 5ROL 11, 33,000.00

M.TE 62 12 10,000.00 CH M/D 25,000.00

M 14 1 7,000.00 .TEXT 22,000.00

M.T 22 2 4,000.00 ECH PROD 1 25,000.00

M.TE 50 9 11,000.00 CH POWER 33,000.00 M.T

CAD/C 8 6 10,000.00 ECH AM 5 25,000.00

M.TE 4 10,000.00 CH AUTO 57 52,000.00 M.T

ENVIR 40 2 11,000.00 25,000.00 ECH ON

M 38 0 9,000.00 .TECH CONST 22,000.00

203

PLA

Branch No. of CompanVisited

No. of

CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2005-2006

ies Students Selected

Average Salary

HighestSalary

M.TE - CH EXTC - - -

M.T 7 15 13,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 2 27

M.T 9 2,000.00 ECH COMP 23 2 63,000.00

M.TE 000.00 CH EX 28 15 15, 58,000.00 M.T

CONT 4 10 15,000.00 ECH 3ROL 58,000.00

M.TE 31 10 15,000.00 CH M/D 38,000.00

M 12 7 4,000.00 .TEXT 1 27,000.00

M.T 15 6 7,000.00 ECH PROD 1 30,000.00

M.TE 33 11 15,000.00 CH POWER 58,000.00 M.T

CAD/C 6 10 14,000.00 ECH AM 2 38,000.00

M.TE 000.00 CH AUTO 28 11 14, 52,000.00 M.T

ENVIR 18 0 15,000.00 27,000.00 ECH ON

M 22 8 3,000.00 .TECH CONST 1 27,000.00 Admissio Out of 25 in 8 seats are led through GA‘Spons selected thro written test fol ed by interview.

n Procedure:ored candidates’ are

take ,1ugh

fillow

TE and 7

204

Sr. N

All aided M.Tech. Programme(Gate candidates)

All aided Self supporting

D

Fee structure – 2006-2007

o. Class s

M.Tech. Programmes (Sponsored candidates)

Programmes Civil(Const Mgnt)Mech(CACAM)AndElect

/ &

Telecomm. 1. Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 7500 7500 2. Development Fees Per annum 5000 5000 5000 3 p Per annu 00 . S onsorship Fees m 0 100 0 4 ib er annu . L rary Fees P m 700 700 700 5 t er annu . In ernet Facility Fees P m 500 500 500 6 n Per annu 125 . A nul Social Fees m 125 125 7 tu ees Per annu 0 . S dent Activities F m 100 10 100 8 tu annu . S dents Aid Fund Per m 15 15 15 9 y annu 0 . G mkhana Fees Per m 500 50 500 10 a u 00 . L boratory Fees Per ann m 4000 40 4000 11 o u . C urse charges Per ann m 0 0 2000012 x

eeer annu 000 0 . E amination P

f s(Regular exam.) m 2000 2 200

13 o Per annu 0 . C ntingency fund m 0 500 5000 1 & In the

year onl4. T P charges first 100

y 0 100

15 nfee

the nly

. U iversity registration s

In year o

first 800 800 800

16 in

r annu 46 . M scellaneous PeU iversity fees

m 46 16

17 n e

In the . Institute registratiofe s year only

first 50 50 50

18 tuyear onl

0 . S dents Deposit In the first y

500 50 500

Total 21936 36836 46936

Hostel facilities: avail for 3

able for 5 students.(3 Ope rved) for courses Anstudents s. .(2 Open rved)

nfor self supporting

+ 2 Rese course

aided + 1A Rese

d

205

i Title of the PG programme :M Tech (Civil engineering with Structural Enii C

gineering subjects ) urricull and syllabi :

206

PROGRAMME:204: MASETR OF TECHNOLOGY (M.TECH) CIVIL ENGINEERING

(with specialization in Structural Engineering)

Evaluation Weightage

ESE (Theory Hours)

Sr. No.

Course Code

Course Title L P/T TOT

Cr

TWA ESE Semester One 1 604010 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 2 604020 Nonlinear Analysis 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 3 604030 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 4 Elective I 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 5 Elective II 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 TOTAL 15 1

025 4

0- -

Semester Two

1 604040 Theory of Plates & Shells 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 2 604050 Finite Element Analysis 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 3 604060 Advanced Design of Concrete

Structures 3 2 5 8 30 70 4

4 Elective III 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 5 Elective IV 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 TOTAL 15 1

025 4

0- -

Electives

1 704010 Foundation Engineering 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 2 704020 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 3 704030 Analysis of Composite Structures 3 2 5 8 30 70 4 4 704040 Earthquake Engineering 3 2 5 8 30 70 4

207

Semester Three and Four

Evaluation ei agW ght e

Sr. No ode

L P/T

T

T

Cr

tag

ge III

. CCourse Course Title

OS e I Stage II S

ta

TWA 1 802010 Seminar - - - 3 100

2 902990 Dissertation 20 25 25 50

STR 1 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY 1

D rential equations of equilibrium and compatibility equations. Boundary

oordinates, stress distribution symmetrical

theorem. 3.2 ure bending of

Applications of complementary energy theorems to the

(i) Wang, Applied Elasticity, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) Timoshenko, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill Book Co.

Revision: Stress transformation and strain transformation at a point in an elastic body, 3D problems, rigid body translation and rotation of an element in space. Generalized Hook’s law, separation of elastic strain and rigid body displacement for a general displacement field u, v, w. Principal stresses and strains.

2. Two dimensional problems in elasticity – Plane stress and plain strain problems.

iffe

obl

anal

conditions; stress functions.\ 2.1 Problems in rectangular coordinates, polynomial solutions, cantilever loaded at the

end, simply supported beam under uniformly distributed load, linear loading. 2.2 Two dimensional problems in polar c

about an axis, pure bending of curved bars, displacement for symmetrically loaded cases, bending of a curved bar by forces at end. Effect of circular hole in a plate under in plane loading. Concentrated load at a point of a straight boundary. Stresses in circular disk. Forces acting on the end of a wedge.

3. Three dimensional problems in elasticity. 3.1 Differential equations of equilibrium in 3D, conditions of compatibility,

determination of displacement, principle of superposition, uniqueness Problems of rods under axial stress, bar under its own weight, p prismatic rods.

3.3 To sion of prismatic bars of elliptical, rectangular, trr iangular and other sections. Membrane analogy – Torsion of narrow rectangular bars. Torsion of hollow shafts and thin tubes

. 4. Bending of prismatic bars as a problem of elasticity in 3 dimensions. Bending of a

cantilever, stress function, circular and rectangular sections, non symmetrical cross section. Shear centre for different cross sections of bars, calculations of deflection.

5. Energy Theorems –

pr ems of elasticity. 6. Introduction to Plasticity, Criterion of yielding, strain hardening, rules of plastic

flow, different stress – strain relations. Total strain theory, theorems of limit ysis. Elastoplastic bending and torsion of bars.

Recommended Books:

(iii) J.Chakrabarti, Theory of Plasticity, McGraw Hill Book (iv)

208

209

STR 2 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS 1. rties of

resistance strain gauges,

ents of forces and displacements. Calculations of deflections in Prototypes.

3

Introduction to general Experimentation – Need, Role and limitations, propeengineering materials; failure due to excessive stresses, bucking, fatigue, creep, impact. Testing machines for standard tests.

2. Strain measurements, types of strain gauges, Electrical

Cross sensitivity factor, Gauge factor, strain rosettes, electrical circuits used for strain measurements, strain indicators, Analysis of strain at a point; measurement of dynamic strains, Galvanometer and Oscilloscope.

3. Model Analysis – Basic concepts, model materials and their properties, dimensional

analysis, means of application of forces, means of measurem

4. Photoelasticity: Basic concepts, Stress optic laws, isoclinics, isochromatics, material

fringe value, Application to determination of stresses in beams, rings and disks. 5. destructive methods of testing of Concrete. Non5.1 Basic concepts in Ultrasonic testing, Schmidt Hammer, magnetometer. 5.2 Determination of strength and duality of concrete using above methods. 5. Determination of corrosion/ carbonation in a R.C. member.

5.4 ermining quality of Review of various other Non destructive techniques for detconcrete.

5.5 Concept of condition survey of a structure, Load testing of structures, Codal provisions for load testing and Non destructive testing of concrete structures.

Recommended Books: (i) Dally and Riley, Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) M-Frocht, Photoelasticity, John Wiley. (iii) Bungy S., Testing of Concrete in Structures, Surrey University Press.

1

1.2 ns with various end conditions, use of trigonometric

of columns, combined buckling

single span rigid jointed frames subjected to a system of

STR 3 NON – LINEAR ANALYSIS

.

Elastic Stability. 1.1 concepts. Geometric Non linearity – Basic

Analysis of beams-columseries.

1.3 Elastic buckling of bars, Euler’s formula; buckling of continuous beams, buckling of non prismatic members, effect of shear force on buckling of bars, use of energy method and finite difference method.

1.4 Buckling of single span portal frames. 1.5 Torsional buckling: Pure torsion of thin walled beams of open cross section,

warping and warping rigidity, Torsional bucklingby torsion and flexure.

1.6 Lateral torsional buckling of beams, Lateral buckling of beams in pure bending lateral torsional buckling of cantilever and simply supported beams.

1.7 Indian codal provisions regarding buckling of steel members – columns and beams. 2. Plastic Analysis. 2.1 Concepts of plastic analysis of steel structures, stress strain relations. 2.2 Shape factors – Plastic modulus, Plastic hinge, fully plastic moment, moment

curvature relations. 2.3 loads – Single and multiple span beams, carrying various Determination of collapse

types of loads.

2.4 Collapse load analysis of pin jointed frames, Single/multiple span rigid jointed portal frames and single bay gabble frames.

2.5 Use of statical and mechanism methods for calculation of collapse load, Lower and upper bound theorems, various types of failure mechanisms.

2.6 Effect of axial force and shear force on the fully plastic moment of a section. 2.7 Design of beams and

proportionate loading as per Indian code provisions.

Recommended Books: (i) Timoshenko S., Theory of Elastic Stability, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) Baker and Hayman, Plastic Design of Steel Frames, Cambridge University

Press. (iii) Hodge, Plastic Analysis of Structures, McGraw Hill Book Co.

210

nter,

loaded in there plane of curvature.

s & Tresca’s failure theories.

(ii) Shames, I.H., Mechanics of Deformable Solids, Prentice Hall, India.

STR 4 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL MECHANICS

1. Unsymmetrical bending, flexural stresses due to bending in two planes, shear cebending of unsymmetrical section.

2. Bending of beams with large initial curvature

Application of analysis of hooks, chain links’ etc. 3. Beams curved in plan loaded perpendicular to there plane, fixed and continuous

curved beams. 4. Theories of failure, maximum stress theory, maximum shear stress theory, maximum

strain theory, Von Mise 5. Beams on elastic foundation, Beams of unlimited lengths, Semi infinite lengths and

finite lengths on elastic foundation. 6. Analysis of deep beams, determination of stresses and deflection.

211

Recommended Books:

(i) Timoshenko S., Strength of Materials, Vol. I and II., CBS Publishers.

(iii) Hetenyi M., Beams on Elastics Foundation, Ann Arbor University of Michigan Press.

(iv) Boresi A.P., Advanced Mechanics of Materials, John Wiley & Sons. (v) Srinath L.S., Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill.

212

STR 1. Introduction to Optimization – Historical Development – Engineering Applications

e Dimensional Methods – Elimination Methods – tion

f a Function – Steepost Descent Method – Fletcher –

i) Fox R.L., Principles of Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India. (iii) Wagner H.M., Principles of Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India.

v) Gass S.I., Linear Programming, McGraw Hill Book Co. PM Principles and Applications. East – West Press.

5.1 ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION

of Optimization. 2. Classical Optimization Techniques – Single Variable Optimization, Multivariable

Optimization with no Constraints. Multivariable Optimization with Equality and Inequality Constraints.

3. Linear Programming – Simplex Method – Simplex Algorithm. 4. Non – Linear Programming – On

Unrestricted Search – Exhaustive Search – Fibonacci Method – Golden SecMethod – Interpolation Methods – Quadratic and Cubic Interpolation Methods – Direct Root Method.

5. Non – Linear Programming – Unconstrained Optimization Techniques – Direct Search Methods – Random Search, Univariate and Pattern Search Methods – Descent Methods – Gradient oReeves Conjugate Gradient Method, Quasi Newton Methods, Dividon, Fletcher Powell’s Variable Metric Method.

6. Non – Linear Programming – Constrained Optimization Techniques – Direct Methods – Method of Feasible Direction – Indirect Methods – Transformation Techniques – Basic Approach in the Penalty Function Method – Interior and Exterior Penalty Function Methods.

7. Introduction to Dynamic Programming. 8. Introduction to CPM and PERT. 9. Application of the above methods to some structural engineering problems.

Recommended Books:

i)((i

Rao S.S., Optimization – Theory and Applications, Wiley Eastern.

(i(v) Srinath L.S., PERT & C

213

STR

theory of plates with small and large deflections: distinction

point , circle of curvature, moment

sverse loads , Differential equations of equilibrium, different

rer theories: Introduction to DKJ,

REC

McGraw Hill ook Co. Analysis of Plates Theory and Problems, Narosa Pub

6. THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS

1. Introduction tobetween plate and shell actions.

2. Pure bending of thin plates, curvature at acurvature relationships, relationship between twisting moment and twist of surface.

3. Symmetrical bending of thin circular plates with small deflections under axi-symmetric transupport conditions, plates with overhangs, plates with coaxial circular opening.

4. Small deflection theory for laterally loaded thin rectangular plates, various support conditions, Navier’s and Levi’s solution for uniformly distributed and concentrated loads, use of numerical technique for the solution of plates ,concept of influence surface, study of simply supported plate with continuous edge moments.

5. Introduction to structural behaviour of thin shells, membrane and bending actions. 6. Mathematical representation of a shell surface, principal curvatures , Gauss

curvature, Classification of shells. 7. Membrane theory of thin shells stress resultants, application to cylindrical shells

under symmetric loads and surfaces of revolution under axi-symmetric loads. 8. Bending theory of open circular cylindrical shells with special emphasis on

approximate theories of Finsterwalder and ShoFlugge and other exact theories: Different boundary conditions for single and multiple shells.

9. Bending theory of closed cylindrical shell, stiffness coefficients at free edges along radial and rotational directions, Bending theory of spherical shells.

10. Geckeler’s approximations, stiffness coefficients.

OMMENDED BOOKS: (i) Timoshenko Theory of plates and shells , McGraw Hill Book Co.

drashekhara, Analysis of thin concrete shells, McGraw Hill Book Co. (ii) Chan (iii) Ramaswamy G.S., Design and Construction of concrete shell Roofs,

B (iv) Vardan T.K. and Bhaskar K, lishing House.

214

. Ultimate Load Analysis of Concrete Structures. , review of elastic

tion , limit state of serviceability for

and circular shapes, design of hoppers and supporting

(i) V

C eler Publishimg Co. i) Karve S.R. and Shah V.C., Design of Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures

using Limit State Approach, Structures Publishers. n and Construction of Concrete shell Roofs,

v) Jain O.P. and Jaikrishna , Plain and Reinforced Concrete , Vol. II, Nemchand

STR 7 ADVANCED DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES

12. Stress strain characteristics of concrete and reinforcing steel

theory and ultimate strength theory, Whitney’s rectangular stress block, analysis and design of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular and T sections.

3. Introduction to the concept of limit design. Moment curvature relationship of reinforced concrete sections, rotation capacity of sections, ultimate load analysis by Cambridge and Baker’s method. Application to continuous beams and simple rectangular portal frames.

4. Yield line analysis of slabs virtual work and equilibirium method. Application tp orthotropically reinforced rectangular slab, with various boundary conditions

er uniformly portal frames. und5. Reinforced concrete design by Limit State Method, Review of Limit State method

as per IS-456-2000. Limit state of collapse in flexure, direct compression , compression with bending , shear and tordeflection and cracking , application to beam slab system of typical residential office, industrial floors and rectangular portal frames and Gable ended frames.

6. Large Span Roofs. 7. Folded Plate Roofs - Whitneys Method , Simpson’s Method and Design based

on IS codes. 8. Circular Cylindrical Shell Roofs Beam theory of cylindrical shells, single and

ge conditions. multiple bays with various ed9. Silos and Bunkers.

Lateral Pressures as per Janssen’s and Airy’s theories , design considerations for square, rectangular structures.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

.Ramakrishna and P.D. Arthur, Ultimate Strength Design for structural oncrete, Whe

(i

(iii) G.S. Ramaswamy , DesigMcGraw Book Co.

(iand Bros.

215

STR 10.1 ELECTIVE II: STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS

. Introduction to

1.2 Diff ent types of dynamic loads.

(SDOF) systems.

2.ping

on equency of vibration and amplitude of vibration , Logarithmic decrement.

ort duration , use of complex frequency response

d and uncoupled

mo It ation Methods. 3dec 3 o Multistorey rigi ic loads.

4 ion, causes of earthquake. 4. ke, Ritcher Scale, Measurement of Earthquake ground motion,

4.

4. gs and water towers. 4. Approximate method to earthquake analysis- Seismic co-efficient method and its

4.6 In duction to time history analysis.

1

Structural Dynamics – Definition of Basic Problem in Dynamics.

1.1 Static VS Dynamic loads. er

2. Introduction to Single Degree of Freedom 1 Undamped vibration of SDOF System, natural frequency and period of vibration.

2.2 Damping in structures, viscous damping and Coloumb damping, effect of dam fr

2.3 Forced Vibration , response to periodic loading, response to pulsating forces, dynamic load factors.

2.4 Response of structure subjected to General dynamic load, Duhamel’s Integral , Numerical Evaluation of Dynamic Response of SDOF systems.

2.5 Response of structure in frequency domain subjected to general periodic and non-periodic impulsive forces of shfunction , use of Fourier series for periodic Forces.

2.6 Introduction to vibration Isolation. 2.7 Distributed mass system idealized as SDOF system, use of Rayleigh’s method. 2.8 Response of SDOF system subjected to ground motion.

3. Lumped mass multidegree of freedom (MDOF) system, couple

systems.

3.1.Direct determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. 3 Orthogonally principle. .2

.3 3 Vibration of MDOF systems with initial conditions. 3.4 Approximate methods of determination of natural frequencies of vibration and

de shapes –Vector er

.5 Energy methods and use of Lagrange’s method in writing equations of motions, oupling of equations. .6 Forced vibration of MDOF system , Modal analysis. Application td frames subjected to lateral dynam

4. Earthquake analysis introduction .1 Seismicity of a reg2 Intensity of earthqua

Seismogram. 3 Application of Modal analysis concept to seismic disterbance, Response spectrum

method. 4 I.S. code provisions for seismic analysis of buildin5

limitation. tro

216

5.1 Free vibration analysis of single span beams with various boundary conditions , det 5 ion of specified dynamic loa RE NDED BOOKS:

) Roy R. Craig.. Structural Dynamics – An Introduction to Computer Methods ,

(iv) amics , McGraw Hill.

5. Structure with disturbed mass system , use of partial differential equation.

ermination of frequencies of vibrations and mode shapes. .2 Forced vibration of single span beams subjected to the act

ds.

COMME(i

John Wrey & sons. (ii) nil KA .Chopra . Dynamics of structures , Prenkie hall of India. (iii) Clough & pengian , Dynamics of Structure, McGraw Hill.

John M.Biggs, Structural Dyn(v) Mario Paz, Structural Dynamics Theory & Computation , CBS Publishers.

1.0

217

STR 10.2 Subject: EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

DETAILED OUTLINE OF THE SYLLABUS Introduction to structural dynamics: definitions of the problems in dynamics.

1.1 Static versus dynamics loads 1.2 Different types of dynamics load 1.3 Introductions to single degree of freedom (SDOF) systems. 1.4 Undamped vibration of SDOF system, natural frequency and period of vibration. 1.5 Damping in structures, viscous damping and coulomb damping, effects of damping on frequency

and amplitude of vibration, logarithmic decrement. 1.6 Forced vibrations response to periodic loading, response to pulsating forces, dynamic

load factors. 1.7 Response of structure subjected to general dynamic load, Duhamai’s integral,

numerical 1.8 Response of structure in frequency domain subjected to general periodic and non-pperiodic

impulsive forces of short durations, use of complex frequency response functions, use of fourier series for periodic function

1.9 Introduction to vibration isolations. 2.0 Lumped mass multi-degree of freedom system coupled and uncoupled systems. 2.1 Direct determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. 2.2 Orthogonality principals. 2.3 Vibration of MDOF systems with initial conditions. 2.4 Approximate methods of determination of natural frequencies of vibration and mode shapes,

vector iteration method, and model error. 2.5 Energy methods and use of Lagrange’s method in writing equations of motions, decoupling of

equations of motions, model equation of motions, concept of model mass and model stiffness. 2.6 Forced vibration of MDOF systems, Model Analysis, Application to multi-storey rigid frame,

subjected to lateral dynamic loads. 3.0 Earthquake analysis: introduction 3.1 Seismicityof a region, causes of earthquake, earthquake forces and waves, structure of earth, plate

tectonics, elastic rebound theory of earthquake. 3.2 Intensity of earthquake, Richter scale, measurement of earthquake ground motion, seismogram 3.3 Application of model analysis concept to seismic disturbance, response spectrum method. 4.0 Characterization of ground motion, earthquake response spectra, factors influencing response

spectra, design response spectra for elastic systems, peak ground acceleration, response spectrum shapes, deformation, pseudo-velocity, pseudo-acceleration response spectra, peak structural responses from the response spectrum. Response spectrum characteristic

5.0 Deterministic earthquake responses, types of earthquake excitation, lumped SDOF elastic systems, translational excitation, lumped MDOF elastic systems, translational excitation time history analysis, multi-storey buildings with symmetric plans, , multi-storey buildings with unsymmetric plans, torsional response of symmetric plan building, distributed elastic systems, translational excitation, combining maximum model responses using mean square response of a single mode, SRSS and CQCC combination of modal responses.

6.0 I.S code provisions for seismic analysis of buildings and water towers, approximate method of earthquake analysis -seismic coefficient method and its limitations, response spectrum method

7.0 Review of damages during past earthquakes and remedial measures, seismic design considerations, allowable ductility demand, ductility capacity, reinforcement detailing for members and joints

218

M. BRANCH : TECH Sem I Civil Engg. (Structural Engineering) Co Course Titl

urse Code: STR 8 e:FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 s- calculus of variation – Variational Principles of Solid

MechEner

Review of Variational methodanics, Principle of Minimum Potential energy, Principal of Complementary

gy – Hamilton’s Principle. 2 Toe

Displ Element Method using Principle of VirtuElemElemRect

Basic component – Concept of an element – Various Element Shapes – acement Models –Foundation of Finiteal Displacements –Derivation of Element Stiffness and loads for Pin-jointed Bar ent, Beam Element, Triangular Plate Element (inplane forces), Rectangular plate ent( inplane forces), quadrilateral Plate Element (inplane forces), Triangular and

angular Plate Elements in Bending. 3 Vari

ational Formulation of Finite Element Method(FEM).

4 Isop , triangular, quad nt Models, Form lation of Isoparametric Finite Element matrices in Local and Global Cordinate Syst .

arametric Elements – Local vs Natural Co-ordinate system, linerilateral and Tetrahedral Elements – Interpolation Displacemeu

em

5 . ImstiffnBounStres ter Program Organization.

plementation of FEM –Discretization of the Structure – Calculation of Element ess, Mass and Equivalent Nodal loads. Assemblage of Structure Matrices, dary Conditions – Solutions of the overall Oroblem. Calculations of Element ses, Compu

6 Introan aGeomTrian Non-Linear Spring - Elasto Plast Analysis by FEM - Elasto Plastic Analysis of a Truss – Two Dimensional Elem nt Formulations – General Formulation of a Physically Non-Linear Problem.

duction to Non-linear Analysis – Geometric Non-Linearity – Geometric Stiffness of xial Element. Stability of Bar – Spring System. General Formulation of etrically Nonlinear Problem. Geometric Stiffness of Beam – Column and

gular Elements. Non-Linear Material Behaviour. ic e

7 IntroLumMatrTran

duction to Dynamic Analysis by FEM – Formulation of Inertial Properties – ped Mass vs. Consistent Mass Matrices – Condensation and Assembly of Mass ices – Formulation of Damping Properties – Free Vibration , Steady – state and sient Response Analysis for Simple Problems.

8 Form ation and Solution of Problems in Structural Mechanics using the above meth s.

ulod

REC

OMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:

1 ZienBook

ki Wiez O.C. .The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science, McGraw Hill Co.

2 J.N.R ddy, Finite Element Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co. e3 Chan rupatla T.R. and Belgundu A.D., Introduction to Finite Element in Engineering , d

219

Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 4 Rajs

hekaran S. Finite Element Analysis , Wheeler Publishing.

5 Krishnamoorthy C.S, Finite Element Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill. 6 Cook

Anal

R.D., Malkus D.S. and Plesha M.E. Concepts and Applications of Finite Elementysis , John Wiley & Sons(Asia) Pte Ltd.

7 Bick od, IRWIN, Homewood, IL 60460.

ford W.B., A First Course in the Finite Element Meth

8 Rao and Wea

S.S. , The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pregramoo Press.

ver W and Johnston P.R., Finite Element for Structural Analysis, Preanice Hall

220

M. BRANCH : TECH Sem I Civil Engg. (Structural Engineering) Co Course Tit

COMPOSIT

urse Code: Str 10.3 le: 2 ELECTIVE III: ANALYSIS OF E STRUCTURES

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 posites – fibre and matrix Constituent materials for com2 Structural applications of composites. Fabrication processes.

3 Mechanical behaviour of composites 4 Stress-strain relations for orthotropic materials. 5 Lamina stress-strain relations. 6 Stres s, arches, plates and

shells, vibration and buckling analysis of laminates bars, beams.

7 Strength of lamina, failure criteria 8 Hygr

othermal behaviour.

9 Shear deformation theories for laminates. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Jone materials, McGraw Hill, Tokyo.

s R.M., Mechanics of composite

2 Chri hn Wiley & Sons, New York stensen R. M., Mechanics of composite materials, Jo

M. I BRANCH : Civil Engg. (Structural Engineering)

221

TECH Sem Co Course Titl

ADVANCE INEERING urse Code: STR 9.2 e:

D FOUNDATION ENGDETAILED SYLLABUS 1 il mechanics.

1.1 ionship.

1.3 C 1.4 C nsolidation—one dimensional consolidation, Terzaghi’s theory, derivation of e b various methods, field consolidation curve, secondary consolidation, quasi-pre c 1.5 S f u failure, critical void ratio,practical application . 1.6 E 1.7 S of explorations, i uence of type of soils, type of foundations, etc., on the programme of ex in

Review of fundamentals of so

Soil, soil formation, soil profiles, weight-volume relat

1.2 Soil classification, Indian standard method of soil classification.

oncept of total stress, effective stress and pore water pressure.

oquation, Determination of av, mv, Cc, Cv from laboratory tests, determination of Pc y onsolidation, three dimensional consolidation, practical application.

hear strength—Coulomb’s law of shear strength, Mhor’s coulomb’s criteria of ailure, shear strength and stress strain behaviour of sandy and clayey soils under ndrained, drained and consolidated drained condition, concept of progressive

stimation of stresses in soil , Boussinesq and westergard theories, newmark chart, practical applications.

ub- surface ground geotechnical investigation, direct methodsnflploration, lateral extent and depth of explorations, bore log details, profiles of soil

ods , practical applications. various directions, indirect meth

2 Bearand allowMeybear ria, factor of safety, bearing capacity of clay and sand in settlement, settlement analysis for clay, normally and over consolidated soils, settlement analysis for sand, Schemertmen meth

ing Capacity of soils, Shallow foundation, Type of shallow foundation, gross load net load, gross and net ultimate bearing capacity, safe bearing capacity, and able bearing pressure, modes of failure, criteria of failure, Terzaghi,

ate erhof,Hanson, vesic and Indian standard IS(6403) method to determine net ultiming capacity in shear, compressibility(including critical rigidity index) crite

od, practical applications. 3 . Pile

pilespile Berzgrousettle

foundation—axially loaded. Bearing capacity of soils.Necessity of piles, types of , static and dynamic resistance of piles, pile load carrying capacity using dynamic formula and their limitations, pile load carrying capacity, using Terzaghi,Meyorhoh, antsv,vesic, Indian Standard 2911( Part I and II) method, settlement of pile clay, p of pilesw, load carrying capacity for sand and clay soils, group efficiency, group ments, practical application.

4 Grougrou

nd improvement, various methods, sand drains, stone column, stabilization, ting, reinforced earth, geotextiles, diaphragm wall.

5 Caissons and cofferdams. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:

222

1 Taylor D.W. Fundamentals of soil mechanics, Asia Publications Bombay 2 Terzaghi and Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, Wiley & Sons. 3 Bow

Dr. Book Dr.

les J.E, Foundations Analysis & Designs, McGraw Hill Book Co. Alamsingh, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Vol I, Vol II, Standard House

Alamsingh, Geotechnical Applications, Standard Book House.

4 Dr. amsingh, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Vol I, Vol II, Standard Book House

Al

5 Dr. A

lamsingh, Geotechnical Applications, Standard Book House.

REFERENCE BOOKS 1..Name of t neering with Structural Engineering subjects ) Sr. No. Name Designation Subject Teaching.

he course : M Tech (Civil engi

1 Prof. M. G. Gadgil Assistant Non linear analysis

Professor

2 . am Professor tus

ei

Prof S J JayrEmeri

experimptim

ntal stress analysis ii. o

zation

3 Prof. N M Damle Visiting essor

i.Theory of elasticity & plasticity. ced StrucProf ii.Advan

tural Analysis

Brief profi

. Prof M G Gadgil

le of each faculty

1

223

224

225

AcaAC

Research focus: Nil List typicaIndustry Linkage: Pub tions ( t of Master’s projects) :Nil

Sr n Date

demic calendar and framework: ADEMIC CALENDER o. Events

ODD SEMESTER

1 Com 17/7/06 mencement of classes

2 Mid- 25/9/06 to 29/9/06Semester Test

3 Class 3/11/06 es End

4 Term /Oral Evaluation In last Two Weekthe semester

Work/ Practical s of

5 End Semester Examination 13/11/06 to 23/11/06 6 Decl 5/12/06 aration of Results

7 Re-e 6th, 7th, 13th & January 2007

xamination 14th

ESTER EVEN SEM1 Commencement of classes 01/01/2007

2 Mid-Semester Test 5/3/07 to 9/3/07

3 14/4/07 Classes End

4 Term In last Two Weekthe semester

Work/ Practical /Oral Evaluation s of

5 End 22/4/07 to 02/5/07Semester Examination

6 Decl s 14/5/07 aration of Result

7 Re-e 7th, 8th, 14th, 1July 2007

xamination 5th

of l research projects: Nil

lica if any) (out of research in last three years ou

226

PlaPLA FOR THE YEAR 2003-2004

Branch No. of CompanVisited

No. of Average Highest

cement status CEMENT REPORT

ies Students Selected Salary Salary

M.T C - ECH EXT - - -

M.T 1 5 25,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 1 25

M.TE 8 6 20,000.00 ,000.00 CH COMP 1 20

M.T 4 16,000.00 ECH EX 15 25,000.00 M.T

CONT 5 19,000.00 ECH 16ROL 22,000.00

M.T 22 8 22,000.00 ECH M/D 25,000.00

M 8 1 16,000.00 .TEXT 20,000.00

M 16 1 23,000.00 .TECH PROD 25,000.00

M.TE 19 3 21,000.00 CH POWER 24,000.00 M.T

CAD/C 17 5 25,000.00 ECH AM 24,000.00

M.T 4 0 22,000.00 ECH AUTO 1 25,000.00 M.T

ENVIR 24,000.00 ECH 12 0 ON 25,000.00

M 9 2 17,000.00 .TECH CONST 17,000.00

227

PLA

Branch No. of CompanVisited

No. of

CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2004-2005

ies Students Selected

Average Salary

HighestSalary

M.TE - CH EXTC - - -

M.T 3 5 12,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 4 25

M.T 17 15,000.00 ECH COMP 32 33,000.00

M.TE 000.00 CH EX 37 12 13, 50,000.00 M.T

CONT 2 8 000.00 ECH 5ROL 11, 33,000.00

M.TE 62 12 10,000.00 CH M/D 25,000.00

M 14 1 7,000.00 .TEXT 22,000.00

M.T 22 2 4,000.00 ECH PROD 1 25,000.00

M.TE 50 9 11,000.00 CH POWER 33,000.00 M.T

CAD/C 8 6 10,000.00 ECH AM 5 25,000.00

M.TE 4 10,000.00 CH AUTO 57 52,000.00 M.T

ENVIR 40 2 11,000.00 25,000.00 ECH ON

M 38 0 9,000.00 .TECH CONST 22,000.00

228

PLA

Branch No. of CompanVisited

No. of

CEMENT REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2005-2006

ies Students Selected

Average Salary

HighestSalary

M.TE - CH EXTC - - -

M.T 7 15 13,000.00 ,000.00 ECH STRUCT 2 27

M.T 9 2,000.00 ECH COMP 23 2 63,000.00

M.TE 000.00 CH EX 28 15 15, 58,000.00 M.T

CONT 4 10 15,000.00 ECH 3ROL 58,000.00

M.TE 31 10 15,000.00 CH M/D 38,000.00

M 12 7 4,000.00 .TEXT 1 27,000.00

M.T 15 6 7,000.00 ECH PROD 1 30,000.00

M.TE 33 11 15,000.00 CH POWER 58,000.00 M.T

CAD/C 6 10 14,000.00 ECH AM 2 38,000.00

M.TE 000.00 CH AUTO 28 11 14, 52,000.00 M.T

ENVIR 18 0 15,000.00 27,000.00 ECH ON

M 22 8 3,000.00 .TECH CONST 1 27,000.00 Admissio Out of 25 int 18 seats are ed through GA‘Spons selected thro written test fol ed by interview.

n Procedure:ored candidates’ are

ake ,ugh

filllow

TE and 7

229

Fee

able for 5 served) Contact address of coordinator mme

ame : Prof M G gadgil ddress: I/C Head Structural E partelephone: 022-24198250

E-mail.: mggadgil@vjti.org.in

structure – 2006-2007

Hostel facilities: avail students.(3 Open of the progra

+ 2 Re

NAT

ngineering De ment.

Sr. N

All aided M.Tech. Programm(Gate candi

All aided M.Tech. Self supporting

h(CAD / dElect &.

Class es dates)

Programmes (Sponsored candidates)

Programmes Civil(Const

ecMgnt)MCAM)AnTelecomm

o.

1. Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 7500 7500 2. Development Fees Per annum 5000 5000 5000 3 p Per ann 10000 . S onsorship Fees um 0 0 4 ib nn 700 00 . L rary Fees Per a um 700 7 5 nn 500 0 . Internet Facility Fees Per a um 500 50 6 n Per ann 125 . A nul Social Fees um 125 125 7 tu ees Per ann 100 100 . S dent Activities F um 100 8 u ann 15 15 . St dents Aid Fund Per um 15 9 y nn 500 500 . G mkhana Fees Per a um 500 1 a n 4000 4000 0. L boratory Fees Per an um 4000 1 o n 0 20000 1. C urse charges Per an um 0 1 x er ann 2000 2000 2. E amination P

fees(Regular exam.) um 2000

1 o Per ann 5000 000 3. C ntingency fund um 0 51 & In the

year on 0 00 4. T P charges first

ly 100 1

1 nfee

the r only

800 00 5. U iversity registration s

In yea

first 800 8

1 in

Per ann 46 6 6. M scellaneous U iversity fees

um 46 1

1 s n e

In the 50 50 7. In titute registratiofe s year onl

first 50 y

1 tuyear on

500 500 8. S dents Deposit In the first ly

500

Total 21936 36836 46936

230

3.CTitl Ma er of Technology (Civil Engineering with specialization in Environmental En SCHEME:-

Periods per week

Evaluation weightages

Course Credits

ivil Engineering Department. e of the programme.

stgineering)

Course Cod

Course Title

L e

T / P TWA ESE SemOn

ester e

602010 Environmental Chemistry 3 70 30 6 602 crobiology & Ecology 3 30 70 6 020 Mi602 Advanced Hydraulics 3 2 30 70 8 030 602 ir &

ontr 30 70 040 A Noise Pollution & 4

C ol 8

Electi 30 70 ve I 4 8 602 nvir

abor4 100 061 E onmental

L atory I 4

602050 Resea ology 2 30 70 4 rch Method Total s: 25

:19Total Credits: 44

Contact Hour(L , T/P: 6)

SemTwo

ester

602 dvaTreatm

30 70 070 A nced Water 4 ent

8

602 80 Advaatm

30 70 8 0 nced Waste-water ent

4 Tre

602 ustrial Waste Treatment

4 30 70 8 090 Ind

602 olid Treatm

30 70 0100 S & Hazardous Waste ent

4 8

Electi 30 70 ve II 4 8 602 nvir

bor4 100 062 E onmental

atory II

La4

Total rs: 24 Total

Contact Hou

(L:20, T/P: 4) Credits: 44

231

SYLLABUS:- Course Name: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Course Code : 602010 Ba uilibria, Solubility equilibria, Oxidation reduction equanaIno Co

siilc principles, Acid base eqibria, Colloidal chemistry, Nuclear Chemistry, Concepts Of water and wastewater

lysis, Drinking water standards, Bottle water standards, Trace organics and trace rganics

urse Name: ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY & ECOLOGY rse code Cou : 602020

LifChEn Metabolism, microbiology& ecology, Nuisance MicBac Co

e support system, The Micro-organism, Nutrition and growth conditions, emical composition of cell and nature of organic matter, Metabolic Classification, zymes, ATP formation, roorganisms, Water related and excreta related diseases, Indicator Microorganisms, teriological Tests, Ecology.

urse name : ADVANCED HYDRAULICS urse code Co : 602030 jectives of water supply, Water demOb and, Design period, Transmission of water,

Dist bution of water, Hydraulics of sewers and design of sewers, Design of storm drai ng, Plumbing systems for hig Co

rinage, Maintenance of sewerage systems, Sewage pumpi

h rise buildings.

urse name : AIR , NOISE POLLUTION & CONTROL urse code Co : 602040 mposition of dry ambient air, Definition of air pollution. Classification of air lutants, sources of air pollution, effect of air and noise pollution, meteorological

ts of air pollution, plum

Copolasp e dispersion, sampling and analysis of air for stack and am ir pollution con Co

ecbient air monitoring, air pollution acts, emission and air quality standards, atrol devices ,noise pollution and control.

urse Name: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY urse Code:Co 602050

thodology: research methods, collection of data, research report, research design, and erimental design tistical methods: scales of measure, graphic rep

MeexpSta resentation, central values & distribution criteria, correlation & regression analysis, normal distribution curve & stan , analysis of variances Re Co

dard scale, significance of differences, testing of hypothesissearch Ethics

urse Name: ENVIRONMENTAL LABOROTARY I & II Course Code: 602061, 602062

232

.

PN).

• on of SVI • lids

turbidity • f alum using jar test

• d grease

2. Determination of p

3. Environmental microb• Preparatio• Preparation

• Effect f heavy metals on growth of microorganisms microorganisms

icroorganisms s

4. Ai

1. Environmental chemistry • Determination of chloride content. • Determination of pH. • Determination of residual chlorine• Determination of alkalinity. • Determination of hardness.

(M• Determination of Most probable number• Determination of metals:

1. Chromium 2. Zinc 3. Iron 4. Manganese

atiDeterminDetermination of so

• Determination of Determination of optimum dose oapparatus

• Determination of dissolved oxygen • Determination of biochemical oxygen demand • Determination of chemical oxygen demand

Determination of oil an• Determination of nitrates using Spectrophotometer

henols using Gas Chromatography

iology n of nutrient broth of nutrient agar

• Effect of ph on growth of bacteria

• Effect of temperature on growth of• E tffec of osmotic pressure on growth of m• Effect of dyes on growth of microorganism• Effect on heat on bacteria • Effect of radiation on bacteria • Effect of antibiotics on bacteria • Effects of catalytic action on bacteria • MPN test • Fermentation of milk • Isolation of microorganisms • Phenol coefficient test • Standard plate count test • Microscopy and microscope • Staining techniques

r pollution • Anderson Air sampler • Stack monitoring unit • Paper Tape sampler and Densitometer • Kitgawa test

using high volume sampler

5. Soli

tent ntent

233

• Anemometer • Dust jar test • Ambient air sampling • Velometer • Sound level meter

d waste management • Determination of pH • Determination of moisture con• Determination of organic carbon co• Determination of soluble nitrates • Determination of phosphorus • Determination of potassium

Course name : ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT Course code : 602070 Sources of water, Standard for raw and treated waters, examination of waters, sed water treatment, mis f existing water treacor Co

imentation, filtration, disinfections, aeration, adsorption, industrialr, desalination of water, Upgradation ocellaneous treatment of wate

tment plant, performance study of water treatment plant, theory of corrosion and rosion control, water conservation, rainwater harvesting.

urse name : ADVANCED WASTE-WATER TREATMENT urse code Co : 602080 ste water quality and quantity, sampling, Aerobic decomposition of orgWa anic material,

obj ve of sewage treatment plant, Pre-treatment, primary treatment and secondary treatment methods, Upgradation of treatment plants, kinetics of biological growth ,gen ewage trea Co

ecti

eral consideration in disposal of sludge, alternative treatment to conventional stment plant.

urse name : INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER TREATMENT urse code Co : 602090

m sanitation, CommStre on effluent treatment plants, Treatability studies, Detailed considerations of wastes from typical industries, General consideration of waste from oth industries, Minimization of wastewater quantities, Recovery , reuse, Performance study of wastewater treatment plants.

OU

a

er

RSE NAME: SOLID & HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : 6020100

id wastes, composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid wastes, rces and types of hazardous and infectious wastes, Solid waste generation and lection, Disposal of solid wastes, Industrial solid wastes-composition, Hazardous tes, Treatment and disposal methods, Site rem

Solsoucolwas ediation.

EL

234

ECTIVES

COURSE NAME: ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION AND MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: 702010 Env cal background, national and international acts; GeimplimMasew Factory act, Municipal acts, acts dealing with hazardous and infections wa EnpreCa rinciples of case laws, statutory interpretations, site selection, land use plaISO ISO: 14000 certification, impEnremEnma gy.. As

CO

ironmental acts-their needs, historinesis of environmental acts – general procedure followed in changing a bill into an act; lementation of an acting judiciary, executive and legislative powers and their itations. in national acts – Environmental protection agency, air act, water act, water and erage Board’s

stes. vironmental impact assessment, environmental audit, general procedures followed in paring reports incorporating EIA, ES and EA. se laws- Pnning, town planning act. : 14000 – its need, procedure to be followed to obtain lications of ISO.

vironmental management plan, environment management cells, rehabilitation and ediation, NGOs and their role.

vironmental and occupational health, industrial hygiene, risk assessment, disaster nagement plan, epidemiolosessment of existing effluent treatment plants, trouble shooting, remedial measures.

URSE NAME: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE : [702020] Ge al: Global and Indian Scenario, National Environmental Policy, Environmental Orga & implementation, Sustainable development Preventive and rea impact & risk assessment, Methodologies: Adhoc, checklist, network, matrix etc., Environmental Ma of Environmental impact assessment, Environ ental audit, Environmental legislation, Air, Wa

CO

nernizations for planning ,

ctive strategies for environmental pollution control, Environmental

nagement plan, Typical case studies mental impact statements, Environm

ter & Environmental Acts.

URSE NAME: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & AUDIT

URSE CODE: CO [702030]

ironmental impact assessment, Brief history, Significance, Objectives, Role in nning and decision making process,

dologies, Socioeconomic impact assessm

Envpla Environmental assessment process, Assessment me ent, air, noise , water , vegetation & wildlife and energy impact analysis, cumulative impact assessment, ecological impact assVaraud inciples, Partial environmental audits, Scope of aud

tho

essment, risk assessment, Environmental impact statement, Basic concepts behind EIS, ious Stages in EIS production, Typical EIS outline, Rapid EIA, Environmental iting, Aims & Objectives, Audit prit, Case studies.

235

COURSE NAME : OPERATION & MAINTENANCE OF TREATMENT FACILITIES

URSE CODE [7CO 02040] Intr M, Schedule of daily operations & inspection of ma inery, Records, Staff Position, Inventory of store, Lab Tests for monitoring, Op

CO

oduction, Common features of O & cherational Problems, Disposal of wastes, Safety in plants, Training of personnel

URSE NAME : RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION

COURSE CODE : [702050] Concept of environment and scope of sanitation, Magnitude of problems of water supply and ning of water supply systems, Selection & devel ter, Specific problems in rural water supply and treatmWatwasof s

CO

sanitation, National Policy, Planopment of preferred sources of waent, Low cost treatment, Improved methods and compact systems of treatment,

er supply during fairs, festivals and emergencies, Treatment and disposal of tewater / sullage, Community latrines, Simple wastewater treatment systems, Disposal olid waste, Biogas plants.

URSE NAME : WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

URSE CODE [702060]CO Intr duction, Water resources planning, Basic concepts of hydrology and hydrogeology, Riv sources pla Water reso development in coastal areas, Basic concepts of eco asin transfer of water.

oer monitoring, Ground water pollution, National water policy, Water renning and processes, Application of remote sensing, Reliability studies,urces conservation, Water resource

nomics, Inter b

236

COURSE NAME : Risk and Disaster Management

COURSE CODE: 702070 Risks i ent system, risk classification, risk analysis& respDis

Course name : ADVANCED PROJECT MANAGEMENT

n construction; risk managemonse, tools and techniques of risk management, utility and risk attitude,

asters: natural and manmade, disaster recovery plan.

Course Code : 702080 Ma chniques for project planning, multi project and multi resource scheduling, complex time cost trade off ana ntrol, conflict resolution, PMIS, Integrated approach. Cou

naging scope, time, cost and quality, Project organization, Tools and te

lysis, Project Monitoring & co

rse Name – Project Financing rse Code – 702090Cou

Project preparation and analysis, project accounting, bid preparation, budgeting, cost con s & contractors, various costs, cash flow ma nsiderations for construction industry.

Cou

trol concepts: from the viewpoint of clienteporting, tax conagement, data collection & r

rse name : QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING

Course Code :[ 702100]

Mamo,Int ing , Decision tree, Game theory, Simulation

nagement Decision Making , Systems approach ,Linear programming , transportation del , Assignment model, Network Model, Waiting lines, Dynamic programming eger programm

237

Faculty profile Sr. . Name Designation Subject Teaching No

1 Lecturer Hy

ced W Environment

J.S.Main Advanced draulics. Advan astewater Treatment.

al Laboratory. 2 Dr.P.P.Bhave Lecturer Air, Noise Po

& ent

llution & Control.

Solid Managem

Hazardous Waste .

3 Dr.V.M.Topkar Professor Quantitative Techniques for Managerial D

ecision Making.

4 M.L. isiting ced PrDiwan V Advan oject Management. 5 Arun isiting nment

Environment crobiology &

ogy.

a Joshi V Enviro al Chemistry.

al MiEcol

6 Chaw Visiting nced Wathe S.C. Adva ater Treatment. 7 Ranji Visiting strial Wat Karve Indu ste Water Treatment. 8 Swati Kotulkar Visiting Research Methodology. Laboratory f PG Cou

Sr. N ratory Size

acilities exclusive to rse:

o. Name of Labo1 ngineer 155 sq. Environmental E ing Lab 1 m. 2. Environmental Engineering Lab 2 120 sq.m.

Spe

Nil

cial Purpose Soft wares:

238

AC DEMIC CALENDER SR NO. DATES

A

EVENTS ODD SEMISTER 1 Commencement 17/7/2006 of classes 2 Mid s 25/9/2006 to 29 2006 emester test /9/3 Class 3/11/2006 es end 4 Term valuation In last two w

semester work / practical/ oral e eeks of the

5 End s /11/2006 to 2emester examination 13 3/11/2006 6 Decla 12/2006 ration of results 5/7 Re –examination 6 th, 7 th , 13 th ,

2007 14 th January

EVEN SEMISTER 1 Comm 1/1/2007 encement of classes 2 Mid semester test 5/3/2207 to 9/3/2007 3 Classes end 14/4/2007 4 Term uation In last two w s of the

semester work / practical/ oral eval eek

5 End s 22/4/2007 to 2/emester examination 5/2007 6 Decla 14/5/2007 ration of results 7 Re –e th, 8 th , 14

07 xamination 7

20th ,15 th July

Res ch Focu

Water TSewage Air & N ent

Solid & Hazardous Waste Treatment and Management Environment Impact Assessment

ear s: • reatment & Supply.

. • •

collection & Treatmentoise Quality managem

••

239

List of typical research projects (Environmental Engineering): SR NO

NAME DEPARTMENT TITLE OF ERTATI. DISS ON

1 . Gujrat waSewerage Board, Gandhina

l water H.Y Chauhan ter supply and Rura

gar sanitation and environment

supply and its impact on

2 R.M. Mathkar MaharashPradhikar manufacturing

tra Jeevan an

Review of design methods, processes

and installprestressed conc

ation of rete pipes.

3 Rakesh Kumar HimachalIrrigation cum Public health department

Upgradation water treatment

Pradesh of existing plant

4 Ajay MaharashPradhikar

B. Chaudhari tra Jeevan an

Optimization distribution syst

of Village em

5 Anupam Kaul J & K ntrol b

State pollution oard, Jammu

Comparative consenCo

study of t mech

PCB’s in India anism in

• Ind

1. In culum deve2. Industry problems solving throu

• ublications out of research in last three years out of master’s projects

•

tice Graduate Programmes leading to Master of Technology (M. Tech.)

Ap n to full time two-year

ustry Linkage volvement in curri lopment

gh dissertations

P Nil

Placement status udents placed through Campus Interview. 6 st

• Admission procedure Admission NoPost

plications are invited from eligible candidates for admissioduration M.Tech. Programmes.

Comment [MSOffice1]:

240

Details reg

backw and admission procedure are available on website www.

arding availability of seats, eligibility conditions, reservation of seats for

ard class categoriesvjti.ac.in. The application form is to be downloaded from the website.

SchedLasdemcan

ule of admissions: te of receipt of completely filled application forms alont da g-with a

and draft / pay order of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST didates) towards processing fees

June 30, 2005

Dis of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.inplay July 09, 2005

Date of admission for GATE qualified candidates July 14, 2005

Dat2005

e of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14,

Dat 15, 2005

e of admission for sponsored candidates July

Director

Programme Title Intake C specialization in Environmental Engineering) 17 ivil Engineering (withCivil Engineering (with specialization in Structural Engineering) 25 Civil Engineering (with specialization in Construction Management) 17 Computer Engineering 25 Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems) 25 Elec ialization in Control Systems) 25 trical Engineering (with specElectronics Engineering 25 MecEng

hanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design 25 ineering)

MecEng

hanical Engineering (with specialization in Automobile ineering)

25

Mec ing (with specialization in CAD/CAM & Aut

18 hanical Engineeromation)

Production Engineering 18 Textile Technology 18 Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering 15

Sch

241

edule of admissions: Las forms along-with a drapro

t date of receipt of completely filled application ft of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST candidates) towards cessing fees

June 30, 2005

Display of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.in July 09, 2005 Dat e of admission for GATE qualified candidates July 14, 2005Dat e of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14, 2005Dat July 15, 2005 e of admission for sponsored candidates Instructions to Candidates:

• Fill the form in your own handwriting and in capital letters only. • Candidates desirous of applyi

a licng for more than one programme, separate

pp ation forms should be submitted for each programme with separate application processing fees.

• Attach certified copies of relevant passing certificate, degree certificate, marks list, caste certificate from competent authority and experience certificates from employers.

• Sponsored candidates should attach original letter issued by the sponsorer giving details of name of sponsoring organization, number of years of service with the organization and an undertaking from the employer that the candidate will be relieved from all the responsibilities in their organization for the duration of two years on full time basis.

• The candidates graduating from University other than University of Mumbai, will have to produce provisional statement of eligibility within one month from the date of admission. Failure to do so is likely to entail loss of attendance and possible cancellation of admission.

• Candidates who have appeared for final year examination leading to Bachelor’s degree in engineering / technology, and waiting for the results, may also apply.

• The application form complete in all respects should reach the Institute on or before June 30, 2005.

• Incomplete application forms and application forms received without pay order / and draft towards processing fees will not bedem considered.

Eligibility Any candidate who has passed an examination for Degree of Bachelor of Engineering / Technology of University of Mumbai or any equivalent degree from any other University is deemed eligible for admission to the Post Graduate Programmes leading to Master of Technology (M. Tech.) in specific branch in which the candidate has obtained the

elor’s degree. The eligibility for various programmes is listed in table below. BachNotwithstanding what is stated above, candidates who have passed the Section A and Sec ations conducted by the tion B examin

i. Institution of Engineers (India), and ii. Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineers (India) And those who have qualified at the GATE examination, conducted by the Govt. of India through IITs are also deemed eligible for admission to these courses.

For admission to Programme Titled Candidate should have passed BE degree in either of following branches

CsE nmental Engineering

ivil Engineering (with pecialization in Environmental ngineering)

Civil Engineering Or Construction Engineering Or Enviro

Civil Engineering (with Civil Engineering

specEng

242

ialization in Structural ineering)

Or Construct

ion Engineering

Civ ing (with specMan

Civil Engine ring il Engineerialization in Construction agement)

Or Construct

eion Engineering

ComOr ElectricalOr ElectroniOr Electro Engineering Or InstrumeOr Informat

puter Engineering Computer Engineering Engineering cs Engineering nics and Telecommunication

ntation Engineering ion Technology

Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems)

Electrical Engineering

Electrical Engineering (with spec

Electrical En

Electronics and Telecommunication ialization in Control Systems) Or Electroni

Or

gineering cs Engineering

Engineering Or Instrumentation Engineering

Elec ronics Or ElectricalOr Electro ecommunication Engineering Or InstrumeOr Compute

tronics Engineering Elect Engineering Engineering nics and Tel

ntation Engineering r Engineering

Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design Engineering)

Mechanical Or Machine Or AutomobOr Productio

Engineering tool Engineering ile Engineering n Engineering

Mechanical Engineering (with specEng

Mechanical ialization in Automobile ineering)

Or AutomobOr Productio

Engineering ile Engineering n Engineering

Mecspec AD/CAM & Automation)

al Or Machine Or Automob

hanical Engineering (with ialization in C

Mechanic Engineering tool Engineering ile Engineering

Or Production Engineering Pro

Or Industrial

br

duction Engineering Production EOr Mechanic

ngineering al Engineering Engineering

Or MachineOr AutomoOr Metallu

tool Engineering ile Engineering

gical Engineering Tex Textile Engi

Or Textile Tech

tile Technology neering

nology Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering

Electronics EngineeringOr ElectroniOr ElectricalOr InstrumeOr Compute

and Telecommunication cs Engineering Engineering

ntation Engineering r Engineering

243

Int pacity of various programmes: ake caPro Open SC St Sponsored gramme Title Intake

C(w mental Eng

17 1 1 ivil Engineering ith specialization in Environ

ineering)

0 2 4

Civi(wit on in Structural Eng

3 2 5 l Engineering h specializati

25 15

ineering) Civi(witMan

2 1 4 l Engineering h specialization in Construction

17 10

agement)* Com 3 2 puter Engineering 25 15 5 Elec(wit ower Systems)

3 2 5 trical Engineering h specialization in P

25 15

Elec(wit stems)

25 1 3 2 trical Engineering h specialization in Control Sy

5 5

Elec 1 3 2 tronics Engineering 25 5 5 Mec(wit ine Design Eng

15 3 2 hanical Engineering 25 h specialization in Machineering)

5

Mec(wit tomobile Eng

25 1 3 2 hanical Engineering h specialization in Auineering)

5 5

Mec(wit in CAD/CAM & Aut

2 1 5 hanical Engineering h specialization

18 10

omation)* Pro 2 1 5 duction Engineering 18 10 Tex 2 1 5 tile Technology 18 10 Elec unication Eng

15 1 2 1 tronics & Telecommineering

0 2

• run on self-supporting basis.

These courses are

244

Post-graduate scholarships: All ugh GATE and become eligible, inter-se-merit, amschHoof f

the students who have qualified throong the candidates applied for admission to the course, will be awarded PG olarship at the rate of Rs 5000/-per month (or at the rate as revised by AICTE). wever the disbursement of the scholarship amount shall depend upon the availability unds from AICTE.

Sponsored candidates: Candidates seeking admission under this category shall have to fulfill the following con

e syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai.

ii.

ditions: i. The candidates shall be required to appear for a written test followed by an

interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduatOnly those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection. Sponsored candidates will have to produce an official letter of sponsorship from the sponsoring organization at the time of admission. The sponsored candidate should have worked in the sponsoring organization in permanent position for at least two years after graduation.

e MeInter-s rit of the candidates for offer of admission:

•

igibility of any candidate seeking admission to any programme will depend upon the discipline of

branches listed

The admission for the available seats shall be offered on the basis of inter-se-merit. The merit list shall be prepared on the basis of the VALID GATE score obtained by the candidate in the chosen GATE discipline. The el

the GATE examination chosen by the candidate, irrespective of thein table regarding eligibility. For example, a candidate holding the degree of BE in Instrumentation Engineering must have GATE score in Electrical Engineering, if the candidate desires to seek admission to M.Tech. programme in Electrical Engineering. If two or more candidates have same GATE score, the candidate with higher marks in the qualifying examination will be given preference.

• If candidates with GATE score are not available, fresh graduates may also be admitted for a programme. These candidates will have to appear for a written test followed by an interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduate syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai. Only those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection.

245

Fee structure Sr. N All aided

M Tech Courses (GATE candidates)

All aided

Mechanical En(

Civil Engi(

o. Class M TechCourses (Sponsored candidates)

&A

gineering CAD/CAM utomation)

M

neering Construction

anagement)

1 Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 2 77500 8500 500 2 University

Share of Tuitio

Per annum 2500 2 2

n Fees

2500 500 500

3 Continfees

e f 0 0 gency In thyear only

irst 0 10000

4 DevelFees

0 10000 0 opment Per annum 0

5 SponsFees

nnum 0 1 0 orship Per a 0 0 500

6 Librar num 0 5 5y Fees Per an 500 50 00 00 7 Intern

Facilinum 0 1 150 et Per an

ty Fees 150 15 50

8 UniveRegistFees

he fyear only

5 8 825 rsity ration

In t irst 825 82 25

9 T and he f

0 0 P Fees year onlyIn t irst 0 0

10 Instituregistrfees

e fiar only

50 te In thation ye

rst 50 50 50

11 E - Ch Per annum 20 20 20 20 arge 12 Disast

Fund num 1 10 er Relief Per an 10 10 0

13 Sports f Per annum 10 10 und 10 10 14 Cultur

Activit annum 6 6 al

ies Fee Per 6 6

15 Annua ial Fee

Per annum 100 100 100 100 l Soc

16 StudeActivi

1 100 nt ties Fund

Per annum 100 100 00

17 StudeDepos(Refu

e fi only

500 nts it

In thyear

ndable)

rst 500 500 500

18 StudeFund

num 1 nts Aid Per an 1 1 1

19 Enrollyear only

0 0 ment Fee In the first 0 0

TOTA 2 4 2L 12272 2227 3272 7272 • Hostel faci students

• tact ad m

Prof. J.vil &

V.J.T.I. Tel No. 9 Ma ter of Te

lities: for 2

Con

dress of coordinator of Program e:

Ci

S. Main Environmental Engg. Department

:-(022)2419814 chnology s

246

CivSC

Periods per week

Evaluation

il Engineering with specialization in Construction Management HEME:-

weightages CouCod

itle

L T / P SE

Course its

rse Course Te

TWA E Cred

Sem e ester On603 & Practice of 3 - 6 010 Principles

Management 30 70

603 galConst

70 8 020 Le Aspects of ruction

4 - 30

603 vana

70 8 030 AdMa

nced Project gement

3 2 30

603 vachn

70 8 040 AdTe

nced Construction iques

4 - 30

Electi 4 - 30 70 8 ve I 603 mp 0 3 061 Co uter laboratory I - 3 10603050 Resea 2 - 30 70 4 rch Methodology Total 25 (L:20, T/P: 5) tal Credits:Contact Hours: To 45 Sem ester Two603 nst

na- 70 8 070 Co ruction Resources 4

Ma gement 30

603 oje 0 080 Pr ct Financing 3 2 30 7 8 603 Techniques

kin

3 2 30 70 8 090 Quantitative Mfor

maanagerial Decision

g 603 ain 4 - 70 8 100 M tenance of Structures 30 i 4 - 70 8 Elect ve II 30603 mp 0 3 062 Co uter laboratory II - 3 10 Total Total Credits: 43 Contact Hours: 25 (L:18, T/P: 7) Electives 703 lue 30 70010 Va Management 4 8 703 nst ting 30 70020 Co ruction Marke 4 8 703 ern 30 70030 Int ational Construction Business 4 8 703 0 Pavem nt Management System 2 30 7004 e 3 8 703 Rehab 30050 ilitation of Structures 4 70 8 703 a 30060 Adv nced Construction Materials 4 70 8 703 an t 3 2 30 70 8 070 Risk d Disaster Managemen703 vir 4 30 70 8 080 En onmental Management 703 a 3 2 30 70 8 090 EIA nd Audit era

i 30 70 8 Op tion & Maintenance of Treatment 4

Facil ties 703 era

na 30 70110 Op

Mational Health & safetygement

4 8

P 30 70 8 ER 4 703 e

ste 30 70130 Proj ct Management Information 4

Sy ms 8

703 ili 4 30 70 140 Fac tates Management 8

247

SY Co me: PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENT

LLABUS:-

urse na Course Code : 603010 Ma ctice, evolution of management thought, Functions of manatorgappleadtech Co

nagement: Science, theory & pranagement, Planning: nature & purpose, objectives, strategies & policies, Organizing: ure & purpose, organizational structures, departmentation & decentralization, effective anization & organizational behavior, Staffing: overview, purpose, performance raisal, managing change, organizational development, Leading: Motivation, ership, group decision making, communication, Controlling: system & process, niques

urse name: LEGAL ASPECTS OF CONSTRUCTION urse code : 60Co 3020

Intr rd forms of con itration & oth of various laws related to: construction workers safety and Co

oduction to legal system, professional liabilities, Indian contract act, standaent, dispute minimization & resolution, arbtract, claims & their assessm

e forms of ADR, Provisions rwelfare, employee & work insurance, employee compensation

urse name : ADVANCED PROJECT MANAGEMENT urse code : 603030Co

aging scope, time, cost and quality, Project organization, Tools and techniques f Ma or pro trade off ana roach, Co se name : ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES

nject planning, multi project and multi resource scheduling, complex time costlysis, Project Monitoring & control, conflict resolution, PMIS, Integrated app

ur Course code : 603040

y concepts in building assembly process & advanced technologies, intelligent ldings, formwork & concreting cycles, construction plant, material handling,

Kebuicomposite construction, industrialized building systems, advanced technologies for civil eng Co ETHODOLOGY

ineering projects

urse name : RESEARCH M Course code : 603050

thodology: research methods, collection of data, research report, research design, erimental design, Research ethics istical methods: Review of measures of central tendency and dispersion, correlation & ssion analysis, normal

MeexpStatreg distribution curve & standard scale, significance of dif tric methods Course name : COMPUTER LABOROTARY I and II

references, testing of hypothesis, analysis of variances, non-parame

Course code : 603061, 603062

ignments to increase proficiency in using wo Assuseproj

rd processor, worksheet and databases, of worksheets and / or databases to solve day to day civil engineer’s functions, use of ect management software to develop project plans

248

Course name : CONSTRUCTION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT urse code : 603070Co

Site rganization structure, site teams & their interrelationship with contractual parties, Mawel Co

oterial management, Equipment & Plant Management, Human resource management & fare, Health & safety management, productivity of construction resources

urse name : PROJECT FINANCING Co 603080urse code : Pro oject accounting, Bid preparation, Budgeting, Cost Co point of clients and contractors, various costs, cash flow ma Co

ject preparation & analysis, Prrol Concepts: from the viewnt

nagement, data collection & reporting, Tax considerations for construction industry

urse name : QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING

Co se code : 603090ur Syssen ssignment, transshipment; Dynamic Pro lication; Integer Programming: formulation, branch & bou d, Decision Analysis: decision making, decision making under uncertainty, expected mosim

CoCo

tems approach to problems; Linear programminsitivity analysis; Network flow: transportation, a

g: graphical, simplex, duality theory,

gramming: formulation, appnnetary value, utility function analysis; Waiting Line Models: queuing systems, ulation

urse name : MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS OF STRUCTURES urse code : 603100

Eff te, temperature, chemicals, wear and erosion on structures, facets of ma tenance, assessment procedures, special materials for repair, techniques of repair, rep

ects of climainairs to overcome low member strength, deflection, cracking, leakage

249

ELECTIVES

Course name : VALUE MANAGEMENT Course Code : 703010

Bac gineering, habits, Value Engineering Job Plan, Function analysis system technique, Creative thinking, Life cycle costing, Energy systems and ene Co RKETING

kground & history of value en

rgy models, Case studies

urse name: CONSTRUCTION MA Course Code : 703020 Ma of consumer goods, ind societal role of marketing, Marketing projects, pre-qua ication documents, bid preparation, collaborations and alliances, impact of glo Co

rketing environment, marketing strategy, features of marketing ustrial products and services, lifbalization and privatization, strategies for project export

urse name: INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION BUSINESS de: 703030 Co

International economy, International political system, features of international trade & inv mo for es and their determination, Theories of international trade, De oping countries in the world economy, international differences in technology, polEffma Co

estment, national interest in international trade, International payments, Internationalnce of international payments, transfer of international payments,netary system, bala

eign exchange ratvelicy implications for host countries, Cultural environment of international business, ect of culture, language, education, religion, value systems on business, impact on nagement styles in selected countries

urse name : PAVEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM de : 703040Co

intenance Planning and Rehabilitation Strategies: Factors affecting deterioration of ement, Functional & structural requirements o

Mapav f flexible pavements, Distresses in flex le/rigid pavements causes & remedies. Resurfacing, Interface treatments Pav of flexible pavFunctional evaluation of pavements, Pavement Management/ Maintenance Management Syst , Prediction Deterioration Models, Pavement Structural Design and Economic An

ibement Performance Measures: Various equipment used for evaluationements

emalysis, Emerging Technology in Pavement Management Systems:

250

Course name : REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

de : 703050Co Inf ructure management: Need and concept, expected performance, survey and evafundef Co se name : ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

rastluation of distresses, inspection checklists, organization for rehabilitation, policies, ding, Concept of infrastructure upkeep, Post occupancy evaluation of buildings, ormation and common defects in buildings, restoration & rehabilitation measures

ur Co : 703060de Re heir pro use, benefits and limitations, specific precautions to be taken in use Co

cent developments in construction materials, recycling and reuse, specifications: tperties, methods of

urse name : RISK AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT urse CCo ode : 703070

Risks: risks in construction, risk management framework Ris tools and tecRis ualitative and quantitative techniques Risk resp sk transfer, risk avoRisin t Co

k identification: sources of risk, risk classification, risk effects, common hniques of identification

analysis: risk measurement, qkonse: risk management plan, risk retention, risk reduction, ri

idance, attitudes towards risk ks in construction projects: money, time and technical risks, contracts and risks, risks he context of global project teams

urse name :ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT urse Code : 703080Co

Ge Environmental Policy, Environmental Org ustainable development, Preventive and reactive strategies for environmental pollution control, Environmental impact & risk assessmen ironmental Ma t assessment, En ironmental audit, Environmental legislation, Air, Wa r & Environmental Acts.

neral: Global and Indian Scenario, Nationalizations for planning & implementation, San

t, Methodologies: Adhoc, checklist, network, matrix etc., Envnagement plan, Typical case studies of Environmental impacvironmental impact statements, Envte

251

Course name :EIA AND AUDIT Course Code : 702090 Environ t, Brief history, Significance, Objectives, Role in plamewilassVaaudaud Co

mental impact assessmennning and decision making process, Environmental assessment process, Assessment thodologies, Socioeconomic impact assessment, air, noise , water , vegetation & dlife and energy impact analysis, cumulative impact assessment, ecological impact essment, risk assessment, Environmental impact statement, Basic concepts behind EIS, rious Stages in EIS production, Typical EIS outline, Rapid EIA, Environmental iting, Aims & Objectives, Audit principles, Partial environmental audits, Scope of it, Case studies.

urse name :OPERATIONAL HEALTH & SAEFTY MANAGEMENT urse Code : 703110Co

Caocc gears and equipment, safety precautions during con ction operations, laws related to safety and occupational health Co

uses of accidents on construcupational hazards, protective

tion sites, costs of accidents, construction trades and

stru

urse name :PROJECT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM urse Code : 703130Co

Information systems, requirements analysis, design of structure, development of software, imp mentation, integration of processes, hardware requirements for head office and sites net Course n

leworking

ame : FACILITIES MANAGEMENT urse Code : 703140Co

nstructed facilitng, effluent an

Co ies and various systems involved: civil works, HVAC, plumbing, lifts, par d solid waste treatment and disposal, requirements of operation, rou e maintenance and repairs, maintenance system, organization of M & R, inf

kitinormation system,

FA Sr. . Name Designation Subject Teaching

252

CULTY PROFILE:-

No

1 Dr.V.M.Topkar Professor Quantitative Techniques for al D

Research Me

Manageri

ecision Making.

thodology Laboratory. 2 A.D. Kulkarni Asst.

Professor Legal Aspects of Construction Maintenance and Repair of Structures.

3 S.Y. Asst. Professor

dvanced CoMhaske A nstruction Techniques.

4 S.L. Lecturer ent MaBodas Pavem nagement System. 5 M.L. Visiting d Pr

iples &

truction Value Manag

Diwan Advance

oject management.

Princ Practice of Management. Cons Resource Management

ement. Laboratory facilities exclusive to PG Course: Nil Special Purpose Soft wares: Prim Vera 3.0 [Demonstration Model], Systat 11.0 ACSR NO. EVENTS DATES

a

ADEMIC CALENDER

ODD SEMISTER 1 06 Commencement of classes 17/7/202 006 to 29/9/2006 Mid semester test 25/9/23 3/11/2006 Classes end 4 aluation In last two w e

semester Term work / cal/ oral ev practi eeks of th

5 End s 13/11/2006 to 2 11/2006 emester examination 3/6 Decla 5/12/2006 ration of results 7 Re –e 6 th, 7 th , 13 th ,

2007 xamination 14 th January

EVEN SEMISTER 1 Commencement of classes 1/1/2007 2 Mid s 5/3/2207 to 9/3/emester test 2007 3 Class 14/4/2007 es end 4 Term ation In last two w

semester work / practical/ oral evalu eeks of the

5 End semester examination 22/4/2007 to 2/5/2007 6 Declaration of results 14/5/2007 7 Re –e 7 th, 8 th , 14 th ,15 th July

2007 xamination

Res ch Focu

ear s:

253

nt.

ist f typical research projects :

SR NO.

N LE OF DISSERTATION

• Construction Materials. • Construction Equipments. • Construction Planning. • Construction Safety & Manageme

L o

AME OF STUDENT TIT

1 ns Mix design ousing M.B. a

Ba ode Nitin ashok f Hot Mix Hot Rolled B.C. nd RAM

2 Hem Geographicalapplications

Lad al Kishor Information System and its on site layout work.

3 /Matekar Nisha Umesh Risk quan n projects.

tification in constructio

4 Mhat Study of PuInfrastructur

re Vilas barku blic- Private partnership in e Development.

5 Mur Design ofconcession p T project.

gude Ganesh Suresh capital structure and eriod of BO

6 Pate Eco-friendly,designs of pa

l Abhay Vikramkumar Economy efficient mix vement materials.

7 Shah Planning aConstruction

Vishal Mahendra nd cost Accounting of equipments.

8 Singh Project Monin Constructi

Nilesh Rambabu itoring and Control process on.

9 / Waghmare Vidya Raosaheb Faster Determof various using Microw

ination of Moisture content construction materials by ave oven.

• Ind

• Involvement in curriculum development Indu ations

• Publications out of research in last three years out of • lacement status – 9 students (2005-2006)

ustry Linkage

• stry problems solving through dissert

master’s projects – Nil P

Pos leading to Master of Technology (M. Tech.) Apdur Pro Intake

254

• Admission procedure Admission Notice

t Graduate Programmes

plications are invited from eligible candidates for admission to full time two year ation M.Tech. programmes.

gramme Title Civil Engineering (with specialization in Environmental Engineering) 17 C specialization in Structural Engineering) 25 ivil Engineering (withCivil Engineering (with specialization in Construction Management) 17 Computer Engineering 25 Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems) 25 Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Control Systems) 25 Elec 25 tronics Engineering MecEng

hanical Engineering (with specialization in Machine Design 25 ineering)

MecEng

hanical Engineering (withineering)

specialization in Automobile 25

MecAut

hanical Engineering (with specialization in CAD/CAM & omation)

18

Production Engineering 18 Textile Technology 18 Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering 15

Detail lability of seats, eligibility conditions, reservation of seats for backw admission procedure are available on website www.

s regarding avaiard class categories and vjti.ac.in. The application form is to be downloaded from the website.

SchedLast date of receipt of completely filled application forms along-with a demcan

ule of admissions:

and draft / pay order of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST didates) towards processing fees

June 30, 2005

Display of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.in July 09, 2005

Dat candidates July 14, e of admission for GATE qualified2005

Date of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14, 2005

Dat July 15, e of admission for sponsored candidates 2005

Director

255

Sch

edule of admissions:

Last date of receipt of completely filled application forms along-with a drapro

ft of Rs 500/- (Rs. 300 in case of SC/ST candidates) towards cessing fees

June 30, 2005

Display of list of eligible candidates on the website www.vjti.ac.in July 09, 2005 Dat 5 e of admission for GATE qualified candidates July 14, 200Dat 05 e of written test and interview for sponsored candidates July 14, 20Dat July 15, 2005 e of admission for sponsored candidates Ins

tructions to Candidates:

• Fill the form in your own handwriting and in capital letters only. • Candidates desirous of applying for more than one programme, separate

application forms should be submitted for each programme with separate application processing fees.

• Attach certified copies of relevant passing certificate, degree certificate, marks list, caste certificate from competent authority and experience certificates from employers.

• Sponsored candidates should attach original letter issued by the sponsorer giving details of name of sponsoring organization, number of years of service with the organization and an undertaking from the employer that the candidate will be relieved from all the responsibilities in their organization for the duration of two

rs on full time bayea sis. • The candidates graduating from University other than University of Mumbai, will

have to produce provisional statement of eligibility within one month from the date of admission. Failure to do so is likely to entail loss of attendance and possible cancellation of admission.

• Candidates who have appeared for final year examination leading to Bachelor’s degree in engineering / technology, and waiting for the results, may also apply.

• The application form complete in all respects should reach the Institute on or before June 30, 2005.

• Incomplete application forms and application forms received without pay order / demand draft towards processing fees will not be considered.

256

Elig

ibility

Any candidate who has passed an examination for Degree of Bachelor of Engineering / Tecis dTecBac

hnology of University of Mumbai or any equivalent degree from any other University eemed eligible for admission to the Post Graduate Programmes leading to Master of hnology (M. Tech.) in specific branch in which the candidate has obtained the helor’s degree. The eligibility for various programmes is listed in table below.

Noand

ion, conducted by the

twithstanding what is stated above, candidates who have passed the Section A Section B examinations conducted by the iii. Institution of Engineers (India), and iv. Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineers (India) And se w tho ho have qualified at the GATE examinatGovernment of India through IITs are also deemed eligible for admission to these courses.

257

For dmission to Programme Titled Candidate should have passed BE degree in either of

llowing braa

fo nches Civil Engineering (with specialization in Envi

Civil Engin

eronmental Engineering) Or Construct

Or Environm

eering ion Engineering

ntal Engineering Civi n Structural Engineering)

Civil EngineerOr Constructio

l Engineering (with specialization i ing n Engineering

Civi zation in Cons

Civil EngineerOr Constructio

l Engineering (with specialitruction Management)

ing ngineering n E

Com

Or Electrical EOr Electronics ngineering Or Electronics ineering Or InstrumentaOr Information

puter Engineering Computer Engineering ngineering Eand Telecommunication Engtion Engineering Technology

Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Power Systems)

Electrical Engineering

Electrical Engineering (with specialization in Control Systems)

Electrical EngOr Electronics

nics ering enta

ineering Engineering

Or ElectroOr Instrum

and Telecommunication Enginetion Engineering

Elec s Engial E

Or Electronics ng Or InstrumentaOr Computer E

tronics Engineering ElectronicOr Electric

neering ngineering and Telecommunication Engineerition Engineering ngineering

Mec (with spec Design Engineering)

Mechanical EnOr Machine toOr AutomobilOr Production

hanical Engineering ialization in Machine

gineering ol Engineering e Engineering Engineering

Mechanical Engineering (with specialization in Automobile Engineering)

Mechanical EnOr Automobil

gineering e Engineering

Or Production Engineering Mecspec

Or AutomobilOr Production

hanical Engineering (with ialization in CAD/CAM & Automation)

Mechanical EnOr Machine to

gineering ol Engineering e Engineering Engineering

Prod

strial EOr Machine to

uction Engineering Production EngOr MechanicalOr Indu

ineering Engineering ngineering ol Engineering

Or AutomobileOr Metallurgic

Engineering al Engineering

Text gineOr Textile Techno

ile Technology Textile En ering

logy Elec unication Engineering

Electronics and ing Or Electronics Or Electrical EOr InstrumentaOr Computer E

tronics & Telecomm Telecommunication EngineerEngineering ngineering tion Engineering ngineering

258

Int pacity of various programmes: ake caPro Open SC St Sponsored gramme Title Intake

C(w mental Eng

17 1 1 ivil Engineering ith specialization in Environ

ineering)

0 2 4

Civi(wit on in Structural Eng

3 2 5 l Engineering h specializati

25 15

ineering) Civi(witMan

2 1 4 l Engineering h specialization in Construction

17 10

agement)* Com 3 2 puter Engineering 25 15 5 Elec(wit ower Systems)

3 2 5 trical Engineering h specialization in P

25 15

Elec(wit stems)

25 1 3 2 trical Engineering h specialization in Control Sy

5 5

Elec 1 3 2 tronics Engineering 25 5 5 Mec(wit ine Design Eng

15 3 2 hanical Engineering 25 h specialization in Machineering)

5

Mec(wit tomobile Eng

25 1 3 2 hanical Engineering h specialization in Auineering)

5 5

Mec(wit in CAD/CAM & Aut

2 1 5 hanical Engineering h specialization

18 10

omation)* Pro 2 1 5 duction Engineering 18 10 Tex 2 1 5 tile Technology 18 10 Elec unication Eng

15 1 2 1 tronics & Telecommineering

0 2

• run on self-supporting basis.

These courses are

259

Post-graduate scholarships: All ugh GATE and become eligible, inter-se-merit, amschHoof f

the students who have qualified throong the candidates applied for admission to the course, will be awarded PG olarship at the rate of Rs 5000/-per month (or at the rate as revised by AICTE). wever the disbursement of the scholarship amount shall depend upon the availability unds from AICTE.

Sponsored candidates: Candidates seeking admission under this category shall have to fulfill the following con

e syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai.

iv.

ditions: iii. The candidates shall be required to appear for a written test followed by an

interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduatOnly those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection. Sponsored candidates will have to produce an official letter of sponsorship from the sponsoring organization at the time of admission. The sponsored candidate should have worked in the sponsoring organization in permanent position for at least two years after graduation.

e MeInter-s rit of the candidates for offer of admission:

•

igibility of any candidate seeking admission to any programme will depend upon the discipline of

branches listed

The admission for the available seats shall be offered on the basis of inter-se-merit. The merit list shall be prepared on the basis of the VALID GATE score obtained by the candidate in the chosen GATE discipline. The el

the GATE examination chosen by the candidate, irrespective of thein table regarding eligibility. For example, a candidate holding the degree of BE in Instrumentation Engineering must have GATE score in Electrical Engineering, if the candidate desires to seek admission to M.Tech. programme in Electrical Engineering. If two or more candidates have same GATE score, the candidate with higher marks in the qualifying examination will be given preference.

• If candidates with GATE score are not available, fresh graduates may also be admitted for a programme. These candidates will have to appear for a written test followed by an interview on the day of admission. The written test will be based on the undergraduate syllabi of the respective discipline of University of Mumbai. Only those candidates who qualify in the written test will be required to appear for an interview for final selection.

260

Fee structure Sr. N All aided

M Tech Courses (GATE candidates)

All aided h

Mechanical En

Civil Engi(C

o. Class M TecCourses (Sponsored candidates)

&

gineering (CAD/CAM

Automation)

M

neering onstruction anagement)

1 Tuition Fees Per annum 7500 757500 28500 00 2 University

Share of Tuition

Per annum 2500 25

Fees

2500 2500 00

3 Continfees

e fir 0 0 gency In thyear only

st 0 1000 0

4 DevelFees

0 10000 0 opment Per annum 0

5 SponsFees

num 15 orship Per an 0 0 0 000

6 Librar num 0 50y Fees Per an 500 50 500 0 7 Intern

Facilit150 15 150 et

y Fees Per annum 150 0

8 UniverRegistrFees

e firyear only

25 825 sity ation

In th st 825 8 825

9 T and In the firnly

0 P Fees year o

st 0 0 0

10 Instituregistrfees

irst only

50 50 te In the fation year

50 50

11 E - Ch Per annum 20 20 20 20 arge 12 Disast

Fund num 10er Relief Per an 10 10 10

13 Sports Per annum 10 fund 10 10 10 14 Cultur

Activit annum 6 al

ies Fee Per 6 6 6

15 Annua ial Fee

Per annum 100 100 100 100 l Soc

16 StudenActivi

0 10t ties Fund

Per annum 100 10 100 0

17 StudenDepos(Refun

e first only

0 50 500 ts it

In thyear

dable)

500 50 0

18 StudenFund

um 1 1 1 ts Aid Per ann 1

19 Enrollyear only

0 ment Fee In the first 0 0 0

TOTA 72 27L 12272 222 43272 272

• Hostel facil student

• Contact ad inator of Programme: A.D. Ku

Civil & nmental Engg. Department .J.T.I.

ities for 2dress of coord

s

lkarni Enviro

V , 022-24198140

261

4. C

Sr. No. Name Designation Subject Teaching.

omputer engineering department. e course: M.Tech. (Computer Technology DeparName of th tment)

1 r Professor Head

R I D N

Dr. S.A. Patekaand (FYBTe

NEURALCT)

COMPUTEch

PROGRAMMING iv IV) ETWORKS (FYMTech

2 Ms. P. M. Chawan Asst. Prof. PARRALLEARCHITECT YMTech CT)

REKS

)

L COMPUTER URE (F

SOFTWANETWOR

ELECTRICAL GINEERING ( BE CT

3 Dr.B.B.Meshram Asst. Prof. COMPUTER(FYMTech COBJECT OR NTED SOFTWARE

ER

NETWORKS T) IE

ENGINE ING (FYMTech CT ) 4 G P Bho Prof TH

COMPLEXICOMPUTER(TYBTech C

le Asstt ALGORI M AND TY (FYMTech CT) NETWORKS T)

5 S.G.B Assistant Professor

PROCOMPUTER(TYBTech IT

hirud IMAGE CESSING ( BE CT) NETWORKS )

Laboratory facilities exclusive to the PG co with Special purpose software /design tool : Shared with UG progra Aca emic calendar and frame work Res List Industry L Pub cations (if any ) out of research in last three years out of masters’s projects :

urse : Shared UG programme

mme

d

earch focus : NIL

of typical research projects : NIL

inkage : NIL

li

262

Pla ent status: Year(Y) No. of

CompaNumber of student Average Highest

cem

ny selected Salary salary Yea 18 r I (03-04) 1 20000 20000 Year II (04-05) 32 14500 5 33000 Yea 22308 r III (05-06) 23 5 62500 Ad A score, Written terview Fee tructure

Tuition Fees Rs. 7500/-

mission Procedure : G TE Test, In

S

Development Fees Rs. 3000/- Library Rs.500/- E-mail Rs.150/- Registr Rs 825/- ation TPO Rs. 50/- EE Ch Rs. 20/- arge DR Fu Rs. 10/- nd Sports Rs. 10/- Cultural Rs. 10/- Social Rs. 100/- Activities Student Rs. 100/- Activities SDCM Rs. 500/- Univer n Fees Rs. 2500/- sity RegistratioDSA F Rs. 1/- und

Hostel facilities : YES Contact address of coord Name Dr. S.A. Patekar, Ad ess HOD, Computer TecnologyDepartment, bai-400019 Teleph E-m il. : sapatekar@vjti.org.in

inator of the programme :

dr VJTI, Matunga, Mum

one : (91-022) 24198150-

a

3

Acai Ti ions) ii CSem ture: CoCo

Course Title

Nature of Subject

No. of students

Department offering

Weekly Load (Hours)

Students

btained

26

demic Time Table ( Time table of each faculty) tle of the programme : M. C.A. (Masters in Computer Applicaturricull and syllabi ester wise details of Course Struc

urse de.

Enrolled

the Subject Feedba

ckO

Compulsory (C) / Elective (E)

L P/T

Total

(Yes/No)

Sem ster

I e

610010 Data Structures With ‘C’

C puter ogy

Department

4 3 7 Y 61 ComTechnol

610 C puter C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y 020 omConcepts

610 iscreMathe

C 61 -d 4030 D te matics

o- 1 5 Y

610040 CompOrganiand archite

61 -do- 4 Y uter C zation

cture

1 5

610 Accouand ManagEcono

-d 4 4 050 nting C 61

erial mics

o- - Y

Total 20 8 28 - Semester

II

610060 AdvanData And Struct

C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y ced

file ures

610 perat g Systems

C 61 -d - 4 3 7 070 O in o Y

610 S ctured System A yDesign

C 61 -do- 4 1 5 Y 080 tru

nal sis and

610090 ProfesComm

C 61 -do- 2 2 4 Y sional unicatio

264

n Skills

610100 Probab Comb

C 61 -do- 4 1 5 Y ility andinatorics

Total 18 10 28 - Course Code.

Course Tit

Nature of Subject

N f students

Departmnt

tS

Weekly L(Hours)

StudentFeedback

le o. o

Enrolled o

e

ffering he ubject

oad s

Obtained

Compulsory (C) / Elective (E)

L otal (Yes/No) P/T

T

Semester III 610110 Object Oriented

Programming

C 61 Computer Technology Department

4 3 7 Y

with C++610

nte

C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y 120 Data Base MaSys

agement ms

610130 Data m

61 -do- Y ComNetw

unication orks

C 4 3 7

610140 PrinciMana

61 -do- 4 - 4 Y ples of C gement

610 m C 61 -d 1 5 150 OptiTech

izationniques

o- 4 Y

Total 20 10 30 - Semester IV 610160 Introd

rn

Tech

61 -do- 4 2 6 Y uction to C JavaInte

and et

nologies 610 bjec Oriented

Analysis and C 61 -d 1 5 Y 170 O t

Design

o- 4

610in

61 -d 1 5 180 SoftEng

ware C eering

o- 4 Y

610190 CompGrap

-do- 4 2 6 Y uter hics

C 61

610200 Unixr

61 -do-

3 2 5 Y C Prog amming

710XP

-do- 2 6 X Elective I E 4 Y

To 10 33 tal 23

265

Elective I 710 al E Computer

Te nology De artment

4 2 6 Y 010 ArtificilIntel igence ch

p710020 Wire

Technology -do- Y less E 4 2 6

710 lProce

E -d 2 6030 Para lel ssing

o- 4 Y

710 ge

-d 2 6040 ImaProc

e ssing

E o- 4 Y

Sem ster V

e

610210

Advanced Databases

C 61 --do- 4 3 7 Y

6100.

d Systems

C 61 -do- 4 3 7 Y 22 Distribute

6100

twu

61 -d 7 23 NeSec

ork Crity

o- 4 3 Y

6100.

anaor

Syste

61 -do- 4 1 5 24 MInf

gement mation m

C Y

710p

E -d 1 5 xx Elective II o- 4 Y

To 11 31 tal 20 Sem I ester V8100

Semi r C 61 -d 3 3 01 na o-

910990

Proje C 61 -d 15 ct o- - 15

Total 18 18

266

Elective II 71050

Customer latana

(CRM

E Computer Technology Department

4 1 5 Y

0Re ionship M gement

)

710060

EnterResource

ann

E -do- 4 Y prise

Pl ing (ERP)

1 5

71070

rojeMana

E -do- 4 1 5 Y 0 P ct gement

710080

forste

-do- 4 1 5 Y InSy

mation E m Audit

267

MCDa

A Semester I ta Structures with ‘C’MCA Semester I

etailed Syllabus D

1 Introd : FlowProgr

uction to Problem Solving charts, Tracing flow charts, Problem solving methods, Need for computer languages, Sample

ams written in C . 2 C Lan

C chsymb

guage premilinaries : aracter set, Identifiers and keywords, Data types, Declarations, Expressions, statements and olic constants.

3 Inputputch , functions.

-Output : getchar, ar, scanf, printf, gets, puts

4 Pre-processor commands : # include, #define, #ifdef.

5 Groups and applications: Mono

IsomoNorm

ids, semigroups, Product and quotients of algebraic structures rphism, homomorphism , automorphism al subgroups ,Codes and group codes

6 Orders of Functions

Grow of algorithms th of function, ,‘O’notation, its relation with, complexity 7 Contr

state while, d ted loops. Ifelse, switch, break, Continue, and goto statements, comm 5 lectures

ol ments:

o-while, for statements, nesa operators.

8 StoraAutom

ge types : rnal and static variables atic, exte

9 Functacces

ions : Defining and sing, passing arguments, Function prototypes, Recursion, Library functions, Static Functions.

10 Arrayproce

s : Defining and ssing, Passing arrays to a function, Multi dimensional arrays.

11 String Defining and opera

s : tions on strings.

12 Pointassin po

ers : Declarations, Pof

g pointers to a function, Operations on pointers, Pointer Arithmetic, Pointers and arrays. Arrays inters.

13 Struc pr

tuoceres : Defining

and ssing. Passing to a function, Unions. 7.5 lectures

Text Books: 1. “How to solve it by Computer “ : Dromey, PHI,

2. “Programming in ANSI C” : Ramkumar Agarwal.

Refer

1.

2. 3. “The C programming Language”, Kerninghan and Ritchie.

ences books : “An Introduction to data structures with applications”, Jean-Paul Trembly and Paul Sorenson, (2nd edition), 1984. “Schaum’s outline of Theory and Problems of programming with C” : Gottfried.

268

Computer Concepts

tailed syllbus De 1 Info d processing:

o rce, Language and Communication, Range o

rmation concepts an

Ev lution of information processing, Data as a resou f p usiness etc

ap lications like scientific, b

2 Nurepr

mber System: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal, 1s and 2s complement, floating point esentation, character codes-ASCII, EBCDIC

3

Utti Devices-Floppy isk, D, iPOD LAN Hardware components- NIC Adapter, Hub, Switches,

b

PCAS

Components: Microprocessor Types and specification, Motherboard Layout, Types viz Intel S, BIOS-Basics, Hardware and software, Motherboard BIOS and upgrading BIOS, CMOS g specification, BIOS Error messages, Types of Interfaces-IDE,SCSI,PCI I/Ose

Dn

Pen Drive, CDROM, DV, Routers, PC Diagnostics, Testing an Maintenance Hu

4 Ope

Featrating Systems: Windows 98, SE, Windows NT, Windows 2003, GNU/Linux, Windows CE-ures, architectures, installations Lecture: 10 Hrs

5 ys

m Linux related kernel Sco

tem Software: Overview of all system software-Device Driver, Assembler, Linker, Loader, piler,

6

pp Server n

Sco

Aco

lifigu

cation Packages: Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, Excel, Outlook Express, Mailration, Tally

t Books: tt Mue

Texller’s “Upgrading and Repairing PCS-Linux Edition, QUE, 2000 Edition

ef nces : Mark Minasi, “The Complete PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide, Fourth Edition, BpB

2. 3. mputer Fundamentals” PHI

R ere1.

Publication, 1996 Peter Norton “Inside The PC” Rajaraman V. “Co

269

MCA Semester I Discrete Mathematics

Detailed Syllabus 1 Introduction Prop ations,

ota ruth Tables ui nce for statement calculus, Predicate calculus,

Rule

ositions and logical operNEq

tion, Connections, Normal forms, Tvalence and Implications, Theory of inferes of Logic, Mathematical Induction and Quantifiers

2 Graph theory : Defi

Con rees, List structures and ap , Storage representations

nition, paths, circuits, reachability, nectedness, Matrix representation of graphs, trees, spanning t

niques, Eularian and Hamiltonian graphsgrand

hs , PERT related techgraphs

3 Overview of Formal Languages

: Repfinite

resentation of special languages and grammars, state machines

4 ets, Relations and Digraphs S R ve closure,

War nd digraphs Man

: eview of set concepts , Relations and digraphs, Properties of relations, Transitishall’s Algorithms, Equivalence relations, Computer representation of relations aipulation of relations, Partially Ordered Sets (Posets)

5 Groups and applications: n gebraic structures

IsomNorm

Mo oids, semigroups, Product and quotients of alorphism, homomorphism , automorphism al subgroups ,Codes and group codes

6 Orders of Functions

row tion with, complexity of algorithms G th of function, ,‘O’notation, its rela

Text Books: 1. “ ohar, McGraw Hill

“ Kolman, Busby and Ross, P .

3. “ res” : C.L.Liu

Discrete Mathematical Structures” : Tremblay and MDiscrete Mathematical Structures “ :

an2.

rintice Hall India, Edition 3Elements of Discrete Structu

270

MCA Semester I Co and Architecturemputer Organization 1 code, Error detecting and correcting codes

oBinary Systems, BCD codes, Gray Code, Excess-3 BoReg

lean Algebra, K-Maps, Combinational Circuits, Multiplexers, Decoders, Flip-flops (J-K,S-R,D), isters (Shift, Parallel), Counters (Ripple, Synchronous).

2 Principles of Computer Design

Software, Hardware Interaction Layers in Computer architecture, Organization & archit cture, u ate, Register, Processor Instruction sets: Characteri ics &

Inte

estStr

Functure and Function, Design Levels – Gctions, Addressing modes & formats, Instruction Cycle & Execution cycle, System Buses, rconnection Structures including bus interconnection

3 Mem

Dev s, SRAM, DRAM ory System: Memory Hierarchy, Memory Technologies, Memory Array Organization, Memory e characteristics, Random Access memories, Serial Access memorieic

4 Hig

h Speed memories: Interleaving, Cache, Associative memory, Advanced DRAM Organization

5 External Memory: Magnetic Disk, RAID, Optical Memory 6 on Unit: Data Path & Control path design, Micorprogramming vs Hardwired control, RISC vs

C trolCISC, Pipelining in CPU design, Super Processors, Overview of Parallel Processing

7 uu O, DMA, I/O channel &

Tex1.Co

ris Mano f

1.Co

Inpp

t – Output devices, Characteristics – output processing, I/O module, Programmed I/O, Interrupt driven I/In

prt

ocess

ors

t Book: puter Organization and architecture – W. Stallings m

2. LRe

ogic Fundamentals and Computer Design – Morerence Books: mputer Organization – John Hayes

271

MCA Semester I Acc rial Economicsounting and Manage Co

urse code: 610050

Detailed Syllabus

1 ou ciples. Introduction to the concepts of financial, management, and c Acc nting process and prin

ost accounting. 2 nciPri ples of bookkeeping. Writing of Cashbook, Journal and Ledger entries 3 arationPrep of Bank Reconciliation statement 4 ial lance, Profit and Loss Accounts, and Balance Sheet of Proprietary And Partnership

ceTr bacon rns

5 rod

noRespo

Int uction to Managerial Economics- Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics, mic Theory and Managerial Economics, Managerial Economist- Role and nsibilities.

Eco

6 a

arkeDemm

nd – law of demand, elasticity of demand, supply function, elasticity of supply, t equilibrium.

7 Demand forecasting - survey methods, 8 9

output relationship. Economies and Diseconomies of scale. Cost control and cost

duct

Mark , Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic p ut Decisions under different market ures.

Text Book

Cost – re ion. Break-even analysis.

et structures – Perfect and imperfect competitionetition, Price Discrimination, Price and OutpCom

struct

s: 1 “M

2 “M3 “B Accountancy” Choudhari, Chopde 4 “Managerial Economics” Dean Joel, PHI, 2001.

anagerial Economics” Varshney, Maheshwari, Sultan Chand, anagerial Economics” D.N.Dwiwedi Vikas Publishing House ook Keeping and

M.C.A. Semester II

NCED DATA & FILE STRUCTURES

272

ADVA

Co 0 ChNo

urse Code No. 61006apter

Detailed Syllabus

1 Nonli r Data structures

Tree: General Tree, Binary Tree, Conversion of General Tree to Binary Tree, Binary Searc ree Graphs: Directed, Undirected Graphs, Matrix & Pointer representation o

nea

h T f Graph rtest path Algorithms, Spanning Trees, Minimum Spann

s, Graph traversal, All paths, Shoing Tree.

2 Searc SequThrea

hing ential Search, Binary search, Search Trees ,Depth First & Breadth First Search , ded binary Tree, Balancing binary search Tree, Height & weight Balance.

3 Hash Hash ss calculation techniques, Collisions, Collision Handling

ing Function , Addre

4 Files ConceFile O Searc

pt of Record & file, Create, Update , Delete : Sequential, Relative Indexed Sequential, indexed rganizations

hing Files, Multi-Key Files 5 Index

Searc sertions deletions, Performance, Binary Search Tree as Index, m-way search Tree,

Structures hing, InB Tree, B+ Tree , B* Tree

6 Algorithm Analysis Progr

I) n II) Traversal to Tree IIIIVV)V ination V

amming Assignments: All Array sorting Algorithms as revisio Tree to Traversal &) Conversion of General Tree to Binary Tree ) Applications of Tree

etion, Search of BST Creation, Insertion, DelI) All paths for given source to destII) Shortest path between two given nodes

VIII) Maze path IX) AVL Tree X) Create, Insert, Delete B Tree

Refere

uzan ; Thompson ctures ;Mary Loomis ; PHI

nce Books: i) Data Structures using C And C++ ; Langsam, Augestein, Tanenbaum ; PHI ii)Introduction to Algorithms; Cormen, Leiserson,Rivest,Stein; PHI iii)Data S tructures ;Gilberg,Foro

em iv)Data Manag ent & File Stru

273

M.COp

.A. Semester II erating System

CouChapNo

rse Code No. 610070 ter

iled Syllabus Deta1 Intro

Evol em. Types of operating systems. Different views of the operating syste

duction systution of operating

m; operating system concepts and structure. 2 Proc

The p for pr ment. Scheduling algorithms. Performance evaluation.

esses rocess concept, system programmer’s view of processes. The operating system servicesocess manage

3 MemFile sDistr

ory Management ystems, directories, file system implementation, security protection mechanisms ibuted file system: Design, implementation, trends

4 InterThe for mconc

process communication and synchronization need for interprocess synchronization, mutual exclusion, semaphores, hardware support

utual exclusion, queuing implementation of semaphores, classical problems in urrent programming, critical region, monitors, deadlocks.

5 File mech

Systems : File systems, directories, file system implementation, security protection anisms Distributed file system: Design, implementation, trends

6 Input/output PrincPrincsoftwDisk: Disk hardware, scheduling algorithms. Error handling, track-at-a-time caching. RAMClochardw

iples of I/O Hardware: I/O devices, device controllers, direct memory access. iples of I/O Software: Goals, interrupt handlers, device drivers, device independent I/O are.

Disks. ks: clock hardware, memory mapped terminals, I/O software. Terminals: Terminal

are, memory mapped terminals, I/O software.

7 Performance Measurement, monitoring and evaluation IntroevaluBottlCase

duction, important trends affecting performance issues, why performance monitoring and ation are needed, performance measures, evaluation techniques, enecks and saturation, feedback loops. studies: MS DOS, MS WINDOWS, LINUX (UNIX) operating system

Text s :Silberschatz and Gavin “Operating Systems Conc

Bookepts”, Wiley Publications , 2000

274

MCA Semester II uctured System Analysis and Design Str Co se Code No. 610080 Chapter No

Detail Syllabus ur

1 s formation systems. Role of a system Analyst. Determining the scope

structure Information systems classification. Requirement at different levels of maSupp

The and

ystems approach, In of a system.

nagement. Transaction processing system, Management Information System, Decision ort System.

2 SysteProtot nd disadvantages.

ms Development strategies: SDLC, Structured Analysis development method, System ype method. Advantages a

3 SSAD jects begin. Preliminary Investigation, Feasibility study, Project review

: How system pro and selection

4 DeterObse ion tree, Decision tables, Struct

mining System Requirements: Fact finding techniques: Interview, Questionnaire, rvation, record review. Tools for documentation: Decisured English.

5 Struc omponents of structured analysis: Data Flow analysis, Data Dicti

tured System Analysis: Conary.

6 Systems Design: Specifying application requirements, Design of output, Different formats of t, Input design, Input validation, Design of files and databases, Data Structure diagrams,

iagrams. outpuER d

7 Softwchart ftware, software design and documentation tools, Structured flowcharts, HIPOtest d

are Development and Quality assurance: Designing reliable systems. Program structure s, Design of so, Warnier orr diagrams. Testing, verification and validation, levels of tests, designing ata. Hardware and software selection.

8 Manarevie

ging System Implementation: Training, conversion methods, post implementation w.

9 Manawalkt

ging Information System development: Estimation of development time, Structured hrough, design and code review.

Text 1. “

2. “S

Books: Analysis and design of Information Systems”: James A. Senn. ystems Analysis and design”: Elias M. Awad

Term Test + Assignment AssigHotel management, retail store management, payro

Work:

nments: Design of an information system:Suggested topics: nagement, Hospital Inventory front office ma

ll system, timetable generation, stores management or any other topic

275

M

CA Semester II Professional Communication Skills

Co se Code No. 610090 ChNo

urapter Detailed Syllabus

1 m rganization Com unication in business o2 Report W scope, organizing and interpreting

inform ormal reports. riting : Types, qualities, defining objectives and

ation, individual and group reports, formal and inf3 Techn

for vprodu

ical Writing : Writing definition of processes and products, description of a product aried audiences, description of a process, writing instructions/manuals forcts/processed.

4 Technical Proposals : 5 Presentation Skills : 6 Group Discussion : 7 IEEE on and Documentation

IEEE it Testing IEEE r Documentation

Standards of Communicati Standards for Software Un Standard for Software Use

Assignments : n Writte One from topic 1 Two from topic 2 Two from topic 3 One from topic 4

Oral :ssion in class

2. Pre n social or technical topics

1. Part uicipation in group disc

senting project based o

Books recomm 1 L Petit ‘Report Writing for Business ‘ McGraw Hill 2 H Co3 4 M ry Ellen Guffey ‘ Business Communication ‘ Thomson Process & Product

5 M jeetha ‘Technical Communication- Principles & Oxford Unive

ended : esiker &uckin & Olsen ‘Technical Writing & Professional mmunication ‘ McGraw Hill

H rta Murphy ‘Effective Business Communication’ McGraw Hill ea

eenakshi Raman,Sharma Sarsity Press Practices’

276

MCA Semester II Cou

Pro

rse Code No. 610100

bability and Combinatorics

Chapter No Detailed Syllabus Combinatorics : 1 e ers of Hanoi, Iterations, Homogenous linear equations with

o fference tables and finite order differences, line in a plane in 1. R

ccurrence relations, Townstant coefficients, Di

general position. 20%

2 Bintcoeffi s, factorial expansions, upper summation, Vander Monde identities. Application to sort

omial coefficients, Basic identities including Pascal identity and triangle, Binomial heorem, counting objects without nd with repetitions, sum of product of binomial

cienting. 20%

3 InclusiCount10%

on- exclusion principals, elementary application to Sieve formulae, derangements, ing permutations with restricted positions, elementary idea of generating functions

Probability : 1 Sampl

RandoAnd c

e space, Events, Axioms, Conditional probability. Bayes rule m variables : Discrete and continuous. Distribution and density functions. Marginal onditional distributions. Stochastic independence.

2 Discrete Distrib : ( Bernoulli, Binomial , Poisson, Geometric, Uniform) Contin ns : (Normal, Exponential, Rectangular)

ution uous Distributio

3 Expect nt Gener

ation: Expectation of a function. Conditional expectation and variance. Momeating function. Various applications including hashing.

Refer

ences :

1. “CKn

oncrete Mathematics : a foundation for Computer Science” ,R.L. Graham, D.E. uth and O. Patashnik, Pearson Education Asian Low Price Asian Edition, 2002.

2. Pr3. “E

4. “Discrete M

obability and its computer applications“ : Kishore Trivedi, PHI, te Mathematics” : Liu C.L.,TMH lements of Discre

athematics”: Norman L. Biggs, Clarendon Press, Oxford

M.C.A. Semester III

RIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++

277

OBJECT O code: 610110

ChapterNo et led Syllabus

Course

D

ai1 uction.

h programming? Need for object oriented programming. a ented Programming languages. C++ and C.

Introd WCh

at is object orientedracteristics of object Ori

2 ++ sics. prCha

C Programming baogram construction. Output using cout. Directives. Comments. Integer variables. racter variables. Input with cin. Floating point. Type bool. The setw manipulator.

rsion. Arithmatic Operators. Library functions. Vari

able type summary. Type conve

3 Loocon

ps and decisions. : Relational Operators. Loops . Decisions. Logical operators. Other trol statements.

4 Stru Enumerations. ctures. :Structures.5 nct

mRefargu ge class. Returning by reference.

FuSi

ions. ple Functions. Passing arguments to functions. Returning values from functions. erence Arguments. Overloaded Functions. Recursion. Inline Functions. Default ments. Scope and stora

6 t and Classes. menta bjects as data types. tion of class in C++. C++ objects as physical objects. C++ oructors and Destructors. Objects as Function Arguments. The Default Copy Constructor. ning o

databjects from functions. Structures and classes. Classes, Objects and Memory. Static class , const and classes.

7 s and n s as class member data. Arrays of objects C-string. The standard C++

St

Strings. fu damentals. Array

ring class. 8 tor

Oop

Overloading. verloading Unary Operators. Overloading Binary operators. Data conversion. Pitfalls of erator overloading and conversion. Key words explicit and mutable.

9 tance. pt o ived class and base class.. derived class constructors. Overriding f inheritance. Der

ber inhAg classes. Inheritance and program development.

Function. Class hierarchies. Inheritance and graphics shapes. Public and Private eritance. Levels of inheritance. Multiple inheritance. Ambiguity in Multiple inheritance. regation. Classes withing

10 . Addfunc to b

rsresses and pointers. The address-of operator &. Pointers and arrays. Pointers and tions. Pointers and C-type string.. Memory management: new and delete. Pointers

inters to pointers. o jects. Po11 u

l Fup

l f nctions. nction, Friend functions. Static Function. Assignment and Copy initialization. The This

ointer. Dynamic type information. 12 ms and Files.

m Classes. Stream errors. Disk file I/O with streams. File pointers. Error handling in file I/O,

278

O wstr

ith Member Functions , Overloading the Extraction and Insertion Operators, Memory As a eam object, command line arguments, printer output.

13 file programs n for multifile programs, creating a multifile program. Inter-file communication. A very long

number class. 14 lates a

Exceptions. nd Exceptions.

on templates, class templates, 15 tandard Template Library.

ucti , Specialized iterators. Associative ect, Function objects.

on. Algorithms, Sequence Containers. Iteratorscontainers Storing user-Defined obj

Books:

ect ori

2. T te reference C++ By Herbert Schildt (Tata Macgraw Hill Publication)

ented Programming In C++ By Robert Lafore (Techmedia Publication)

he Comple icals For C++

amming exercises and project using C++ to study the various features of the languages.

ollo

T ngle, Mirror image of a triangle. Right angled triangle.

Sco

ate a class called date and provide some function like concatenation

Th

wing concepts shou

ld be covered . Example assignments are as follows:

1. Loop Constructs. :Printing of various kinds of geometric patterns . For eg. ria

2. Use of Control Flow Statements.: Framing Menu-Driven programs. 3. Structures.: Card Game example. 4. Function. : Passing by value. Structures as arguments Handling overloaded and

Inline functions. pe and storage class. Global and Static local variables 5. Objects and Classes : Use of constructors and destructors. Objects as function

arguments. Default Copy constructor. 6. Arrays and strings. Array and String operations for single and multi dimention,

Sorting an d searching algorithms 7 Operator Overloading. : Cre

last date which should give one date before the current date. Stringusing ‘+’.

8 Inheritance : Implement to bring out the importance of reuse. 9 Pointers. :Different types of Linked lists , parsing example. 10 Virtual Functions :Examples using virtual functions, Friend functions, Static

function, Copy constructor. 11 Streams and files. : Using files in different modes. Reading, appending, writing,

Binary mode etc. Using all the string related functions on the file opened for reading and writing.

12 Multifile programs :A High-rise elevator simulation. 13 Templates and exceptions :Exception handling.

e standard Template Library.: Applications using the various features.

Refere

Pa.

nces books : “An Introduction to data structures with applications”, Jean-Paul Trembly and

ul Sorenson, (2nd edition), 1984. tline of Theory and Proble“Schaum’s ou ms of programming with C” : Gottfried

C programming Language”, Kerninghan and Ritchie.

M.C.A. Semester III DA T SYSTEMS

279

TABASE MANAGEMEN

Course code No

Chapter No i d syllabus

. 610120

Deta

le

1

Overv abase management systems, Limitations of data proce a base approach, Data independence, Three levels of abstractions, Data models, Introduction to queries, Concurrent access, Crash Reco

iew: Overview of datssing environment, Dat

very .Structure of DBMS, Advantages of DBMS. 2 Lectures 2 Conc

entitidesigTernaIntrod

Re

eptual Model Entity, Attributes, keys , Relations , Cardinality, Participation, Weak es, ER diagram, Generalization, Specialization, and Aggregation. Conceptual n with ER model. Entity versus Attribute, Entity versus Relationship, Binary versus ry relationship. Aggregate versus Ternary relationship. Relational Model: uction to Relational model, Integrity Constraints Logical Database Design : ER---

lations, Introduction to Views 3 Relational Algebra, Overview of Relational Calculus and QBE 4 SQL:

QueriEmbe

Data definition commands. Constraints, Views, Data manipulation Commands, es Aggregate Queries, Null values, Outer joins, Nested queries, Correlated queries, dded SQL, Dynamic SQL, Triggers, Assertions.

5 a) Qu

b)Queery Evaluation Overview : Query Evaluation plan ry Optimization

6 TranstransaTimeDatab catastrophic failures

action Processing: Transaction, Concurrency control , Recovery of ction failure, Log based recovery, Locking techniques, Granularity Locks,

stamping techniques, recovery techniques, Two phase locking systems, ase backup & recovery from

7 Schem ond, Third, FourtDepe

a refinement & Normal forms: Functional Dependencies, First , sech and Fifth Normal Form, BCNF, Comparison of 3NF & BCNF, Closure of ndencies, Minimal closure

8 Physical Database Design & Tuning: 9 a)Ove

structb) Int uction to physical database Design, Guidelines for Index selection, Clustering & IndexConc

rview of storage & indexing : Storage Hierarchies, Tree ured indexing & Hash based indexing roding, Indexes on multi attribute search keys, Overview of database tuning, Tuning of eptual schema, Queries and Views, Impact of Concurrency

10 Security & Authorization : Grant & revoke of Permissions, Access Control 11 Introd ses , Deductive & Active Databases, Object

datab saction Processing uction to Parallel & Distributed Databa

ases, DSS, Network Databases, Advanced Tran Text

Refer

Books: 1. Silberchatz ,Korth, Sudarshan, “Database system concepts”, McGraw

Hill. 2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Geherke “Database Management Systems”

McGraw Hill ence Books

280

2. ourse Technologies

1. Elmasari and Nawathe “ Fundamentals of Database Management systems”, Benjamin Cummins

Rob Coronnel, “Database systems Design”, C

MCA Semester III DA N NETWORKS

281

TA COMMUNICATIO Co

ChNo

urse code: 610130

apter Detailed Syllabus

1 Com e Internet puter Networks and th What Is the Internet?, What Is a Protocol?, The Network Edge, The Network Core,

Circu ting in Data Netw in Packet-SwitcIntern

it Switching, Packet Switching, and Message Switching, Rouorks, Access Networks and Physical Media, Delay and Losshed Networks, Protocol Layers and Their Service Models et Backbones, NAPs, and ISPs

2 Application Layer Princi

TransServi ogramming with UDP, Building a Sim

ples of Application Layer Protocols, The World Wide Web: HTTP, File fer: FTP, Electronic Mail in the Internet, DNS--The Internet's Directory ce, Socket Programming with TCP, Socket Prple Web Server

3 Transport Layer

TransAppliTrans ransport: TCP, Principles of Congestion Control, TCP Co

port-Layer Services and Principles, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing cations, Connectionless Transport: UDP, Principles of Reliable Data fer, Connection-Oriented T

ngestion Control 4 Network Layer and Routing Introd

RoutiMulti

uction and Network Service Models, Routing Principles, Hierarchical ng, Internet Protocol, Routing in the Internet, What's inside a Router?, IPv6, cast Routing

5 Link Layer and Local Area Networks The , Services, Error Detection and Correction

Techn Protocols and LANs LANLANPPP: Fram

Data Link Layer: Introductioniques, Multiple Access

Addresses and ARP, Ethernet, Hubs, Bridges, and Switches, IEEE 802.11 s The Point-to-Point Protocol, Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), X.25 and e Relay

6 Security in Computer Networks

WhatYou?Secur

is Network Security?, Principles of Cryptography, Authentication: Who are , Integrity, Key Distribution and Certification e E-Mail, Internet Commerce, Network Layer Security: IPsec

7 Network Management: What

Intern gement Framework, Structure of Management Information: SMI, Management Information Base: MIB, SNMP Protocol Operations and Trans n, ASN.1, Firewalls

is Network Management?,The Infrastructure for Network Management,The et Network-Mana

port Mappings, Security and Administratio

Text Books: James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking: A Top-Down

282

Approach” Addison Wesley, second edition, 2004 Refer

4. W ,” Data and Computer Communications” Seventh Edition,

ming: The socket Networking API Vol 1

ence: illiam Stallings

Pearson Education, 2004 2. W.Richard Stevens, “Unix Network Program

”,Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004

283

M.C.A. SemestePri

r III nciples of Management

Co de: 610140 Chapter No

i d syllabus

urse co

Deta le

1 Basic functions and the role of a manager. 2 HRD

StaffiStaff Job dMotivMcClIncen

ng. Employee Recruitment, selection, training and development. escription, performance appraisal. ation Maslow’s, Herzberg’s elland’s theories. Theory x and y. tive system.

3 MarkUndeProdu Prod roduct development. Chan ing and p

eting. rstanding the concept of marketing mix. ct policy, New product development.

uct life cycle and new pnels of distribution, Pricing, Advertisroduct promotion policies, Marketing research.

4 ManuOperaKindsSchedProjeInvenTotal

facturing. tion planning and control, Mass production, of production systems, Batch production. uling of job shop, Activity scheduling in projects,

ct time calculation through PERT/CPM. troduction to the concepts of tory management concepts. In

Quality Management, quality circles. 5 Finan

Undece function. Undertanding about tools of financial analysis. rstanding the concept of working capital.

6 StrateEvaluStrate

gy Firm and it’s environment. ation of corporate strategy, swot analysis. gic alternatives.

7 Internstrate

ational Marketing. Different methods of enterigies, Multinational companies.

ng. Global Marketing

B1 2 Namakumari 3.

ooks : Principles and Practice of Management : L.M. Prasad Marketing Management: V.S.Ramaswamy, S.

International Marketing: Francis Cherunilam

MCA Semester III OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Course code: 610150

ChaNo

284

pter Detailed Syllabus

1 ure of Operations Research: History, Nature of OR, Impact of OR, Application areasNat

2 Overv

MathEstab Control over the solution ( sensitivity analysis), Implementation issues

iew of Modeling approach: Formulating the problem, Constructing a ematical model, Deriving a solution, Testing the Model and the Solution, lishing

3 LineaProgrSensimakinsettinSensimethoSimpLPP/ Essen

r Programming: Linear Programming model, Assumptions of Linear amming, Formulation of LPP, Graphical Solution to LPP, Graphical tivity Analysis ( The meaning of these results and their use in decision g), The essence of Simplex method, The Algebra of Simplex method, The

g up of tables and solution using tabular method - Primal Simplex method, tivity Analysis and their comparison with numbers obtained in graphical d, The Big M method, The Two phase simplex technique, The revised

lex method, The Dual simplex method, The Duality theory and dual of the Economic interpretation of the Dual, Role of duality in Sensitivity Analysis/ ce of Sensitivity Analysis, Parametric programming

4 Speci(ModProbltechnimachiprogr

al Cases in LP: Transportation problem, optimization techniques for TP i Method, Stepping stone method), Sensitivity Analysis for TP, Assignment em: Hungarian Method, Travelling salesman problem (Branch and bound que, Hungarian method), Sequencing Problem (2 machines n jobs, 3 nes n jobs, n machines m jobs, n machines 2 jobs graphical method), GOAL

amming: Non Preemptive, Preemptive models, solution methods 5 Dyna

Problmic programming: Characteristics of DPP, Deterministic DPP, Case ems

6 GameGraph

Theory: Formulation of two person, zero sum games, Solving simple games, ical solution procedure, Solving by Linear Programming

7 Netwpath pThe ninvolstand , Times associated with CPM network, floats, Critical path, Updatloadin

ork Analysis including PERT CPM: Terminology of networks, The shortest roblem, The minimum spanning tree problem, The maximum flow problem, etwork simplex method, drawing of the network, Definition of various times

ved in PERT network, Calculation of slacks, Critical path, variances and ard deviationing the network, Crashing the network, Resource leveling and Resource g, Application to networks.

8 Queing Theory: Queing Models, Introduction to Simulation 1 “M

2 “M3 ““Man

anagerial Economics” Varshney, Maheshwari, Sultan Chand, anagerial Economics” D.N.Dwiwedi Vikas Publishing House

Book Keeping and Accountancy” Choudhari, Chopde agerial Economics” Dean Joel, PHI, 2001.

Book 1. In2. O

s:

troduction to Operations research: Taha, 7th edition Prentice Hall perations research: Hira Gupta,

285

Referenc 1. In oduction to Operations Research : Hillier Lieberman TMH

e:

trOperations Research : S.D. Sharma

M.C.A. Semester IV

Intro t Technologies

Cou ChNo

286

duction to Java and Interne

rse Code No. 610160

apter Detailed Syllabus

1 o ML: oduct ing

CreatFramFormHTMCasca eets Introd TML

IntrIntr

duction to Web and HTion to WEB programm

ing WEB pages eset s L controls ding Style shuction to DH

2 Intro

Adva side CreatOperaContrFunct

duction to Java Script ntages to Java script on clienting objects in java scripts tors ol and looping statements ions

3 Intro

Java l ts features How Java lClassConst methods, NEW Meth objects as parameters Mem n THISJDK

duction to Core Java anguage and ijava differs from C++

atures anguage syntax fees in Java ructors, Finalize, Instance, data andods overloading, parameter passing,ory management and garbage collectio, static data, methods and its use

4 Exception Handling

a. Exception as object b. Exception Hierarchy c. Try, catch , finally

ses d. Different Exception clase.

5 Interfss and wrapper class

Access control

ace and Packages a. Inner, classes, abstract cla

b. Interface c. Packages Rules

6 Multi threa

c. ble interface ization

ding programming in Java a. Multi threading advantages a nd issues b. Thread class and thread group

Runnad. Thread synchron

287

Inter-

thread communication

7 Java p

ackage

288

M.C.A. Semester IV

Object Oriented Analysis and Design

Cou ChaNo

289

rse Code No. 610170

pter Detailed Syllabus

1 ef : Overview of prominent OO Methodologies. ( ethodology, OOSE(Jacobson), Responsibility

Drive

BenOMT

its of OO methodology.Rumbaugh), Booch m

n Design(Rebecca WirfBrock) 2 Introduction to UML 3 Use C

Descri use case diagrams and activi een use cases in the use case diagrams. Descri h Activity Diagr

ase and Activity Diagrams. bing system functional requirements with

ty diagrams. Relationships Betwbing temporal sequencing of use cases wit

ams. Basic

methoInheri

concepts and Notation for Class Diagram , Classes, Attributes, ds, Associations, Aggregation and composition. Class specialization. tance, type promotion and polymorphism.

4 Basic Notation for Class Diagram , Classes, Attributes, methoInheri

concepts andds, Associations, Aggregation and composition. Class specialization. tance, type promotion and polymorphism

5 AdvaQualiExten

nced concepts and notation for class diagrams,Association rules, fied associations, Association classes, Dependencies, refinements, sion mechanisms.

6 Classclassecomb

Modeling and Design Approaches. :Three approaches for identifying s, class relationships , etc. comparison of approaches, Using ination of approaches.

7 Flexibextenorient or in easing Cohesion and reducing couplusing

ility guidelines for class design. : Guidelines that lead to more sible and reusable class designs. Coupling and cohesion in object ed programs. Guidelines f cring. Guidelines for the use of inheritance. Using aggregation versus inheritance.

8 UMLstereo

extension mechanisms. : The use of properties, constraints and types to extend the UML notation.

9 Concefor coObjecintera

pts and Notation for Interaction Diagrams. The concepts and notation llaboration and sequence diagrams. Denoting iteration, branching and t creation and destruction in each type of diagram. The relationship of ction diagrams to the class diagrams.

10 Concetransistates

pts and notation for State Transition Diagrams. When to use state tion diagrams. The notation for the diagrams, including composite , history states, and concurrent state machines.

11 Behav he “Bottom-Up” approapproidentidiagraconce

ioral Design Approaches. : The “Top-Down” versus taches to designing class behaviors. Use cases revisited: Three aches for identifying a problem’s use cases. The top-down process of fying required scenarios, then turning those scenarios into interaction ms, object methods and state machines. The “Bottom-Up” approach of ntrating on class responsibilities.

12 Flexibility Guidelines for Behavioral design.

290

Guidedesign

Avoid e of accessor methods. Trading off enten

lines for allocating and designing behaviors that lead to more flexible s. Coupling revisited.

ing centralized control. The overussibility versus reuse.

13 SysteLayer concept. and it’s UML notation. DefiniPackacomp

m Architecture. ckage ed architecture. The pa

ng layers and subsystems as ges. How to decompose a system into subsystems. The UML onent diagram

14 ConcThreaapproConcu

urrency and Synchronization. ds and processes. Managing concurrent access to objects. Scheduling aches. Introducing rrency in UML interaction diagrams.

15 Physical distribution and the UML deployment diagram. 16 Frame

An rk and design patter

work and Design Patterns. introduction to reuse through class libraries, framewons.

Books: 1. DeRicht2. UM ide :By Booch, Rumbaugh, Jacobson. Addison Wesley

signing Flexible Object Oriented systems with UML: By Charles er L user’s gu

M.C

Software Engineering

Course C Chapter No Detailed Syllabus

291

.A. Semester IV

ode No. 610180

1

a. Pr roducts, Software Characteristics b.E e as Software Engineering c .N d Smodel urrent Mode

Introduction : ograms Vs software Pmergence of Softwarotable changes in Software Developent practices

l, RAD oftware life cycle / process Models : Classical Waterfall mode, Prototyping model, Evolutionary model, Spiral Model, Concl, Comparison of Different Life cycles

2 Softwa.

b. Procode,

are Project Management Project Planning – problem, process ject size Estimation Metrics, Measure, Metrics and Indicators., Lines of

tric Function Point Metric, Feature Point Me3 Softw

b. Dc. S Td A xpert Judgment make-bye decision

are Project Planning a. Software Scope

ecomposition Techniques oftware Estimation Techniques – COCOMO Model, Heuristic echnique n ti niques : E aly cal Estimation Tech

4 Staffing Level Estimation,

b. Se ngineering Tasks: Degree of rigor, Task set sec . Sc N

Project Scheduling and Tracking a. Relationship between people and Effort : Effect of Schedule Change on Cost

lecting Software Elector, Task Network

etwork/ Activity hedules ; work break down structure, Task Networks, Gnatt Charts, PERT charts

d. Organization and team structures 5 Softw

Conta

are Risk Management a. Risk Identification, Risk Assessment and risk projection , risk

ng and Management inment, Risk Mitigation, Monitori6 Softw

a. Neb. SC

c Au tems

are Configuration Management cessity Baselines M Process and CSI, Configuration dit Version Control, Source Code Control Sys

7 Over Specifications a.

b.CharaDocu ogic Formal System Devel

view of Requirements Analysis and Requirement Analysis Software Requirements Specification(SRS) : SRS Documentation, cteristics of a Good SRS Document, Organization of the SRS ments, Techniques for Representing Complex Lopment Technique

8 Softwa.

b c

are Design Good Software Design Cohesion and coupling

Software Design Approaches : Function Oriented Object Oriented 9

a OvFunction Oriented Software Design

erview of SASD Metodology

292

b Strc Datsystemd Str gn

ucture Analysis a Flow Diagrams (DFD)Extending the DFD TEWchniques to real time s

uctures Desi10 Softw

a T ion vs Validation, Design of text cases b B c W d T ent e I f

are Testing catestign Overview : Verifi

lack Box testing hite box testing esting Specialized Environm

ntegration testing System Testing

11 Softwa.b.

c.R g

are Reliability Software Reliability Reliability Matrix eliability Growth Modellin

12

b.c.

d

Software Quality Concepts a. Software Quality Management

Software Quality Assurance Software Reviews Formal Technical Reviews

e Overview of ISO 9000 f SEI CMM

13 Softwaa.b.

c.

re Maintenance Software Reverse Engineering Software Maintenance Costs Estimation of Maintenance Cost

Text 1. e Engineering Approach”, McGraw Hill

ftware Engineering”,

Books Roger Pressman ,”Softwar

2. Pankaj Jalote, “An Integrated Approach to SoNarosa Publishing House

AssigProjects from topics : Travel Agency, Online placement services, Hotel

• • and design • • • • timeline chart

nments

Management, Library Management Bank Front Office etc may be given with documentation as

• Project Proposal Systems requirement study and analysis

Project analysis Project analysis and design Project estimation plan Risk mitigation, monitoring and management plan Project schedule and

• Project code • Project test plan

M. .A. Semester IV

Co

Co ChNo

293

C

mputer Graphics

urse Code No. 610190

apter Detailed Syllabus .

1 ic utput Devices. Video Display Devices: Refresh

CRT; y; Color CRT monitor; Flat panel display; Co-ordinate repres

IntroAppl

duction: ation Areas. Input and O

Raster scan displaentation.

2 Basic OutpuAlgor orithm; Bresenham’s algorithm. Circle Generation AlgorEllipspolygalgori

Raster Graphics Algorithm for drawing 2-D primitives: t Characteristics: Aspect ratio; Alising and Anti-alising. Line Drawing ithms: DDA algithm: Midpoint circle algorithm. e Generation Algorithm: Mid-point ellipse algorithm. Area filling: Scan line on filling algorithm; Inside-outside test; Boundary fill algorithm; Flood-fill thm.

3 2-D GWindNormTrans ranslation; Rotation and Scaling. Other Transformation: Refle ion and Shear. Composite Transformation.

eometric Transformation: ow and Viewport: Window and Viewport relationship; World co-ordinates; alised device co-ordinates and Homogenous co-ordinates. Basic formations: Tct

4 2-D VWindCohePolyg

iewing and Clipping: ow to Viewport Co-ordinate Transformation. Clipping: Point clipping; Line: n-Sutherland algorithm, Liang Barsky clipping, Mid-point Subdivision; on: Sutherland Hodgman algorithm.

5 3-D C3-D D ive projections; Depth Cueing. 3-D TransTransand C

oncepts: isplay Methods: Parallel and Perspect

formation: Basic Transformations: translation, rotation and scaling; Other formation: reflection and shear; Composite Transformation. 3-D Viewing lipping.

6 HiddBackface Detection, Depth or Z-buffer Method, Scan Line Method, Area Subdi

en Surface Elimination Methods:

vision Method. 7 Curv

Splines: e Representation, Bezier Curves, B-spline.

8 LightIllumPhong ing. Ray Tracing

Shading: ination Model. Shading: Constant Intensity shading; Gouraud shading; shading. Halfton

Text Books:

1. D e Baker, “Computer Graphics with C version “, L n, 2002

2. N Graphics”, Tata M

onald Hearn and M. Paulinition, 2nd Editioow Price Ed

ewman and Sproll, “Principles of Interactive ComputercGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2002.

294

References:

1. R “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics “, TMH

ents for Computer Graphics“, TMH

ogers and Adams,3. Xiang and Plastok, “Schaum’s Outlines Computer Graphics”, TMH, 2nd

Edition, 2002. 4. Harrington, “Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill 5. Rogers, “Procedural Elem

TERM WORK 1. Term work should consist of at least 10 practical experiments covering all the

topi 2. A t be conducted with a weightage of 10 marks.

cs of the syllabus. term work test mus

M.C.A. Semester IV

Un Programming

Course Code No. 610200 ChaNo

ix

pter Detailed Syllabus

1 stem. Origin. Main Features of the system.

General purpose utilities.

Introduction Unix Operating syBasic Unix commands.Unix and Linux.

2 ix File System File t irectories. Pathnames. Absolute and relative pathn e file system. Handling ordinary files. File attribu

Unypes. Files and file dames. Navigating thtes. Simple filters. Regular Expressions.

3 EditoVi ed placing text. Command mode. Delet arch. Search and replace.

rs itor. Input mode. Adding and re

ion. Navigation. Pattern se4 The P

ParentComm

rocess s and children. System processes. Internal and external ands.

5 CommNews, write, mesg, talk. Viewing mail.

unication and e-mail.

6 Shell Shell Condi l paramShell

Programming scripts. Scope. Command line arguments. Logical operators.

tional statements. Advanced shell programming. Export. Conditionaeter substitution. functions.

295

7 SysteRoutiKerne

m Administration. ne duties. Operations. Partitions. File systems. Data block. Directory. l. Adding users. Controlling use.

8 TCP/Conc plications. Telnet, ftp, put and get. Remo

IP and Internet epts. Layers. Subnets. Apte login. Applications on the internet.

9 Advanced filters. Sed and awk 10

Perl pStarting perl. Variables and operators. Lists. Arrays. Regular expression and substi ubroutines.

rogramming

tution. File handling. S

Text Books:

1. Un concepts and applications: Saumitabha Das 2. Art of Unix programming: Eric Steven Raymaond

ix

296

MCA Semester IV ArtiCou

Chapter No

ficial Intelligence rse code No. 710010

Detailed Syllabus

1 pe of AI

ames theorem proving, natural language processing, vision and speech processing, robot s, AI techniques search knowledge, abstraction

Sco

Gics, expert system

2 Probl

Statesearchsearc s.

em /solving

space search : Production systems, Search space control : Depth first, breadth , heuristic search- Hill climbing, best first search, branch and bound. Minimax

h : Alpha-Beta cut off

5 Learneur

ning : Concept learning automation, genetic algorithm, learning by induction, al nets back propagation

6 Kno

Preddepe

Rule Base : Conflict resolution , Backward reasoning : Use

StrucFrme

wledge Representation

icate logic : Skolemizing querries, Unification, Modus pones, Resolution ndency directed backtracking.

d Systems : Forward reasoning of no backtrack

tures Knowledge Representations : Symentic Net: slots, exception and defaults s

Handling uncertainty : Probabilistic reasoning. Use of certainty factors, fuzzy logic.

1 of AI” Narosa Publishing House, 1990

2 1992.

. Nilsson N.J. “Principles

. Patterson, D. W. “Introduction to AI and Expert Systems “, Prentice Hall of India ,

3

on, Singapore 1992.

. Peter Jackson “ Introduction to Exper Systems “, Addison Wesley Publishing Company, M.A. , 1992

4. Rich. E. and Knight K., “Artificial Intelligewnce “, Tata McGraw Hill (Second Editrion)

5. Schalkoff R.J. “ Artificial Intelligence –An Engineering Approach” McGraw Hill International Editi

Sasikumar, M., Ramani S. “ Rule Based Expert System”, Narosa Publishing House, 1994

297

MCA Seme

Wireless Technology ( Elective II)

ster IV

Co

Chapter No

Detailed Syllabus

urse code No. 710020

1 Introduction and Overview

2 Communication Fundamentals Review and Wireless Communications

Techn s, Communication Networks, TCP/IP suite,

ology, Transmission Fundamental Antena and propagation

3 Wirelerror

ess Communication Technology, Signals, Spread Spectrum, coding and control

4 Wirel ireless Web ess Web- Internet, Mobile IP,Web, W

5 Cellusystem

lar Networks- First Generation, Second Generation, Third Generations s

6 Fixed L, IEEE 802

Wireless networks and Wireless local loops, Cordless systems, WL.16

7 Mobile IP and Wireless Access protocol

8 SatelliCommAlloc Division and Time Division)

te communications, Satellite Orbits, Use of Satellite for unication, Satellite Parameters and Configuration, Capacity

ation (Frequency

9 Wirel spectrum LANS, Narro

ess LANS – Overview, Infra res LANS, Spreadw Band Micowave LANs

10 IEEEMAC

802.11-802 Protocol Architecture 802.11- Architecture and Services, and physical layer

11 Bluet n, Link Mana

ooth : Overview Radio Specification, Baseband Specificatioger Specification, Logical link Control and adaptation

12 Mobile Computing and applications

13 Special topics : Wireless Security, The future of wireless

Text B

unication Technology “,

ooks :

a. Stalling W ., “Wireless Communication Networks

b. Umer A “ Mobile Computing and Wireless Networks “

c. Black Roy, “Wireless CommThomson

298

MCA Semester IV

Parallel Proce ve II) Cou

ChaNo

ssing ( Electi

rse code No. 710030

pter

Detailed Syllabus

1 ntrodFlynn, Feng’s Classification, Principals of pipelining and Vector Processing, Scalar , super scalar architectures Architectures

I uction:

, Vector, pipelining2 Parall

SystolIntercTree e

elism Paradigms : SIMD, MIMD, Shared and Distributed Memory, ic arrays, Data flow, Reduced Data flow machines, Wavefront Array, onnection Network, Various Topologies viz. Bus, Hypercube, Mesh, Star, tc. Static and Dynamic types of Networks, MIN, Cross Bar

3 Typesprogra

of Parallelism : Data, control flow parallelism, parallelism in scientific ms

4 PrograprograModelGraph

mming issues in Parallel Processing __ Parallel/ concurrent mming Models, Shared Memory, Message passing Model, Data Parallel ,Object Oriented Model, Master slave Model, Directed Acyclic Model

5 Data algori

Dependancy Analysis – Share memory programming using threads, thms for parallel machines, data flow computing

6 ParallLina,HMessa

el programming Languages – An Introduction to HPF, OCCAM, ence

ge passing Interface – PVM, MPI concepts and programming techniques 7 Parall

ModerIndian

el algorithms for shared and distributed memory n Trends, cluster computing, Case studies – Beuwulf clusters, Parallel systems : PARAM, ANUPAM

Text Books:

1. HwPr

2. Qu

ang Kai, Briggs Faye A. – “Computer Architecture and Parallel ocessing”, inn M. J. – “Designing Efficient Algorithms for Parallel computers”.

References :

3. Hw lable Parallel Computing” 4. Hw anced Efficient Computer Architecture : Parallelism,

ang Kai – “Scaang Kai –“Adv

Scalability and Programmability”

299

MCA Semester IV

ImCour

Chapter No

age Processing ( Elective II) se code No. 710040

Detailed Syllabus

1 D ng Systems: Introduction, Structure of human eye, Image formation in the human eye, Brightness adaptation and

1. igital Image Processi

discrimination, Image sensing and acquisition, Storage, Processing, Communication, Display. Image sampling and quantization, Basic relationships between pixels

2

ada rm, Slant transform, Optimum transf

Image Transforms (Implementation): Introduction to Fourier transform, DFT and 2-D DFT, Properties of 2-D DFT, FFT, IFFT, Walsh transform, H rd transform, Discrete cosine transfoma

orm: Karhunen - Loeve (Hotelling) transform. 3 Imag

HistoIntrod

e Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations, gram processing, Arithmetic and logic operations, Spatial filtering: uction, Smoothing and sharpening filters

4 Imag lters: Smoo

e Enhancement in the Frequency Domain: Frequency domain fithing and Sharpening filters, Homomorphic filtering

5 Wavecodinfuncti Fast wavelet transf

lets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids, Subband g, Haar transform, Series expansion, Scaling functions, Wavelet ons, Discrete wavelet transforms in one dimensions, orm, Wavelet transforms in two dimensions

6 ImagInterpfree cimagecomp

e Data Compression: Fundamentals, Redundancies: Coding, ixel, Psycho-visual, Fidelity criteria, Image compression models, Error ompression, Lossy compression, Image compression standards: Binary and Continuous tone still image compression standards, Video ression standards.

7 Morp Erosion, Openoperascale

hological Image Processing: Introduction, Dilation, ing, Closing, Hit-or-Miss transformation, Morphological algorithm tions on binary images, Morphological algorithm operations on gray-images

8 ImagBoun

e Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities, Edge linking and dary detection, Thresholding, Region based segmentation

9 Imag iption: Representation schemes, Boun

e Representation and Descrdary descriptors, Regional descriptors

BOOKS

Text Books:

1. RPe

2. A

.C.Gonsales R.E.Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Second Edition, arson Education nil K.Jain, “Fundamentals of Image Processing”, PHI

1. W3. M e Processing,

Ana Machine Vision” Thomson Learning

illiam Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley ilan Sonka,Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Imag

lysis, and

3. B. Chanda, D. Dutta Majumder, “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”,

300

2. N Ahmed & K.R. Rao, “Orthogonal Transforms for Digital Signal Processing” Springer

PHI.

TERM WORK

1. Term nsist of at least 10 practical experiments and two as the topics of the syllabus.

work should cosignments covering

RAO L EXAMINATION An or examination is to be conducted based on the above syllabus. al MCA Semester V Adv Data Base Management System Cou se code No. 610210

ChNo

us

ancedr

apter Detailed Syllab

1 Introduction: 2 Parallel Databases: Architecture of parallel databases, Parallel Query evaluation,

Parallelizing individual Operation, Parallel query optimization 3 duction to DDBMS, Architecture of DDBMS,

Storing data in DDBs, Distributed Catalog Management, Distributed Query Proce ncurrency Control and Recovery.

Distributed Databases : Intro

ssing, Distributed Co4. Data

of DwarehMetaSysteAppr

Warehousing : Characteristics of Data Ware House, Data marts, Content ata Warehouse database, Database structures, Getting data into data ouse – Extraction, Transformation, Cleansing, Loading, Summarization,

data – Human, Computer Based, Construction of a Data Warehouse m- Stages of the project Planning Stage, Data warehouse Design oaches, Architecture stage, Case studies

5 OLAbasedhierar

P : OLAP Architecture, ROLAP, MOLAP, ROLAP vs MOLAP, Web OLAP, Models : Star schema – fact dimension, attributes, attribute chies, Star schema representation, performance- improving techniques

6 Impleorgan

mentation of OLAP techniques – Bitmap indexes, JOIN indexes, file izations

7 Data struct

Mining – Introduction, Counting Co-occurrences, Mining for rules, Tree ured rules, Clustering, Neural Networks, Similarity Search over sequences

8 ObjecObjecORDmethoOOD

t Database Systems : Introduction , user defined ADTs, Structured types, t, Object Identity and reference type, Inheritance, Database design for

BMS, New Challenges in implementing ORDBMS—Storages and access ds, Query processing and optimization, OODBMS, Comparison between

BMS and ORDBMS 9 Adva

MobiInform

nced Data types and new applications : Motivation , Time in Databases, le databases, Main Memory Databases, Multi Media Databases, Geographic

ation Systems, Temporal and Sequence Data bases 10 Database Security

Text Book

301

s: 5. R nan “Database Management System”, McGraw Hill

System”, TMH

aghu RamakrishInternational Editions

6. Mallach E.G. – “ Deciion Support

References : 7. K Sudershan - “Database System Concepts”, TMH.

8. B off – “Mastering Data Mining” , Wiley Publications orth, Silbershatz,erry, Gorden, Lin

MCA SemeDISTRIBUCou

ChaNo

ster V TED COMPUTING

rse code No. 610220

pter

Detailed Syllabus

1 Introduction to Distributed System: Goals, Hardware concepts, Software e

Client-Server model. Examples of distributed systems.

conc pts, and

2 Comminvoc e i

unication: Layered protocols, Remote procedures call, Remote object ation, Message-orient d communicat on, Stream-oriented communication

3 Processes: Threads, Clients, Servers, Code Migration, Software agent.

4 Nami ced entiti

ng: Naming entities, Locating mobile entities, Removing un-referenes.

5 SynchElect

ronization: Clock synchronization, Logical clocks, Global state, ion algorithms, Mutual exclusion, Distributed transactions.

6 ConsClientproto

istency and Replication: Introduction, Data centric consistency models, centric consistency models, Distribution protocols, Consistency

cols.

7 Faultcomm

Tolerance: Introduction, Process resilience, Reliable client server unication, Reliable group communication. Distributed commit, Recovery

8 Security: mana

Introduction, Secure channels, Access control, Security gement.

9 Distri

buted File System: Sun network file system, CODA files system.

10 Caseand G

Study: CORBA, Distributed COM, Globe, Comparison of CORBA, DCOM, lobe.

BOOKS Text Books: 1. A stributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms”

2. G. an

. Taunenbaum, “DiCoulouris, J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg, “Distributed Systems: Concepts

d Design”, Pearson Education

References: 1. M

. Singhal, N. Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”, TMH

302

MCA Semester V

Net Cou

ChaNo Detailed Syllabus

work Security

rse code No. 610220

pter

1 od s, Computer criminals, Method of defense Intr uction: Security, Attack

2 Crypt ography: Classical Cryptosystems, Public key CryptKey gHash block

ography: Basic Cryptography, Cryptographic checksum, Key Management: Key exchange, eneration, Cryptographic key infrastructure, Storing and revoking keys, algorithm, Digital signature, Cipher Techniques: Problems, Stream and ciphers: AES, DES, RC4.

3 Progrand otthreat

am Security: Secure programs, Non-malicious program errors, Viruses her malicious code, Targeted malicious code, Controls against program s

4 Oper cts and methods of protection, MemoprotecChall

ating System Security: Protected objery address protection, Control of access to general objects, File tion mechanism, Authentication: Authentication basics, Password,

enge-response, Biometrics. 5 Datab

data, ase Security: Security requirements, Reliability and integrity, Sensitive

Interface, Multilevel database, Proposals for multilevel security

6 SecurFirewcrypto pse

ity in Networks: Threats in networks, Network security control, alls, Intrusion detection systems, Secure e-mail, Networks and graphy, Example protocols: PEM, SSL, I

7 Admisecuri

nistrating Security: Security planning, Risk analysis, Organizational ty policies, Physical security.

8 LegalprogrSoftwsociet

, Privacy, and Ethical Issues in Computer Security: Protecting ams and data, Information and law, Rights of employees and employers, are failures, Computer crime, Privacy, Ethical issues in computer y, Case studies of ethics

Text Books:

2. St3. C

E4. M

allings, “Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice” . P. Pfleeger, and S. L. Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”, Pearson ducation. att Bishop, “Computer Security: Art and Science”, Pearson Education.

References :

5. Kaufman, Perlman, Speciner, “Network Security” 6. Eric Maiwald, “Network Security : A Beginner’s Guide”, TMH 7. Bruce Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, John Wiley. 8. Macro Pistoia, “Java network security “, Pearson Education 9. Whitman, Mattord, “Principles of information security”, Thomson

MCA Semester V Ma tem Cou

Chapter

No

Detailed Syllabus

303

nagement Information Sysrse code No. 610240

1 Overview: 1. An introduction to Information systems 2. stems in organization and their capabilities 3. concepts: Business Applications, development and

ProfessiExpert

Information sy Foundation

Management 4. Role and process of management 5. Functions of a manager, Methods of Management 6. Types of Information Systems

ction Processing sTransa ystem Management Reporting system Decision Support system Executive Information system Office information system

onal information system System

2 Competing witSystems : Defi ffectiveness and efficiency

Various Models Control in systems ( Feedback and Feedforward control) Organisation Model

h Information Technology nition

E

Strategic Planning Model Management Control Model

IS Planning Types of planniTraditional Stra gyAssumptions inVarious Planni nt scenario

ng te making traditional planning

ng approaches: Traditional and Curre

Today’s st egic imperative E-Business d – Business to Employee

s to customer LookTech

ratLooking inwarLooking Outward – Busines

ing Across – Business to Business nical considerations

Decision eking

304

Support Systems 1. Overview, capabilities of DSS 2. DSS models: Scenario generation, Goal Se3. DSS Components/ Architecture 4. DSS Classification 5. Building DSS 6. GIS

Group Decision Support system: 1. aracteristics of groups Ch2. Group decision making techniques 3. GDSS Architecture

4 GDSS Types/ Applications

Executive Information System

1. Overview 2. Basic Components

3 Building the EIS

Expert Systems 1. Capabilities of ES 2. Architecture 3. Applications to Information Systems

d Maintenance of ES 4. Development an

5 Benefits and Limitations Online Analytical Processing 1. OLAP Overview 2. Requirement of OLAP 3. OLAP Architecture 4

odels.

. Relational OLAP 5. Multidimensional OLAP

6 Hybrid OLAP

7 Comparison of various OLAP mDat

ision support data

e, Fact Constellation

1 d for data mining.

a warehousing and Data Mining: 1. Overview 2. Need for Data Analysis

3. Definition of Data warehouse use 4 Structure of Data wareho

5 Operational data v/s dec6 Twelve rules that define a data warehouse. 7 Data warehouse implementation 8 Data warehouse schemas: Star, Snowflak

nition 9 Data mining : defi0 Overview of various Algorithms use

Bus

3 Pr

iness Process Reengineering 1. Overview 2. Business Processes

ocess Model of Organisation

305

4 .W5

hat Delays Business Processes MIS and Business Process

Enterprise Resource Planning 1. ERP Basic features/ Benefits 2. ERP selection 3. Implementation Basics 4. EMS and MIS

Sup ly Chain Management andp1

CRM . Need in Today’s scenario

2. Basic features 3. Implementation overview 4. SCM/ CRM and MIS

Introduction to E-business 1.2

Models of E-business . Intranets/ Extranets

3. WWW 4. Effect on MIS

Ethical/ Societal/ Global issues in IS development

Books: 1. Management information Systems for Information Age: 4th Edition, Haag,

.Management Information Systems: 2nd Edition W. S. Jawadekar

on 4.Da ems: Design, Implementation,& Management: Rob, Coronel,ThoMIS Reynold ,Thomson Learning

Cummins Dawkins, TMH 2TMH 3. IS ent in practise 5th edition – Barbara McNurlin et al Pears Managem

tabase Syst mson Learning 5th edition 5th edition : Ralph Stair/ George

Ref1. 2. 2. F3.

4.

erences: avis Olson, TMH MIS : D

MIS: James Obrien, TMH oundations of Information systems: V adimir Zwass, Irwin McGrawHill lMIS – Organisation and Techniques 7th Edition: Kenneth Laudon and Jane Laudon, Pearson Database management Systems: Raghu Ramkrishna, 3rd edition TMH

MCA Semester V Cus agement

306

tomer Relationship Man Cou

Chapter No

Detailed Syllabus

rse code No. 710050

1

1.2 CRM Bodycheck

Rules

1. In

troduction To CRM: 1.1 CRM Basics

1.3 Customer Loyalty 1.4 Customer value. 1.5 LV Quadrants 1.5 How Internet changed Business 1.6 CRM and Business Intelligence

2 2. C

RM Strategy: 2.1 CRM Vision 2.2 CRM Strategy 2.3 CRM Objectives 2.4 CRM Metrics 2.5 Critical success factors

3 3. rience Mgmt

ence (CLV)

CEM and CLV: 3.1 Introduction to Customer Expe

er experi3.2 Design the optimal custom3.3 Introducing Customer Lifetime value

3.4 Calculations and applications of CLV4 4. nge Management and BPM:

t in CRM

Cha4.1 Criticality of change mgm4.2 De ploying change mgmt 4.3 Introduction to Business Process Mgmt 4.4 Design Enterprise business process

5 5. C

RM in Marketing: 5.1 A Marketing Retrospective 5.2 Target Marketing/ Relationship Marketing 5.3 Campaign Management 5.4 CRM Marketing Intiatives 5.5 Customer Privacy

6 6. M and Customer Service: care

CR6.1 The Call Center and Customer 6.2 Automating the contact center 6.3 A customer service checklist for success 6.4 Case Study

7 7. Sales Force Automation:

307

7.1 Today’s SFA 7.2 SFA and Mobile CRM 7.3 Field force automation 7.4 SFA checklist for success

8 8.

onship mgmt ship mgtmt

CRM in e- business: 8.1 Evolving eCRM 8.2 ERP 8.3 SCM 8.4 Supplier Relati

8.5 Partner relation9 9. rs

ering

Analytical CRM : 9.1 Case for Integrated data 9.2 Major type of Data Analysis 9.3 Clickstream analysis 9.4 Personalization and Collaborative Filt

10 10.

.3 CRM Tools Evaluation ( Calculation of ROI)

Delivering CRM: 10.1 Issues of implementing CRM 10.2 Planning of CRM 1010.4 Vendor Selection and10.5 CRM Method and Implementation

11 11.

CRM in India: 11.1 Success stories 11.2 Failure stories

Text Books:

1. Ji arson Education 2. Jo m, “Customer Relationship Management

E

ll Dyche, “The CRM handbook”, Pehn W. Gosney, Thomas P. Boeh

ssentials”, PHI

References:

1. ping Paul Greenberg, “CRM at the speed of light: Capturing and keecustomers in Internet Realtime”, McGrawHill Osborne

308

MCA SemEnt

ester V erprise Resource Planning

Cou

Chapter

No

Detailed Syllabus

No. 710060 rse code

1 Introduction: An Overview of ERP and Enterprise , Benefits of ERP ERP related Technologies

2 Busin neering (BPR), Data warehousing, Data Minig, On-line AERP I

ess Process Reenginalytical Processing (OLAP), Supply Chain Management mplementation

3 ERP Icosts Imple

mplementation Lifecycle, ERP Implementation Methodology, Hidden of ERP Implementation, Organizing the Implementation, EROP

mentation 4 Vendo

Contr

rs, Consultants and Users acts with Vendors, Consultants and Users

5 The BBusin – Finance, Manufacturing (Produ anagement, Qualit

usiness Modules ess Modules in an ERP Packages ction), Human Resources, Plant Maintenance, Material My Management, Sales and Distribution

6 The EERP SolutiAssoc

RP MArket market place – SAP AG, People soft, Baan Software, JD Edwards ons Company, Oracle Corporation, 3QAD, System Software iates Inc.

7 ERP –Enterp se Integration and Applications (EIA), ERP and E-commerce, ERP and In s in ERP

present and future riternet, Future Direction

Text Books:

9. Pere

10. Ja

ppard Joe, Rowand Philip, “The essence of Business Process engineering”, PHI yaraman M.S., Natarajan Ganesh, “Business Process Reengineering”,

TMH

References :

11. Ha eviews rward Business R

MCA Semester V Proj ct Management

309

e Cou

ChNo

rse code No. 710070

apter Detailed Syllabus

1 je roduction, Need, Goals, Evolution, Project iro nizations, and System methodologies.

Proenv

ct Management: Intnments, Systems, Orga

2 Systems Development Cycle: Early stages: Life cycle, Development cycle, ConstProjeExecuIndustprogr

raints in systems development, Phase A: Conception, Project proposals, ct contracting; Middle and Later stages: Phase B: definition, Phase c: tion, Implementation stage, Phase D: Operation, System development in rial and service Organization, System development in large Government

ams.

3 Systemasteresposched

ms and Procedures: Planning fundamentals: Planning steps, Project r plan, Scope and work definition, Project organization structure and nsibilities, Project management system, Scheduling, Planning and uling charts;

4 Networ g and PDM: Logic diagram and network, Critical path, SchedPDMalloca

k schedulinuling and time based networks, Management schedule reserve,

(Precedence Diagramming Method) networks, PERT, CPM, Resource tion, GERT;

5 Cost ing: Cost estimating, Cost escalation, Cost estimaof bucost a

estimating and budgetting and system development cycle, Cost estimating process, Elements

dgets and estimates, Project cost accounting and MIS, Budgeting using ccounts, Cost schedules and forecasts;

6 Risk plann

Management: Basic concepts, Identification, Assessment, Response ing, management;

7 ProjeInternsystemmonitContr

ct Control: Control process, Control emphasis, Information monitoring, al and external project control, Traditional cost control, Cost accounting s for project control, Performance analysis, Performance index

oring, Variance limits, Controlling changes, Contract administration, ol problems;

8 ProjebasedWeb pplying computer based PMS, Project evalu

ct Management Information System: Functions of PMIS, Computer tools, Computer –based PMIS, Representative Computer –based PMIS, based Project management, A

ation, Project reporting, Project

9 Softwmeasu

are Quality: Introduction, Importance, ISO 9126, Software quality res, External standards, Techniques to enhance software quality

310

10 Termcontra

ination: Terminating the project, termination responsibilities, Closing and cts, Project extension

11 Organ nization structure and integration: OrgandifferIntegrProjeorganiroles,confli

ization Behavior: Project Orgaization structure, Formal organization structure, Organization design by

entiation and integration, Requirements of project organizations, ation of subunits in projects, liaison roles, Task forces, and Teams,

ct expeditors and co-coordinators, Matrix organization, Informal zation, Concurrent engineering, Quality function deployment; Project

Responsibility and Authority, Managing participation, Team work and ct.

BOOKS

Text Books:

1. J. M. Nicholas, “Project Management for Business and Technology”, PHI 2. B. H tterell, “Software Project Management”, TMH

ughes, M. Co

References:

R. K. Jo n Wiley

2. J. Phillips, “IT Project Management”, TMH 3. P. e Project Management in Practice”, Pearson Education

1. Wysocki, R.Beck Jr., D.B. Crane, “Effective Project Management”, h

Jalote, “Softwar

311

FACULTY-PROFILE Name: Suneeta Sane Da Hig Ac erformance: (Hi

H.Sc H.Sc. Board, MP, Bhopal, 1969. University, Indore, 1974.

a. 1979.

Date of JoinStatus as onSalary as onPresent StaSalNu Ach

fessor to Computer Department, Michigan

Pub lar

on for Per ars. FD R&D No.of Teaching Books/ Conf./. Extra

rricular tivities

Admin.

te of Birth: 04/09/1953

hest Qualifications: Ph. D. (Maths), I. I.T., Mumbai

ademic Pgh School to Highest Qual.)

M.Sc (Maths.), Devi Ahilya Ph. D. (Maths), I. I.T., Mumbai , IndiM. S. (Comp. Sc.), C. M. U., U. S. A., 1992.

ing: November 11, 1998 date of Joining: Professor date of Joining: Basic Rs. 3000/-

tus: Professor ary as on date: Basic Rs. 19550/- mber of promotions since date of joining: None

ievements since date of joining: 1. Invited as Visiting Pro

Technological University in 2000 . 2. Worked as Head, Computer Technology Department

from July 1999 to July 2000.

lication Award Monograph Seminars curricuActivities

1. Prepared software for statewide allocation of seats for MCA course. 2. Co-ordinator for Central Assessment Program (CAP) of MCA evaluati

Mu bai University December 2002- 2003. mformance Appraisal during past three (3) ye

Publication Awards Monograph Seminars cuac

- -l - 2 books reviewed

4 In-charge for MCA

Conducted Expert on MCA seminar on “Digital and Image Processing” in Jai Hind College

University admission in-charge for 200 5

2004

College committees

3,2004,200

Self

: Hard working, Meticulous, Ready to learn new things

-sdSig

FACULTY-PROFILE Na Da of Birth: 10th July 1968 High Engg.) Ac (Hi hool to Highest Qual.)

Exam. P s(%) Year of passing HS oard Distinction 78% 1987 BE ity Distinction 67% 1991 ME First 64% 1998 (In ctio class is aw arkDa Sta Sal Pre Sal Nu on on Assistant Professor post on tem AcPublicationAcCo• organized two day short course on “Introduction to GNU/Linux Environment for

t Engineering Colleges. Dr. G. Nagarjuna , t.

• on of Linux and Windows” for Engg

• tem Analysis and ber 2003 and Feb 2004 at Computer Technology Department, VJTI.

-Appraisal: - Major Strengths- Major Weaknesses : Over sincere about duties, Get involve in students

- nature

me: Mr Tularam M Bansod

te

est Qualifications: ME (Computer

ademic Performance:gh Sc

assed University Class MarkC Nagpur Divisional B(Computer Engg) Marathwada Univers (Computer Engg) Bombay University Marathwada University, Distin n arded for m s more than 65%) te of Joining: 17/05/1993

tus as on date of Joining: Lecturer

ary as on date of Joining: Rs 7000/-

sent Status: Assistant Professor

ary as on date: Rs 31,000/-

mber of promotions since date of joining: Selectiporary basis on 14/04/2000

hievements since date of joining: Award Monograph Seminars curricular

tivities urses organized: I Engineering /I.T. Education”( 20-21 October 2001) 44 participants had participated in this course from Industry and differen

IFR was key note speaker for this evenTI organized two Linux courses on “Integraticolleges in the year 2002-03 Recently I had organized two day courses on “Object Oriented SysDesign” Octo

312

Me1)

Pap rs/Articles published in Journal/Seminar/Conference: Sr No

Page .

313

mberships: Life Member of Computer Society of India since 2000. (No.60793)

2) Life member of ISTE (India society for Technical Education),IIT campus New Delhi.

e

. Title of paper/ article Name of Journal/Magazine

No1 The

C): New Challenge ElectronicsWearable Computer

(W For You (Communicated)

2 Desiga N10GbGene

n and Implementation of etwork Processor based

InternationaIIT Guwa

ps Network Traffic rator

accepted fo

l Conference ICDCN2006 at hati (Communicated and

r the proceedings)

3 StudyDirecfor L ming

of Protein folding using t Heuristic Algorithm inear Program

This poster2004 confer

paper is accepted at PSB ence , Hawai, USA

-

4 BiopBioin

ython as a potent tool for formatics

ProceedingConference PEACH, Th

of BioThailand 2003 Abstract 17-20 July 2003

ailand, presented

322

5 GNUDesig

ceeding of conference on Signal

July 2003 at

- /Linux based Cluster Pron and Implementation Processing and parallel processing 5th-6th

MIT, Pune and IEEE Per mance FD R&D

Publication Awards oks

Monoactivities

for Appraisal during past three (3) year

No.of Teaching Bo

s.

/ graph

Conf./. Seminars

Extra curricular

Admin.

Excellence of EmbTechundTEQ

articles

- - Wrote proposal

05 papers and

- 01

for the Center of

edded nology

er IP

Self-Appr

- 3 Major Strengths 1) Event e short courses 2) Teachi ractical oriented subjects 3) To mo or the entrepreneurship

- 3 M eaknesses 1) Less ac students. 2) Fail to nding for the R & D proposal Sig

aisal:

Manager for thng interest for Ptivate students f

ajor Wcessible to

Convince funature

314

FA LTY-PROFILE Na LALITA CHANDRASHEKHAR NENE Da Highest Qualifications: M.Sc. (Statistics) Academic Performance:First Class from S.S.C. to Graduation & 56.5 % at M.Sc. (Hi Da Sta Sal Pre Sal as on date: Rs 30,000 Nu e AchPublication Award Monograph Seminars curricular Act PerFD

Publication Awards Monograph Seminarstra

curricular activities

Admin.

CUme:

te of Birth: 25-10-1960

gh School to Highest Qual.)

te of Joining: 10-11-1987

tus as on date of Joining:Lecturer

ary as on date of Joining: Rs 2000

sent Status:Lecturer [Senior]

ary

mber of promotions since date of joining: Non

ievements since date of joining: N

ivities

formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. R&D No.of Teaching Books/ Conf./. Ex

Doing Timetable for many (7) years

Self

I am an excellent t

3 Major W es NoSignature

-Appraisal: - 3 Major Strengths

eacher taking interest in student’s overall development

- ne

eakness

315

FACULTY-PROFILE Na Da Hig Aca S.S 69% B. SM.SDipM.B Da Sta Sal Pre Sal Nu ber of promotions since date of joining: Selection grade through CAS AcPu cular Ac

Worked for the ONGC project on software issue during May 2001

MBT Pune in June 2002 PerY

Public ing Monogr Seminars tra

curricular Admin.

me: Ms. Prabha Petkar

of Birth: 12th June 1953 te

hest Qualifications: M.Sc.(Statistics), MBA, DCM

demic Performance: (High School to Highest Qual.) . March 1969( Mumbai) First Class .C

c.(Statistics)April 1973(Uni.Of Mumbai)First Class With Distinction 66% c.(Statistics) May 1975(Uni. Of Mumbai)First Class 64.5 % loma In Computer management From JBIMS June 1979 58.5 % .A. From IGNOU December 1999 3.8 in a 5 point scale

te of Joining: 21 April 1989 st

tus as on date of Joining: Lecturer (Regular appointment: Permanent)

ary as on date of Joining:

sent Status: Senior Lecturer

ary as on date: Gross Rs.30,957.

m

hievements since date of joining: blication Award Monograph Seminars curritivities - - Conducted a one day training program on “ probability Distributions” for

formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. ear F R& No.of Teach Books/ Conf./. Ex

D D ation Awar aph activities

ds 2003-

4 *** 1.Preparing

20 Timetables for MCA, ME, BE IT2.A

0

(Comp &)

MCA dmission

2004200

nity lytechnic

Activities

M. A. Admission.

-5

CommuPo

C.

316

200200

ended rkshop

IIT Mumbon “Curretrends O.R.”

nsion nt A

admission.

Conducted J &K round.

5-6

Attwo

a at ai nt in

Community Polytechnic Activities

1.

ThapExteDocume2. MC

Preparing

e MCA proval

*** Paper was selected to be presented at the 110th annual meet of the American Mathematical Society in January 2004 held at Phoenix, USA. Could not attend the meet due to some problem. Abstract was published. Self

nt to teaching - - -

Sig u e

-Appraisal: - 3 Major Strengths My educational background allows me to teach subjects from 3 streams: Computer

ons, Mathematical and Management subjects. science and applicati

- aTot l Sincerity and commitmeInterest in learning new topics 3 Major Weaknesses Can not take short cuts.

nat r

FACULTY-PROFILE Na Da Hig Aca(HiDegr Percentage/GPA

me: Prof. Anala Pandit

te of Birth: 18/11/1961

hest Qualifications: M.S. (EE)

demic Performance: h School to Highest Qual.) gee Year

S.S First Class .C. 1976 H.S.C. 1978 First Class B.Sc. 1981 First Class M.S 1983 First Classc. M.S 1985 GPA: 3.93. (EE) /4.0

Da /03/2 Status as on date of Joining: TAR Salar Rs. 8000 + 2 increments + allowances as app Pre Sal Nu otions since date of joining: None Ac ning:

n Teaching techniques at the institute in 3

. Development of Software for Faculty evaluation

Per

te of Joining: 15 000

y as on date of Joining: Basic licable

sent Status: TAR

ary as on date: Basic Rs. 9,925/- + Allowances as per rules

mber of prom

hievements since date of joi. Conducted work shop on Moder1

2. Development of software for results declaration of the institute withweeks of examination

34. Management of Institute web site

. Organization of various seminars for students 5

formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. FD R&D No.of Teaching Books/ Conf./. Seminars Extra Admin.

Publication Awards Monograph curricular activities

- - - - - E commerce and dustrial

ACE Treasurer 2003-2004

MCA Admission: 2004-2005, 2005-06

InFinance

Modern ACE Timetable

317

318

Teaching Techniques

erson

pr20

Chairp2004-2005

eparation 04

KBCS 2004 on

2005-2006

DeACE Chairpers

partmentalrepr2020

port eparation 03-2004, 04-2005

Fibre optics and interconnectivity 2005

Pulse (MCA Foundation

Accreditatio

day) Coordinator 2003-2006

n2004

Convergence 2006

cial Group treasurer

Prof

So

2005-2006

eparation AICTE

apre h

proval port for t e

institute W eb site

ma20

nagement 05-2006

Self ppraisal:

- 3 Major Strengths - Total Commitment and dedication to teaching activity

Excellent Rapport with students oach towards problem solving and go getter attitude

-A

- - Analytical appr

- 3 Major Weaknesses - Cannot tolerate injustice and dishonesty even in trivial things

may lead to spending more time- Sometimes getting involved too much which than necessary on various activities

- Wanting to be perfect in “every” work undertaken

-sd- Signature

19

FACULTY-PROFILE Na ane Da Hig Aca(Hi Sr. ge Class/Division

9

FACULTY-PROFILE Na ane Da Hig Aca(Hi Sr. ge Class/Division

mme: M.M. Chande: M.M. Chand

te of Birth: 12/2/1972 te of Birth: 12/2/1972

hest Qualifications: M.E.(Computer Engineering) hest Qualifications: M.E.(Computer Engineering)

demic Performance: gh School to Highest Qual.) demic Performance:

gh School to Highest Qual.)

No. School/Colle No. School/Colle1 First Class with

Distinction SSC

2 HSC Class First 3 B.E.

Engines

Distinction (Computer First Cla

ering) s with

4 M.E. (Computer Engine

First ClasDistinction ering)

s with

Dat Joining: Status as on date of Joining: Sal y as on date of Joining: 8000/- (Basic) Pre Sal Nu Ach Post Graduation study PubAct PerFD Extra

curricular activities

Admin.

e of 02/05/2000

Lecturer

ar

sent Status: Lecturer

ary as on date: 9650/-(Basic)

mber of promotions since date of joining: Nill

ievements since date of joining: Did mylication Award Monograph Seminars curricular ivities

formance Appraisal during past three (3) years. R&D No.of

PublicationTeaching Awards

Books/ Monograph

Conf./. Seminars

Nill

courses

involved in centralized admission process since 2000

Nill Nill Nill Nill Attended 1. Actively Three aicte/iste

each one is of four week 2.

3

320

Curriculum development 3. DTE/University work

Self ppraisal:

s 1. Sincere 2. Hardworking

bound frame

3 Major Weaknesses

Na :- M.C.A. (Computer Technology Department) Academic

Categories No of Student 2006-07

No. of Students 2006-2005

No. of students 2004-2005

-A- 3 Major Strength

oo 3. Likes to work in time

- ----------

Signature

me of Course

Through MH- 60+1 60+1 60+1 CET Open 27 30 30 SC 07 08 08 ST 04 04 04 Tota 61 60 l 61

CUT OF S / RANK FO DMISSION DURI THRYEARS Name of se :- M.C.A (Com er Technology De ent ) Academic y2006-07

MARK R A NG THE LAST EE

Cour put partm ear :-

Categories No of Student 2006-07

No. of Students 2005-2006

No. of students 2004-2005

MH_CET 74 (Marks) 843 (Merit No) 855 (Merit No) Open 130 44 (Merit No) 45 (Merit No) SC 74 733 (Merit No) 720 (Merit No) ST 74 843 (Merit No) 855 (Merit No)

Brief pro lty S. No

De SubjeTeach

file of each facu

Name

signation ct ing

321

1 Dr. Pateka

S.A. r

Professor and Head Nil

2 Dr. S. Professor Wireless nology,

Advanced DMBS

S. Sane Tech

3 T.M.Bansod Assistant Professor Compter

Security

Networks, Network

4 Mrs L C Nene Lecturer DBMS, DisreMaths

te

5 Mrs. Petkar

OO Programmingwith C++,

P.V.

Lecturer

6 M.M.Ce

Distributed Computing, Computer Concepts

handan Lecturer

7 Prof. Pandit

r Customer Relationship Management, Optimization Techniques, Computer Organization and Architecture

A. A. Lecture

Laboratory facilities exclusive to the PG course : Shared with UG p Special purpose software /design tool : Shared with UG programm Academic calendar and frame work Res List Industry Linkage : NIL Pub years out of masters’s projects : PlaYear(Y) No. of Number of student Average

Salary Highest salary

rogramme

e

earch focus : NIL

of typical research projects : NIL

lications (if any ) out of research in last three

cement status

Company selected Yea I (03-04) 16 15 18934 20000 rYea 39 14435 33000 r II (04-05) 22 Yea06)

53 15500 62500 r III (05- 34

Ad ssion Procedure : CET-Examination conducted by Department of Technology mi

322

Fee

Rs. 7500/- Structure :

Tuition Fees Develo Rs. 3000/- pment Fees Library Rs.300/- E-mail Rs.150/- Registr Rs 825/- ation TPO Rs. 50/- EE Ch Rs. 20/- arge DR Fu Rs. 10/- nd Sports Rs. 10/- Cultural Rs. 10/- Social Rs. 100/- Activities Student Rs. 500/- Activities SDCM Rs. 500/- Univer Rs. 2500/- sity Registration Fees

Hostel facilities : YES Contact address of coord Nam Ad Tel E-m

inator of the programme :

e Dr. S.A. Patekar,

dress HOD, Computer TecnologyDepartment, VJTI, Matunga, Mumbai-400019

ephone : (91-022) 24198150-

ail. : sapatekar@vjti.org.in

5.TexP G

323

tile Manufacturing Department. programme

Nam e: M.Tech (Textile Technology) Sr. ing

e of the P.G. CoursNo Name Designation Subject Teach

1. Dept. Assistant Professor

iShri. ar I/C Head ch F S.P.Bork of High Te bre, Technical Textiles

2. Shri. A.L.Bhongade Lecturer nced yarn manufacture Adva3. Ms. D.V.Raisinghani Lecturer ure & Properties of

le Materic Manufa

StructiText ials, Advanced

Fabr cture 4. Dr.V isiting fac Tech Fibr.A.Dhurugude V ulty High e 5. Shri. P.R.Limaye Visiting faculty Management

garment entrepr

systems, reneurship and

Advanced fab ic manufacture 6. Shri. Visiting fac hnRupendra Meshram ulty Garment Tec ology Course Curriculum & Syllabi Master of Technology (Textile Technology) M.TECH Semester - I BRANCH : Textile Technology Cou itle: Structure & Properties of Textile Material rse Code: Course TDETAILED SYLLABUS 1 ystal forms, dimensions, degree of

order, size of ordered regions, orientation factor, applications. X-ray diffraction- technique, fibre fine structure, cr

2 fibrerdered regions, orien

X-ray diffraction- technique, fine structure, crystal forms, dimensions, degree of tation factor, applications. order, size of o

3 , fibre fine structure, crystal forms, dimensions, degree of orderX-ray diffraction- technique

, size of ordered regions, orientation factor, applications. 4 Infra

prepa ishes, latest

red absorption spectroscopy, general information spectrophotometer, sample ration, analysis of spectra to identify fibres, identification of chemicals in fin developments, multiple reflection method to analyze data.

5 Optical and Ultra-violet light spectroscopy application. 6 Engi

bendneering approach to textile structures-fibres, yarns and fabrics. Yarn structure-ing, buckling & torsional properties of yarn.

7 Tensicontrand eyarns

le behavior of ideal yarn, analysis of tensile forces, transverse and lateral action study for small and large extension, lateral compression, on-stress analysis nergy method, experimental verification for ring and open end. Filament and spun , tension built-up and breaking models etc.

8 Tensi ateral contrand eyarns

le behavior of ideal yarn, analysis of tensile forces, transveraction study for small and large extension, lateral compression, on

se and l-stress analysis

nergy method, experimental verification for ring and open end. Filament and spun , tension built-up and breaking models etc.

9 Twofabri

dimensional fabric structure, Pierce geometry, jamming conditions, non-plane cs, application of cloth geometry and problem solving.

10 Twofabri

dimensional fabric structure, Pierce geometry, jamming conditions, non-plane cs, application of cloth geometry and problem solving.

11. Tensile properties of fabric-buckling, analysis. 12. Shear& Drape -analysis.

324

13. eomefor

fabri

Gd

etry & mechanics of knitted fabrics, rare geometrical models, loop structures, mation under forces, Geometry of simple and complex knitted cs, loop under bi-axial tension.

14. Geom analysis under forces. etry of non-woven & composite structures- ssi

e relatewriteand o

ATh

gnments: en topics related to the subject. They will have to collect the students will be giv

d technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to submit a -up and present the topic in the seminar Marks are given on the basis of submission ral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Hea nics of fibres, yarns & fabrics’,

Willerle J.W.S., Grosberg P.-Structural mechay Interscience Pub, 1969

2 Mort& tex

on W.E. & Hearle J.W.S.-‘Physical properties of textile fibres’, Butterworth & Co. tile Institute, 1962

REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Rela

Merepubli ce Inc. N.Y. 1959

ted research work from leading textile magazines. dith R & Hearle J.W.S. – ‘Physical methods of investigating textiles’, textile book shing Inc. Division of interscien

2 Robe ified cotton cellu

rt T. Conner- Instrumental analysis of cotton cellulose and modlose’, Marcel Dakkar Inc. N.Y.,1972

325

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Coursurse Code: e Title: Management System DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 agerial decision making such as Assignment problem. Quantitative technics for man2

theoTransportation problem, Linear programming, Inventory control, PERT, CPM & Game

ry. 3 Man

Contagement principles: Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Motivation, Directing and rol.

PRACTICALS : Nil REC ED TEXT BOOKS: OMMEND1 Orm xtile Production’. irod A.-‘Management of Te2 Priciples of Management—Kuchal REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Quantitative Technics—L.C. Jhamb 2 Operation Research—Taha.

326

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: tle: High Tech fibres DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 d, transition to new fibres. Birth of new fibres - backgroun2 l fibres,

stronhigh

Super fibres with new performance – two streams of super fibres, polyacetag vinyl RM, new liquid crystalline polymers, vectran-fully aromatic polyester , tech. Boats of carbon fibre, future of super fibres.

3 High fibres, skin-like fibre xceltech), chameleonic fibres, Photochroism-controlled fibres, Perfumed fibres, Powtexti

Touch fibres – Silk like fibres, challenge of ultra-fine s(Eer fibres storing solar energy, Protein plastics with feel of human skin, Iridescent les.

4 Biomtechnpolysaccharides in semi-conductors and medicines, new applications of silk, fibres prodfibre

imetic chemistry and fibres, applications, morphology/structure, Hybridization0 ology. Biopolymer frontiers – functions of enzymes & co-enzymes,

uced by bacteria, utilization of protein functionality. Progression of high-tech s. Unused sources.

5 Fibres and – biotechnology, electronics, cars, space, nuclear power, sports, geo-textiles 6 Vari

for rous types of high tech fibres, development of shin-gosen, specialist fibres, fabrics elaxation.

7 Cellu stems, new fibre derivatives, new environmental & cost

losic fibres – new solvent sysaving developments

8 Fibrebiomfor h

s in next millennium – high tenacity-high modulus, micro-denier (ultra fine)-imetics, super functional fibre material and super-biomimetic fibre material, fibres ealth

Asscolle m technical journals/books. They will have to submsubm

ignments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related technical references froit a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Hon

U.K.gu Tatsuya & Phillips G.O. – ‘New Fibres’, Woodhead pub.Ltd., Cambridge, ,1997

REFERENCE BOOKS 1 “Studies in Modern yarn production” – 55th Annual Conference, Textile Institute, 1968

327

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Course Ti

urse Code: tle: Advance Yarn Forming Technology

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 fecting cl ning performance of opening machines – Critical study of factors af

Contea

inuous preparatory lines feeding to automated spinning systems. 2 Intimacy of mixing and blend variation, measures of blend variability 3 Eval

textuuation of spin finishes of modern fibres. Effect of processing parameters on red yarns

4 FracCuttvaria

tionating efficiency and its influence on Ring spun and Modern yarns. Combing & ing Ratio, hooking by digital fibrograph, projected length - influence of process bles.

5 OpenCom

End Spinning – Machine & process parameters. Dref spinning, Air-Jet spinning. for/ Compact and other state of art systems.

6 Fibri metallic yarns & applications, Metal yarns, glass fibre/yarns, Elastrubb

llated yarns, omeric yarns-(Lycra, spandex) – structures, properties, applications & uses, Natural er elastic yarns. Self-Twist & Twist-less yarns

AssiThe relatwrite en on the basis of subm entation together.

gnments: students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to collect the ed technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to submit a -up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are givission and oral pres

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Oxtoby Eric – ‘Spun Yarn Technology’, Butterworth Pub., London, U.K., 1987 Rece A Pub.,1995 nt advances in spinning technology’, Int. Conf., BTR REFERENCE BOOKS 1 ‘App tile production’, Int. Textile Engg. Symposium, ITME,

1964ropriate technology for tex

2 Lord P.R. – ‘Spinning in 70’s’, Merrow Pub.Co.Ltd., Herts, U.K., 1970 3 Gosw

& Appl ub., U.S.A., 1977

ami B.C., Martindale J.G. & Scardino F.L. – ‘Textile Yarn, Technology,Structure

ications’, Wiley Interscience, P4. ‘New

1971 Yarns in Textiles’, Fourth Shirley International Seminar, The Hague, Netherlands,

5. Gros1999

berg P. & Iype C. – ‘Yarn Production’, Textile Institute Int., Manchester, U.K.,

6. The Yarn Revolution’, Textile Institute Pub., Manchester(U.K.), 1976

328

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- I : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: tle: Garment Entrepreneurship DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 a garment , garment manufacturing techniques.

b)s,sewing threads. Thread properties and

Major steps in manufacturing Basic operation :

a) lanning,Drawing,Reproduction of Marker.Spreading Cutting:Objectives,Pof the fabric to form a lay.Methodas of spreading . The cutting operation, method of cutting.

Sewing: the properties of seam-seam types, stitch types, sewing m/c feed mechanism, sewing m/s needleseam performance ,testing of sewability and tailorability. Sewing problems and quality control,sewing machinery, mechanism and accessories.

2 Elements and pfigure analysis ,prhythm, sour

rinciples of fashion designing. Role of fashion designer, individual attern industry standards. Principle of proportions, balance , unity and

ce of inspiration.

3 The indu

work room teams and definitions:pattern making tools,Lay out preparation, strial forms, paper pattern, figure analysis , measuring techniques.

4 Meth rinciples, the bodice draft, the skirt draft, the selve ge draft, collar, fashioning, neck finish, selvedge insertion, hem lines, waist lines, cont

ods for drafting the basic pattern: pd

our of garments. 5 Advance knitting technology in context with garment manufacturing. 6 Event Management in relation to, fashion show. PRACTICALS : Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 The t manufacturing- Harold Care & Barbar Latham, oxford

Blacechnology of clothing and

kwell scientific publication, London1984. REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Insid tion,U.K.,1989 e fashion design – Sharon Lee , Rorper Collins publica

329

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613060 tle: Advanced Fabric Manufacturing DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 , Theory of ballooning during unwinding. Design aspects of winding drum2 Yarn preparatory processes for shuttleless weaving. 3 Tech

aspenological aspects for selection of weaving machines, Desicts of looms.

gn and Engineering

4 TheoTech ttleless weaving, Principles of multi-phase weaving and prob

ries of weft insertion and checking for conventional and unconventional looms, no-economics of shulems associated with it.

5 Control of pick spacing and its effect on geometry of fabric. 10 Assignments :

students will be given topics relateThe llect the relat submit a

rite he topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of subm

d to the subject. They will have to coed technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to

w -up and present tission and oral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Mark

Mans R. & Robinson A.T.C. – ‘Principles of Weaving’, Textile Institute Pub.,

chester (U.K.), 1986. 2 Gree bric Structure’, Merrow Tech. Library, Durham (U.K.),

1975n wood K. – Control of Fa.

3 PaliwMon

al M.C., Kimothi P.D. – ‘Process Control in Weaving’, ATIRA Silver Jubilee ograph, Ahmedabad, 1983.

REFERENCE BOOKS 1 ‘Winding’, BTRA Monograph Series, 1981. 2 Beve ory of Machines, Longman, London, 1960. n – ‘The3 Svaty – ‘Shuttleless Weaving Machines’, Elsevier Scientific Pub.Co. 4 Booth J.E. – ‘Textile Mathematics’, Textile Institute, Manchester (U.K.). 5 Talu . – ‘Weaving Mechanism & Management’,

Mahkdar M.K., Sriramulu & Ajgaoajan Pub

nkar D.B

330

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613070 tle: Technical Textiles DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 s with special reference to Transportation Textiles, Geo-

Pack

Studies on Technical TextileTextiles, Medical Textiles, Protective and Defence Textiles, Agro Textiles, Textiles in

aging, Textiles in Sports, etc. Assignments :

students will be given topics related to thThe e subject. They will have to collect the relat ces from technical journals/books. They will have to submit a writesubm

ed technical referen-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Hand s And S C Anand, WoodHead

Publ London. book Of Technical Textiles Edited By A R Horrock

ishing Limited, Cambridge2 Hand lington Sears Company book of Industrial Textiles, Sabit Adanur, Wel REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Studies in Modern Fabrics’, Textile Institute, Manchester (U.K.), 1970. 2 Jone

Techs F.R. – ‘Hand Book of Polymer Fibre Composites, Polymer Science & .Series, Longman House, Harlow, 1994.

331

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613022 tle: Management Systems - II DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Financial Management 2 ay-back period, DCF methods, make or buy

deciProject evaluation: PV concept, p

sion, 3 Budgeting, budgetary controls, balance sheet study and ratio analysis 4 Mark ment

Marketing Manageeting concepts, Selling & Marketing, Marketing Mix, New Product management,

5 PLC ng strategies, Brand-management. (Product Life Cycle) and prizi6 Sale Force management, Marketing research-demand forecasting, Advertising concepts Assi

collesubmsubm

gnments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to it a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ormirod A. – ‘Management of Textile Production’, 2. Wheldon – ‘Cost Accounting & Costing Methods’ 3. Khan ement Accounting’ M.Y. & Jain P.K. – ‘Manag REFERENCE BOOKS 1 The c. 1981 Japanese way of doing business – E.Cliff, Boye, Prentice Hall In2 The 8 Kaisen wave circle the Globe – Tokyo Burmen, Today, May 44-3 Guide to Quality Control – White Plain, 1990 4 Anatomy of Japanese business, Ed.SatoKaz40 and Yas40, 1984-N4 5. The Hawey, N.40 1984 Japanese Management System –

M.TECH Semester

332

- II BRANCH : Textile Technology Co e T rical Analysis urse Code: 613080 Cours itle: Computer Programming & NumeDETAILED SYLLABUS 1

l overview, Variables, Constants, Operators & ExprFiles2. W3. ACons4. Po– Err5. Wpredinser6. StfuncSub-

Computer Programming 1. Introduction to ‘C’, Genera

essions. Programme control Statements, Functions in details, Input, Output &Disk , Pointers, Arrays, Structures, Unions and User –Defined Types riting ‘C programme, Common Programming Errors pplying C++ - Objects, Data Members, Function Members, Implicit objects, tructors, Destructors Pointers to Members etc. lymorphism, Programming Process, Object oriented program maintenance. Tacttics or handling, one-instance objects etc. orking with streams – stream insertion-extraction, formatting, flags, manipulators,

etermined streams, other in-puts streams, creating streams, Binary I/Q, Defining tion & extraction operators, buffering, manipulators ring Class – Design, Enumerated types, data members, error handling, utility

tions, constructors & destructors, Conversion, Assigned & Comparison operators, string searchers-deletion-extraction, string insertion, indexing, case conversion etc.

2 Num1. Emsquaof thequatroots2. SGausJaco3. FipropoperBess4. Indiffe , numerical differentiation & integdiffeequa5. NTayl hod, improved & modified Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta meth

erical Analysis perical laws and curve fitting, laws reducible to the linear law, principles of least

re methods. Curve fitting - Fitting parabola, exponential curve, Y = aX2 type, sum e square of residual, method of moments, relation between root & coefficient of

ation, reciprocal equation, forming equations with given ion, transformation of equ. olution of numerical algebraic and transcendental equations, Horner’s method, s elimination method, inversion of matrix, Triangularisation, Crout’method, Gauss

bi/Seidel method, relaxation method nite differences, first and higher order differences, forward & backward differences, erties of operator,, differences of polynomials, error propagation in difference table, ator E- relation between Δ and E and D, summation of series, , interpolation,, el’s formula, terpolation with unequal intervals, divided difference formula, Newton’ divided rence formula, Lagrange’s interpolation formularation, difference equations, Linear difference equations, Linear homogenous rence equations with constant coefficients – Non-homogenous linear difference tion with constant coefficients umerical solutions of ordinary differential equations, power series, solution by or series, Euler’s metods.

Assicollesubmsubm

gnments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related technical references from technical journals/books. They will have to it a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Programming in C & C++ RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Dale Nell – ‘C++ Plus Data Structures’, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1999 2 Kutt ami – ‘C and Unix Programming’, Tata McGraw-Hill Co.Ltd., New

Delhi Narayanswi, 2001

3 Ladd Scott Robert - ‘Applying C++, BPB Pub., New Delhi, 1994 4 Intro

ductory Method of Numerical Analysis:S.S.Sastry,prentice-hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,

New-Delhi –110001,Second Edition ,Sep-94

333

REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Shar

ma K.D. – ‘Programming in FORTRAN IV’, Affiliated Ease-West Press, New

Delhi,1993 2 Stev Network Programming’, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd.,

ens W.Richard – ‘UNIX

New Delhi, 1997 3 Schiidt H. – ‘C Made Easy’, Mcgraw-Hill Int. Ed., 1987 4. Num ana Technova

Publerical method (with programs in Pascal & c languages)- R.M. Bhphication ,first Edition 5th july 1996

5. NumEditi

erical Method –Nalini Karve (VJTI) Nandu printers & publisher pvt. Ltd. First on,1999

334

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- II : Textile Technology Co Course Tiurse Code: 613090 tle: Experimental Design DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 ory, Random sampling, sampling distribution,, small

distr

Elements of probability thesampling, large sampling, testing of hypothesis. Tests based on ‘t’, ‘F’ and Chi-square

ibution, confidence intervals. 2 Obje

appl ptance sampling, specifications and toler

ctives of SQC, some representative application of control charts. Different ications of control charts for variable. Acceance. Acceptance sampling by variable.

3 AnalcomDesiInco

ysis of variance, one-way classification, two-way classification and multiple parison tests. Basic principle of Design of Experiments, Completely Randomized gn, Randomized Block Design, Latin Square Design, Graeco Latin Square. mplete Block Design, Balanced Incomplete Block Design. Analysis of Variance

4 Factorial Experiments, Confounding in Factorial experiments for 2k and 3k. 5 Gene

MultRegr

ral Linear Model, Estimation and Testing of Model, Usual Regression Model, iple & Partial Correlation and Regression. Rank Correlation, Curvilinear ession.

6 DesiSam

gn of Sample Survey, Simple Random Sampling, Stratified Sampling, Systematic pling, Cluster Sampling

Assicolle chnical references from technical journals/books. They will have to submsubm

gnments: The students will be given topics related to the subject. They will have to ct the related teit a write-up and present the topic in the seminar. Marks are given on the basis of ission and oral presentation together.

PRACTICALS: Nil RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Koth

ari C.R. - ‘Research Methodology & Techniques’Wiley Eastern Pub., New Delhi,

1990 2 Edw Winston, N.Y., 1958 ard, Allen L. - ‘Statistical Analysis’, Holt Rinehart &3 Gran N.Y., 1964 t - ‘Statistical Quality Control’, McGraw Hill Pub. , REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Fede

rer Walter T. - ‘Statistical Design & Analysis for Intercropping Expt.’, Springer

series in Statistics, N.Y. 2 Lips rendra J. - ‘Statistical Design & Analysis of Engg.

on, Charles, Sheth, Na

Experiments’, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1973 3 Brew

er R.F., - ‘Design of Experiments for Process Improvement’, Narosa Pub., New Delhi, 1998

335

M.TECH Semester BRANCH- III : Textile Technology Co Course Ti sing urse Code: tle: Modern Techniques in Data ProcesDETAILED SYLLABUS 1 SPSS

1 rview – Statisti. Ove&

cal analysis with dialogue box, Data Editor, , Creating

2.

Editing charts,, data files, creating & opening files, , variables, tables & field, selecting subset of cases, defining variables, entering & editing data.

Output windows-Syntex windows, Text in Syntex windows and its use. Data transformation, ranking data, generating data variable, Finding & handling file transformation., Data tabulation.

3. 3. Examining data, summary statistics,, descriptive options, displaying data, evaluating assumptions, graphical representation of data, Bar/Pie

rts, High-Low charts, Box-plots, scatter plot & histogram, cha probability plot, search for discrimination, Multiple response analysis, Chi-Square test, ‘t’ test, testing hypothesis, One –way analysis, ANOVA, Linear association, Correlation, partial correlation, Multiple regression, curve fitting,

2 EXCEL: Spread sheet, data entry, arranging in order, interlinking of columns and rows. Designing of machine part/product – Drawing schematic/force diagram,

calculation of stres

4.5.

ses, assigning stress- properties of material, location of changing the design as per requirement.

6.stresses,

hsGrap – preparation of spread sheet, using data columns for plotting graph. PRACTICALS: Working on SPSS & Excel RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Nil REFERENCE BOOKS 1 SPSS manual, release 6.0 2 Excel Manual Laboratory urse: Nil Sp l pur sign tool : SPSS Aca calendar and frame work: Res rch focus: Technical Textiles

facilities exclusive to the PG co

ecia pose software /de

demic

ea

336

LisS.N

t of typical research projects o Title Of The Project 1. Effec otal Draft On Blend Homogeneity In Ring Spun t Of Blending Drawframe T

Yarn And Other Yarn Properties 2. Appl nted Spinning Unit ication Of HVI And AFIS In Export Orie3.

iA Comparative Study Of Textile Fibre Reinforced Composite With Existing Veh cle Metal Roofs

4. TM With Z & S Twist In 100 % Cotton (30’s) Correlation Of Single Yarn Properties To Double Yarn Properties On Different

& Different Doubling Ratio5. Investigation Of Chitosan For Medical Textiles 6. Application Of Glass Fabric Composite For The Automobile Leaf Spring 7. uRed cing The Cost Of Composite Materials By Using Low Cost Fillers. 8. oA C mparative Study Of Glass Composite With Cotton Composite 9. To Reduce Within and Between Batch Variation In Elastane Fibre Denim 10. A Comparative Study of Woven Glass Fabric Composite with Other Fabric

Composite 11. A Comparative Study of Different Reinforcing Structures & Effect of Fillers in

Glass Fabric Composite 12. A St ffect of Melt Spinning Machine Parameters on the Soft udy on the E

Polypropylene Filaments 13. Millet Fibre For Textile Applications

IndustrS. No. Ind

y Linkage: ustry

1. 0606 Raymond Ltd., Pokhran Rd., Jekegram, Thane 402. - 400025 Century Textiles & Industries Ltd. Worli, Mumbai 3. Reliance Industries Mumbai 4. umbai Donear Suitings M5. mbai Spykar Jeans Mu6. nteSy x Corporation 7. ATE Enterprises LTD. 8. Priyadarshani Soot Girni LTD. 9. Kusumgar Textiles 10. Dicitex Pvt. Ltd. 11. Elite INC 12. Hytone Synthetics 13. Mont ai. ex Fibres Limited, Mumb

337

Publicat Placement status: Year (Y of

Compa

ions (if any ) out of research in last three years out of masters’s projects: Nil

) No. ny

Number of ude l

Average Salary Highest salary st nt se ected

200 08 01 3-04 Rs. 16,000/- Rs. 20,000/- 2004-05 14 01 Rs. 22,000/- Rs. 7,000/- 200 12 07 Rs. 14,000/- 5-06 Rs. 27,000/- Ad ission Procedure: Undergraduate In Textile Engg./ Manufacturing + Gate Score Fee Structure: HoContact addres NaAd

Chembur, Mumbai – 400 071 TelE-m

m

stel facilities: For first Few candidates s of coordinator of the programme:

me: Ms. Deepa Raisinghani dress: 808 B Wing, Chembur Heights,

Behind S. S. Gymkhana, Shindhi Society

ephone: 022- 65733039 ail.: raisinghanidv@vjti.org.in

338

6. Electric

Name o7.0

r.No

Hours Evaluation htag

ESE

al Engineering Department . f the course : 1. M.Tech. ( ELECTRONICS )

COURSE STRUCTURE: S C

. ourse Title Contact

weig e (Theory) Hours

L P/T

Total Cr TWA ESE

Sem ster I e1 Discrete Time Signal

& 3 2 5

ProcessingApplications

5 8 50 0 3

2 MicrSyst

oprocessors & ems

3 2 5 8 50 50 3

3 AdvCom

3 2 5 8 50 50 3 anced munication

4 AdvPrac

anced Electronic tice I

- 5 5 5 50 -

5 Elect 3 2 ive I 5 8 50 50 3 6 Elect 3 2 5 8 50 50 3 ive II Tota 5 l 15 15 0 3 4 - - Semester II 1 Proc 3 2 ess Control 5 8 50 50 3 2 Micr System

Desi3 2 ocomputer

gn 5 8 50 50 3

3 VLS 3 2 I Design 5 8 50 50 3 4 Electronic - 5 5 5 50 - Advanced

Practice II 5 Elect ive III 3 2 5 8 50 50 3 6 Elect ive IV 3 2 5 8 50 50 3 Tota 15 15 30 45 - - l Sem ter IIes I & IV 1 Sem 0 inar - - - 3 10

20 Stage I

Stage

II II

Stage I

2

Diss - -

5 0 ertation

-

2 25 5 Sem ster I es S Electi) D ation i) Data Communication ii) Elec ii mb ed Systems iii) er E ii od Digita naiv) obile mmunication M.T e

e Electiv emester II ives igital Design & Autom

tron neics in Mediciectronics

) E M

eddrnP

Mow l

coi) e

l Sig

l Processin

g

ech. (Electronics ) Sem I cours

339

Dis1.

ference equation

IR) systems

2. Region of Convergence (ROC)

Transform & mapping ransform

3. and Lattice

ate response calculations

inimum phase , maximum phase systems

5.

6. of Spectra Z transform, DTFT & DFT

signals 7. Filter D

8 MText- B ♦ I Publication ♦ ill Publication ♦ ♦ ions & Algorithms by Proakis

crete – Time Signal Processing Review of Discrete Time (DT) signals & Systems

♦ Signal classification ♦ Signal manipulations ♦ Periodicity in DT domain ♦ Concept of system ♦ System classification ♦ System representation as a dif♦ Impulse Response ♦ Finite Impulse Response (FIR) & Infinite Impulse Response (I♦ Convolution ♦ BIBO stabillity

Z Transform ♦ Two-sided Z Transform♦ Relationship with Laplace♦ One-sided Z T♦ Inverse Z Transform

Time Domain Analysis of DT Systems ♦ System Transfer function, System realizations techniques – usual

forms ♦ Impulse response, zero input & zero st

4. Frequency Domain Analysis of DT Systems ♦ Pole-zero diagram ♦ Frequency domain analysis using Analytical & graphical techniques ♦ System classification based on pass-band, as low pass, high pass, Band pass

band reject &♦ System classification based on phase response as M

phase , mixed phase or linear ♦ Stability Analysis

Linear Phase FIR Systems ♦ Condition for Linear Phase ♦ nitude& phase respo Mag nse for Four types of Linear Phase systems ♦ Location of zeros ♦ Tapped Delay line (TDL) & Frequency sampling structures

DT Signal Analysis & Computation ♦ Relationship between DTFT &♦ DFT Properties ♦ Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Algorithms ♦ Power and Energy Density spectrum ♦ DFT analysis of Sinusoidal

esign Techniques ♦ FIR Filter design ♦ IIR Filter design

ultirate systems ooks

Discrete – Time Signal Processing: by Oppenheim & Schaf-H

er , PHDigital Signal Processing: by S.K. Mitra, Tata McGraw

bardar Digital Signal Processing: by AmDigital Signal Processing: Applicat

340

Lab ratory Experiments: Inn ative experiments based on following topics 1. 2. based techniques

nd order IIR systems

5.

ur assignments using above programs or MATLAB

M. ch(Electronics) Sem. I

Su ssor and system Syl bus Ob concepts in Microprocessor and system -I Str or all students. Hence, the syllabus is divided into wo categories: 1) Common syllabus and 2) Research topics.

uction:

RISC rocessor

lookK- wproccoh processor & multiple processor systems), cache performance

o

ov

SC

ignals, Signal manipulation, periodicity etc. onvolution – Linear , circular, Using time domain & FFT-

3. Impulse reponse using difference equation for first and seco ( all possibilities) 4. Magnitude and phase response of IIR system

nse of Linear phase FIR systems Magnitude and phase respo6. DFT 7. FFT 8. filter design and analysis Plus At least fo

Te

b: Microprocelajective: To implement research orienteducture: - The basic theory is common f t

A) Common Syllabus 1. Introd

Concepts of microprocessor & microcomputer, Von numen and Harvard architecture, non pipelined, super pipelined, super scalar processors, interleaved memory, memory banking, big endian & little endian processor, CISC &p

2. Memory system design:

Principle of locality, cache system, cache architectures like look through and aside, unified cache, split cache, split line access, cache organization like direct, ay set associative, fully set associative, single processor system caches, multiple

essor caches, instruction cache, code cache, cache write policies, cache erency(single

3. Introduction to Pentium:

341

lrequwrit

4. Pentium hardware:

gram and function, state diagram and operation, timing diagram, various types of bus cycles like single transfer, burst, non pipelined, pipebit,

5.

Real ion set, address generation interrupts.

6. Pen

Protected mode register model, system registers, test registers, virtual memory

components like selector, descriptor table

s, gates, paging mechanism, paging

prote

Softw

progr

Book

(3) Pe

Features, interna architecture, caches, BTB, U & V pipelines super scalar irements, MMU, FPU pipeline, code cache architecture, data cache architecture, e buffers, write policies, branch prediction logic design, MESI model.

Hardware architecture, pin dia

lined, inquire, shutdown, aligned and misaligned transfers, data storing logic 8 16 bit & 32 bit interfaces, memory interfacing, IO interfacing.

Pentium real mode:

mode register organization, flags, control registers, debug registers,addressing modes, instruct

tium protected mode:

addressing, virtual memory addressing

e otection types, protection leveltc. pr

ction rules, single task system, multitasking, O S requirements,

are tasking, hardware tasking, protected mode interrupts, protected mode

amming, virtual 8086, system management mode.

s: (1) Computer architecture by Stallings

(2) Computer architecture by hennensy and Peterson

ntium system architecture by Tom shanley

342

M.Tech (Electronics) I se Advanced Communication

mester

. Block and Convolutional codes

• Linear Block codes

th constrained channels 2.

ization 5.

7.

• M.Tec Subject- Electronics in Medicine

Introduction to Human Physiology.

tric events and potentials.

ECG, EMG, and EEG. Tra ical events

ocessing.

Cardiac output.

1

• Convolutional codes • Coded modulation for bandwid

Signal design for band limited channels • Characterization of band limited channels

gna design for band limited channels • Si l3. Communication through band limited linear filters

• Optimum receiver for channels with ISI & IWGN • Linear Equalization • Design Feedback Equalization

4. Adaptive Equalization • Adaptive Linear Equalization • Adaptive design feedback equal

Multichannel and Multicarrier systems 6. Spread sp rect um signal for Digital communication

Digital communication through fading multipath channels

Reference: 1. Digital communication : John G. Proakis, McGraw Hill (1989) 2. Principles of Digital Communication coding: Viterbi & Omura, McGraw Hill (1979)

.

h Electronics-Sem I

• • Bioelec

• Recording of electrical activity

nsducers for the measurement of physiolog Bioelectrodes , Amplifiers and Signal pr•

• Measurements of Blood pressure, Blood flow and

Electrical impedance plethysmography.

Medical imaging systems.

.

Use of Computers in Biomedical Engineering.

Imaging : X-ray, PET scan, MRI &Gamma scanning.

iomedical

efe 1) K andpur-“Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, TMH”. 2) P. trong-“Biophysical Measurements, Measurement Concepts, Tektronix”. 3)L. Principles of Applied Biomedical Instruments Jhon W 4)W S.De 5)W itz -“Biomedical Instruments:Theory & Design,Academic Press”. 6)R. ers for Biomedical Measurements: Principles & 7)G “Physics of Ultrasound &Applications”. 8)L. Measure 9)J.G.Webster -“Medical Instrumentation :Application &Design”.

343

• Measurements in Respiratory System.

•

•

P• rosthetic devices.

• Ultrasonography.

• Patient Care & Monitoring.

• Electrical Safety of Medical Equipment

•

•

In• troduction to virtual Instrumentation & it’s application in B

Engineering. R rence books:

h

S

A.Geeds & L.E.Baker -“

iley &Sons”.

.F.Ganong -“Review of Medical Physiology,Prientice-Hall4.W.Welkowitz and

utsch”.

elkow

S.C.Cobbold -“Transduc

Applications, Wiley &Sons”.

oldberg and Rose -

Cromvell, F.J.Weibell and E.A.APfeiffer-“Biomedical Instrumentation and

ment, prentice Hall”.

344

10)G 11)A.Macovski -“Medical Imaging Systems,Prentice-Hall”. 12)C r &Brown -“Medical Imaging Systems,Prentice-Hall”.

M.Tech (Electronics) I semester Mobile Communication ----- --------------- Introduction Th Freq apacity, Tracking and grade of service, Improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems. Mo io Propagation Reflection, Ground Reflection, Diffraction, Scattering, PraSm Typ Ricen distribution. Div Wi Air Digital cellular systems: GSM-services and features, system architecture, radio sub structure, signal processing, Typical call flow sequence in GSM uency and channel specifications, forward CD com Phone system) Mo cel Te

Prentice Hall of India Ad

Davi

.E.Donovan -“Medical Electronics Butterworth and Co.Pub.Ltd”.

ar

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Introduction to wireless communication systems

e concept uency reuse, Hand-off strategies, Interferance and system c

cellular

bile RadLarge scale path loss,

ctical link budget-Design using path loss models. all scale fading and multipath

Small scale multipath propagation, Parameters of mobile multipath channels, es of small fading, Rayleigh and

ersity Techniques.

re s and Standards Analog cellular systems: AMPS and ETACS, System overview, cell Handling,

Interface, N-Amps, N-Amps

less System

system channel types, frame

CDMA Digital cellular standard: FreqMA channel, Reverse standard channel

Cordless Telephone Standards: CT2 standard, DECT, PACS (Personal access munication system), PHS (Personal Handy

bile Data Communications: Specialized packet and mobile radio networks, circuit switched data services on

lular networks, Data over low power wireless and cordless networks.

xt Books: 1. Theodre s. Rappaport: Wireless Communication, Pearson Education (Second edition)

. Raj Pandya : Mobile and Personal Communication System and Services,2

ditional Reading: 1. d J. Goddman: Wireless Personal Communication Systems, Addison Wesley Publications

345

2. Joachim Tesal: GSM cellular radio ,John Wiley Publication ed Electronics Practice-IAdvanc

Sem-I M.Tech (Electronics)

1. Circuit simulator: - Study of circuit editor like ORCAD capture circuit maker to make circuit diagram using circuit editors, study of circuit simulator like PSPICE, ORCAD, and electronics work bench circuit maker. To simulate analog and digital circuits on circuit simulator.

2. PCB CAD: - Study of PCB, PCB design rules PCB

Multiboard, Gerb tools. To make layout of vari design software like ORCAD,

ous PCB’S using PCB design software.

3. Mathematical software tool: - Study of mathematical software like MATLAB. To

simulate control systems using Simulink tools. 4. Process control software tool: - Study of process control software like LabView

and vision. To simulate various process control systems on LabView.

5. SI ToolsVL : - Study of VLSI tools like Active VHDL and Xilinx ISE. Design of

o

(3) Mastering MATLAB by Duane C. Hanselman

digital (combinational & sequential) systems using VHDL.

B oks: - (1) PSPICE by Roshid PHI

(2) VHDL Primer by J.BHASKAR Pearson

Pearson

rt H. Bishop Pearson

(5)

1. Structures of Instrumentation systems for process control lications- Different types of processes in chemical petroleum, cement,

tiles, paper, w erage industry etc. Representation of a process w ols. Review of measurement of important proces rs like speed, velocity, acceleration, pressure, force, fluid flow. Den y, viscosity, PH and liquid level. Study of boilers, control valves, pressure

Cont

(4) Learning with LabView 7 Express Robe

ORCAD Manual Cadence Corporation

M.Tech (Electronics) Sem-II Syllabus For Process Control

Apptex ater treatment, food and bev

ith SAMA and ISA symbs paramete

sitvessels, actuators and pumps

2. rolling a process- Study of various control modes like ON/OFF, proportional, PD, PI, PID. split range, auto-select, ratio and cascade control. Criteria for selection of an appropriate control mode for a given process parameter. Introduction to Fuzzy logic control. Transmission of signals and signal controlling.

346

tal contro

using classical control theory, State space theory. Adaptive control system. Self tuning

ators. Vari

ntrol in power networks.

mulation s

BOOKS1. d II by Liptak 2. trol by Norman Anderson 3. Controller design by Doyle, Frana’s and Tanenbaum(Macmillan)

M.

u icroprocSyl bus Ob concepts in Microprocessor system design Str ure: - The basic theory is common for all students. Hence, the syllabus is divided into two categories: 1) Common syllabus and 2) Research topics.

7. Introduction:

RISC

:

rinciple of locality, cache system, cache architectures like look through and lookK- wproc(sin

3. Controllers- Study of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic analog and digi llers. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC). Ladder diagram and logic diagram design. Simulation of real processes. General purpose interface bus (GPIB). Distributed control systems, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA). Safety measure in process control.

4. Controller design- Preliminary construction of controllers

regul able structure scheme; basic principle and adaptive strategy, Design of variable structure controller. Design algorithm. H-infinity design approach and design procedure.

5. (i) Case studies of PLC Programs. (ii)Case studies of SCADA co

6. Si oftwares and virtual instrumentation

: Process Instrumentation Hand Book Volume I anInstrumentation for process measurement and con

4. Process control by Maured Morari

Tech (Electronics) Sem. II

S b: M essor system design la

jective: To implement research orienteduct

A) Common syllabus

Concepts of microprocessor & microcomputer. Von numen and Harvard architecture, non-pipelined, super pipelined, super scalar processors, interleaved

emory, memory banking, big endian & little endian processor, CISC &mprocessor.

8. Memory system design

P

aside, unified cache, split cache, split line access, cache organization like direct, ay set associative, fully set associative, single processor system caches, multiple

essor caches, instruction cache, code cache, cache write policies, cache coherency gle processor & multiple processor systems), cache performance.

9. I troduction to Pentium:

Fe ures, internal architecture, caches, BTB, U & V pipelines super scalar requwrit

10.

gram and function, state diagram and operation, imin cycles like single transfer, burst, non pipelined,

pipebit,

11. ystem architecture:

Features, PCI devices & functions, burst transfer, PCI bus cycle & timing, reflected wave switching, PCI signals, cache support signals, PCI bus arbitration,

rite transfers, memory and IO addressing, nfiguration registers, PCI to PCI bridge.

12. U

driverro ecovery.

tallings

em architecture by Tom Shanley

(5) Universal serial bus system architecture by Tom Shanley

B) Research One r archE ter

ll be he research

1) A tural Design & Analysis of VLIW processor

2) Ins for Superscalar microprocessor

347

n

atirements, MMU, FPU pipeline, code cache architecture, data cache architecture, e buffers, write policies, branch prediction logic design, MESI model.

Pentium hardware:

Hardware architecture, pin diat diagram, various types of busg

lined, inquire, shutdown, aligned and misaligned transfers, data storing logic 8 16 bit & 32 bit interfaces, memory interfacing, IO interfacing.

PCI s

bus porting, PCI bus masters, read and werror detection and handling, interrupts, co

SB bus:

Features of USB 2.0, USB paradigm, USB system and devices, USB client er, USB bus driver, USB host controller, USB transfers, packet & transactions r r

Books: (1) Computer architecture by S

(2) Computer architecture hennensy and Peterson

(3) Pentium system architecture by Tom Shanley

(4) PCI syst

topics: ese topic is allocated to each student.

valuation: Each student has to give presentations on the research topic. Afcompletion of all presentations one common test wiconducted on the basis of all research topics. Ttopics are given below:

rchitec

truction Fetching mechanism

4) Design & Implementation of Centralized instruction for a Superscalar

on

essor with dynamic Instructions

to General-purpose super scalar microprocessor.

15) Co phase Matrix to guide simultaneous multithreading.

urate and efficient simulation

VLSI Design

5. FET cap on and their variations 6. S tron effects 7. E tact resistance Pro reliability 1. S2. S3. T4. M5. P

348

3) Multiple Branch & block Prediction

microprocessor

5) Phase tracking & Predicti

6) VIPER: VLIW Integer Processor

7) Pinpointing Rep. Portion of large Itanium proc

8) Performance Enhancement of Desktop multimedia with multithreaded Extension

9) Design & Scheduling Unit for a DSP Processor.

10) Efficient Sampling Start up for sampled processor Simulation.

11) A 20 MHz Recorder buffer for Superscalar processor.

12) Multithreading on Superscalar processor

13) Performance study of Multithreading Superscalar microprocessor

14) Performance issues of a superscalar microprocessor

16) Sim Point 3.0

17) A Fine Grain Multithreaded Superscalar Architecture

18) Architecture of superscalar Digital Signal Processor

19) Using Simpoint for acc

ME (EC’) II SEMESTER SYLLABUS FOR VLSI DESIGN

1. Introduction 2. Physics g FET-General physical considerations 3. MOSFET Threshold voltage, flatband conditions 4. Threshold adjustments, Linear and saturated operation

acitance, mobility saturatihort channel effect and Hot eleclectro migration, Aluminum spikes and con

cessing scaling andilicon gate NMOS and CMOS process ilicon Patterning Mask generation and area definition ransistor formation, contact etallization, chip packaging

rocess limitations

349

6. S7. S8. D9. G Design1. P nd CMOS design rules 2. P3. N4. C5. I tacts MO1. M2. E hancement and depletion mode pull ups comparison 3. S rter 4. N5. T Sup 1. C2. N VIOS and CMOS super buffer 3. N r buffers and PAD devices 4. C5. D6. D7. D Spe1. N2. E3. W4. C ng 5. B sic Memory elements 6. S Des1. V2. D3. D4. R5. H6. A Des1. R2. T3. T4. F5. P ential circuits 6. E g

caling of MOS circuits, scaling factor, functional limitations of scaling caling of wires and interconnections, latch up in scaled CMOS circuits evice reliability, soft error, noise margin and lead inductance ate oxide reliability, polysilicon resistance and input protection

Rules and layout urpose of design rules, NMOS aassive load NMOS Inverter, Active load NMOS Inverter MOS NAND and NOR gates MOS Inverter, CMOS NAND and NOR gates

nterlayer contacts, buffing and burned con

S Inverter OSFET aspect and inverter ratio

ntandard CMOS InveMOS Threshold voltage and inverter ratio ransit time switching speed of NMOS and CMOS inverter

er Buffer

MOS and steering logic, RC delay lines IMOS tristate supe

OS gates Mynamic ratio less inverter, large capacitance load esigning pass transistor logic ynamic CMOS design

cial circuit layout and Tech Mapping AND-NAND, NOR-NOR and AOI logic xclusive OR structure, NMOS and CMOS barrel shifter ire routing module, layout

lock distribution and floor planniahift register, NMOS and CMOS PLAs

ign Automation erification of integrated circuit layout, symbolic circuit representation esign Rule check, circuit extraction igital circuit simulation, Timing analysis TL simulation ardware design language, EDIF and VHDL lgorithmic layout generation

ign for Testability equirement and cost of testing est pattern generation, Fault models est generation methodology an out and reconvergence, undetectable faults roblems with testing the sequnhancing testability, sequential circuit design built in testin

350

Boo

& Yu( Mc

• “VLSIl)

S M

Euge

Sorab( Wil

Dou Eshraghian ( Prentice Hall India)

ks: • “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis & Design”

Sung Mo Kang suf Leblebici

Graw Hill) Technology”

S M Sze ( Tata McGraw Hil• “ Physics of semiconductor Devices”

Sze ( Tata McGraw Hill) • “ Introduction to VLSI Design”

ne D. Fabricious (Mc Graw Hill International )

• “ VLSI Fabrication Principles” K. Ghandhi ey- InterScience Publications)

• “ Basic VLSI Design ” glas Pucknell & Kamran

351

M.TecAdv Laboratory assignments Lab mentation using LabView 1.

om no. generated and their sum also plot the o/p generated (average value).

. crc (n,k) code encoder and decoder, system should be able 2. esign simple convolution encoder also design viterbi encoder for the same.

3.

equencies stop band attenuation pass band ripple type of window need to be

ry work for microprocessor 80386

d mode. Mini pr t

or

M.TecSu unication I. INet ork, Protocols and standards, Line configuration, Topology, Transmission modes, catPer edia, The OSI model, TCP/IP, DTE-DCE interface.

h (Electronics) semester II (2005 – 2006) anced Electronic Practice II

oratory work for virtual instru

Generate 500 random numbers and take their average. plot wave waveform of rand

2. create 6 option button with one stop button .when any one button of that 6 button

pressed then message will display that button no. …is pressed and this will is continue until the user press stop button, once stop button is pressed then program should stop.

Laboratory work for DSP and COMMUNICATION using MATLAB 1 Design generalize

to detect (1,3)error pattern .

D

lizDesign 3 tap and 5 tap zero forcing equa er implement the same and compare.

4. Write a generalize mat lab program for designing low pass or high pass filter the program should have option to select the type of frequency response cutoff frselected depending upon the specification determine the order of the filter.

Laborato 1. Write an assembly language program to switch from real mode to protected mode 2. Write an assembly language program to switch between multiple tasks in

protected mode. . Write an assembly language program to enter in to protected mode and then 3

switch to virtual 86 mode and again come back to protecte

ojec Design, develop and implement a project based on a microcontroller like 8051, 89c51. Document your work.

Design, develop and implement a project based on VHDL and port it to a FPGA board

h(Electronics) I – Year Sem-II bject: Data Commntroduction w

egories of networks, Internetworks. Transmission media, Transmission Impairments, formance of Transmission m

352

II. Musub III. Data Link Control:Flow control, Error detection-two dimensional Parity checks, InteHD IV. networks, circuit switches - space division switches, Time- space – time switches, Routing in circuit switching Networks, control sign V. net agram and Virtual circuits, Routing in packet networks, shortest pat rithms- The Bellman- Ford algorithm, Dijkstra’s algorithms, other Routing app VI.cellprot VIIStaMb VIII. IISD BO1. W Education, sixth 2. opics 3, 4, 5] 3. rouzan, Data Communication and Networking, Tata McGraw Hill, third edition Ad1. W 2. A

ltiplexing:FDM, Synchronous TDM, Statistical TDM, Asymmetric Digital scriber lines, XDSL.

rnet checksum, CRC. Error control, Transmission efficiency of ARQ protocols, LC, point to point protocol.

Circuit switching:Circuit switching

aling, SS7.

Packet Switching Networks:Network services and internal network operation, packet work topology, Dath algoroaches, congestion control.

ATM and Frame Relay:ATM protocol Architecture, Logical connection, ATM s, Transmission of ATM cells, ATM Adaptation Layer, Frame Relay, Frame Relay ocol Architecture.

. Local Area Network:LAN Application, LAN architecture, Bus LANs, Ring LANs, r LANs, Wireless LAN, LAN Bridges, IEEE 802.3 Medium Access control for 10 ps and 100 Mbps LAN, Token Ring and FDDI.

SDN:Architecture, ISDN channels, Users Access, ISDN Protocols, Broadband N.

OKS: Text Books: am Stallings, Data and computer communication- Pearsonilli

edition [Topics 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8] Leon Garcia and Widijaja, Communication Networks, Tata McGraw Hill, second edition [TFo[Topic1] ditional Reading:

unications and Networks – Thomas illiam A Shay – Understanding Data commLearning. ndrew Tenenbaum, Computer Networks, Prentice Hall of India.

353

M.TSub Syll bus Ob plement research oriented concepts in embedded system. StruintoA) 1)

ech. (Electronics) Sem II : - Embedded system (Elective)

ajective: To imcture: - The basic theory is common for all students. Hence, the syllabus is divided two categories: 1) Common syllabus and 2) Research topics.

Common Syllabus Introduction: - Features of embedded system, general architecture, classification, skills

req trade offs, hardware and software components 2) H

uired, parameters and metrics, ardware: - Embedded processor requirements, features, types, organization, selection

processors, microcontrollers, selection of microcontrollers, instruction set architecture, of RISmetradmo3)

C processors, Harvard architecture, super Harvard architecture, target boards, mory requirements, memory organization, parameters, types, selection of memory, e offs, 10 requirements, 10 devices like display, keyboards, ADC, DAC, UART,

dem, timer, pulse dialer, mechatronic devices, printers etc. Embedded software: - Structure, comparison with desktop software, requirements, ameters, software developments tools, cross platform development, programming guages like embedded C, embedded C++ and JAVA, device drivers, debuggers, ilers, code optimization, Real time O.S., features, architectures, kerne

parlanprofsempipemsoftStu4)

ls objects, aphore, mutex, shared data problems, schedulers, reentrancy, queues, mail boxes,

es, timers, event management, intertask communication, memory managements, bedded OS. Linux, RTLinux, Palm OS, Mobile OS like Symbion etc, multiprocessor ware developments, data flow graph, FSM model, petri net model, multithreading. dy and programming of RTOS like RTX5 1, VxWorks etc Embedded communication: - mobile devices communication interfaces like RS232, 422, USB, IrDA, Ethernet, IEEE 802.11, Blue tooth, development environment,

E, RFID system, DSP architecture, DSP based embedded system, embedded munication systems like smart phones, smart card, mobile, lap, global positioning

tem, set top boxes etc

RSJ2Mcomsys5) Embedded system design methodology: System development process, Requirements

ineering, reverse engineering, design tradeoffs, co design, SOC, implementation, egration, testing like testing on the host system, testing on target board, environmental ing, packaging, configuration management, embedded project management, bedded system fiascos, PC add on cards. Embedded processors:

engInttestem6) Application specific processor like network processors, mupro Ref

ltimedia processors, industrial processors etc. Digital signal processors, superscalar cessor, Advanced RISC processors, and ARM processors.

erences: -1) Raj Kamal “Embedded system” Tata McGraw Hill 2) Prasad “Embedded Real time systems” Dream tech Wiley Publication.

3) David Simon, “An embedded Software Primer” Pearson Publication

4) Frank Vahid, “Embedded system — A unified Hardware Software Introduction” John Wiley and Sons.

354

B) Research Topics: One to each student. Eval o give presentations on the research topic. After

on test will be

1) A Control Theory approach to D2) Vectorization of SIMD DSP Ar3) Arch ectural optimization for low power Real Time Speech Recognition

rable DSP core.

ocessor deployment.

for dynamically

th NAND XIP for Mobile Embedded Systems

research topic is allocated uation: Each student has t

completion of all presentations one commconducted on the basis of all research topics. The research topics are given below:

VS chitecture

it4) Software defined radio application on a Reconfigu5) Programmers Views of SOCS

) H6 ardware Support for the Real Time operating system 7) Reducing Code size for Heterogeneous Connectivity based VLIW DSPs through

Synthesis of ISEs 8) Programming challenges in the network pr9) Fast Parallel Reed Solomon decoder on reconfigurable architecture 10) AES Cryptonite the Crypto Processor 11) Design Space exploration of a hardware software co designed GF (2^m) Galois

Processor for FEC & CField ryptography. 12) RTOS scheduling in Transaction level Models 13) A Modular Simulation framework for architectural Exploration of onchip

Interconnection network 14) Architecture and Synthesis for Multicycle Communication 15) Hierarchical Approach for Energy Efficient Application Design Using

rogeneous Embedded System Hete16) System level power performance Trade offs in Task Scheduling

Reconfigurable Architectures 17) A low cost Memory Architecture wi18) Automatic Generation of Application Specific Processors

Lattice based memory allocation

355

SYSub + S Factorization

& systems

Partia e & ivlinimum delay property

Spect. .

+ Linear Estimation

of Signals ..... OI1hogonality & Normal equations

Sta

. Linear predict

+ Spectral Estim niques + Adaptive filters

Steep Sr. No

N SubjectsTeaching

LLABUS FOR M. TECH (EC) : Modern Digital Signal Processing

pectral

Minimum phase signals

l energy & Minimum delay Minimum phas

ral factorization theorem

of Signals

Linear & non-linear Estimation

tionary Wiener filters

ion

Levinson Recursion

Schur Algorithm

Lattice realization

ation by Parametric Tech

est descent Technique

SEMESTER 1

. ame Designation

1

Prof.Amutha Jeyakumar Lecturer(Selection Advanced munication

Grade) Com

2

Dr.M.S.Panse Professor Electronics in Medicine

3

Prof. Lecturer(SGrade)

icroprocessor Systems-I

P.B. Borole election M &

4

S. or e Time SiProcessing

Dr. C.Gadre Profess Discret gnal

5

Assistant P Mobile Commu Prof.S.J.Bhosale rofessor nication

SEMESTE Sr. No

Designati Subject Teac

R

. Name on hing

1

f. (S ommunic

356

Pro Amutha Jeyakumar LecturerGrade)

election Data C ation

2

Prof. P.B.Borole Lecturer(SGrade)

Microcomputer System E

Systems

election Design mbedded

3

Dr. S.C.Gadre Professor Modern DigitaProcessing

l Signal

4

Prof. S.J.Bhosale Assistant Professor Process Control

5

. N Assistant P esign Dr . P. Sarwade rofessor VLSI D

Nam of the course : 2. M.Tech. ( POWER SYSTEMS )

r wise details of Course Structure:

Sr. No

ory)

Hrs

e Semeste

. Course Title Contact Hours Evaluation

weightage ESE(The

L P/T Total Cr TWA ESE Sem r I este1 va em 5 - 70 Ad nced power syst 5 8 30 3 2 Power Quality 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 3 Adap ve Control 5 - ti 5 8 30 70 3 4 Adap ve relying concepts

A systems 5 - ti

and SCAD5 8 30 70 3

5 Elect ive-1 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 Tota - 0 l 25 25 40 15 350 - Elec

1

2 voltage

3 ion in

tive – 1 ) High voltage test

and measuring system

) High downbreak

) State estimatpower system

Semester II 1 Pow

and8 30 70 3 er system planning

reforms 5 - 5

2 Pow 8 30 70 3 er plant component design

5 - 5

3 Po 5 8 30 70 3 wer system 5 - stability 4 Hi

indu5 8 30 70 gh performance

strial drives 5 -

5 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 Elective-2 Tot 0 al 25 - 25 40 15 350 - Elec

1

2 l System

tive – 2 ) Power electro

nics

and drives. ) Contro

357

Design. nced Contr3) Adva ol

Theory. Semester III & IV 1 - - - 3 100 Seminar

20 S I

tage

e e Stag Stag II III

2 Diss

-

-

5

ertation

-

2 25 50

358

M. AD ANCED POWER SYSTEM 1 REVISION OF LOAD FLOW 2 A ATION IN POWER SYSTEMS

stimation

• Factors affecting power system security

ntingency ding algorithm

er onsidered The l

chronous machine

Equivalent circuit for direct and quartered axis

racteristics

ents

ystems

MOVERydraulic t

Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)

V

N•

INTRODUCTION TO STATE ESTIM Introduction • Least Square estimation method • Weighted Least square e• Gross errors and their effects

• Observability 3 POWER SYSTEM SECURITY

Introduction • • Contingency analysis: Zbus and Ybus co• Concepts of Zbus buil• Detection of network problems

Correcting the generation approach 4 ECONOMIC DISPATCH OF THERMAL UNITS

• The economic dispatch problem • Th mal system dispatching with network loses c

ambda-iteration method •• First order gradient method • Base point and participation factors

5. SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE THEORY AND MODELLING

• Physical description yn• Mathematical description of a s

• The dq0 transformation • Per unit representation •• Steady-state analysis • Electrical transient performance cha• Equations of motion

6. EXCITATION SYSTEMS

• Excitation system requirem• Elements of excitation systems

s • Type of excitation system• Dynamic performance measures • Control and protective functions • Modeling of excitation s

7. PRIME S AND ENERGY SUPPLY SYSTEMS • H urbines and governing systems • Steam turbines and governing system

359

Tex

tion operation and control: Wood and Woolenberg

t Books: 1) Power genera

2) Power system dynamics and Stability: P. Kundur

360

M.

POWER QUALITY efining power quality,

ment principals and

reactive power control in electric transmission lines. mic performance of transmission

compensators like TCR-FC, TCR-SC, Shunt compensation,

Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)

• Power quality: factors d• Harmonics: Analytical and experimental evaluation, measure

practices. • IEEE std.-512, detail study of important causes along with their theoretical and

lytical basis. ana• The theory of load compensators. • The theory of steady state• Reactive power compensation and the dyna

systems. • Principles of static compensators. • Reactive compensation and the electric arc furnace. • Study of various

Series compensation, UPFC, IPFC Text Books:1) Power quality By Haytt Miller 2) Reactive Power Control by T. J. E.

361

M.

ADAPTIVE CONTROL 1. A

ns

ristics

UNING REGULATORS g-Average Controllers

5. M

Theory Relations between MRAS and STR

E SYSTEMS

k

M. 5)

DIG

Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)

DAPTIVE CONTROL • Introduction • eLin ar feedback • Effects of process variatio• Adaptive schemes • The adaptive control problem

2. REAL-TIME PARAMETER ESTIMATION

Least Squares and Regression Models •• Estimating Parameters in Dynamical systems • Experimental Conditions

3. DETERMINISTIC SELF-TUNING REGULATORS

• Pole placement Design Indirect self-tuning regulators •• Continuous-time self-tuners • Direct self-tuning Regulators • Disturbances with known Characte

4. STOCHASTIC AND PREDICTIVE SELF-T

• Design of Minimum-Variance and Movin• Stochastic Elf-tuning Regulators Linear Quadratic STR. •

ODEL REFERENCE ADAPTIVE SYSTEMS • The MIT Rule • Determination of the Adaptation Gain • Lyapunov Theory Design of MRAS using Lyapunov••

6. PROPERTIES OF ADAPTIV• Nonlinear dynamics

d Gain • Adaptation of a Feed forwar• Analysis of indirect Discrete-time self-tuners • Stability of direct discrete-time algorithms

Text Books: Adaptive control by Astrom and Wittenmar

Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (200

ADAPTIVE RELAYING CONCEPTS AND SCADA SYSTEMS

ITAL PROTECTION

362

ComandintediamaCasprot SCSca for industrial systems, substations, distribution systems and transmission network. Rem and setting of protection relays, data acquisition, signals. Cas Ref

posite protection of electrical machines, large industrial power distribution systems transmission lines, modular and architecture, integrated and remote user machine rface, data procession techniques and customization of control logic, switchgear

gnosis control and monitoring function capabilities, metering functions, network and chine diagnosis, communication protocol and capabilities. e studies of typical industrial system protection and application of numerical ection scheme.

ADA daote control

e studies of typical power systems and generating stations.

erences: IEEE Papers

363

M.Ele

STATE ESTIMATION IN POWER SYSTEM DefLin t square state estimation. Effect of gross errors on stat

dentification of gross errors using residuals weighted and normalized residuals for multiple interacting and non-interacting residuals.

usi atrix method. Identification of topology errors StaTra Te

d Wollenberg. d systems.

Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005) ctive-1

inition of measurements. ear least squares and non-linear lease estimation.

A. Detection and i

B. State estimation using network flow method, linear programming and least squares.

Observability problem in state estimation evaluating topology and algebraic Observability

ng graph theory and m

te estimation for the distribution system. cking state estimation and application to Scada.

xt books and References: 1. Power generation operation and control by Wood an2. IEEE transactions on power system and power apparatus an

364

M.Ele

HIGH VOLTAGE TEST AND MEASURING SYSTEMS

. STUDY OF CONDUCTION AND BREAKDOWN

• SF Insulation,

• Liquid dielectrics,

2. GENERATION HIGH VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENTS

• High Voltage AC Generation High Voltage Impulse Generation

• Generation of Impulse currents

S AND HIGH CURRENTS

•

s rs, isolators, circuit breakers, cables,

Tech (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005) ctive-2

1

• Gas Dielectrics,

• Air Insulation,

6

• Solid Dielectrics,

• Vacuum Dielectrics,

• Composite Dielectrics

• High Voltage DC Generation

•

• Tripping and control of impulse generators 3. MEASUREMENT OF HIGH VOLTAGE

• High voltages a.c, d.c and impulse • High currents D. C., a.c and impulse • High frequency measurement

igital Impulse Recorders D• Digital Techniques in HV Tests • Electric Field Measurement • Electro-Optic Sensors • Magneto-Optic Sensors • Measurement of Very Fast Transients In GIS 4. TESTING • Relevance and importance of standard• Testing of insulators, bushings, transforme

surge arrestors etc. • Partial Discharge Test • Dielectric Loss Test • Electrostatic Hazards

365

5. H•

c system interaction

araju and Naidu b. High voltage engineering by Knffel and Abdullah

sulation in power system, by Qureshi, Malik and Alaraine

IGH-VOLTAGE DIRECT CURRENT TRANSMISSION HVDC system configurations and components

• Converter theory and performance equations • Abnormal operations • Control of HVDC systems • Harmonics and filters

n ac/d• Influence of as system strength o• Response to dc and ac system faults • Multi-terminal HVDC systems • Modeling of HVDC systems Text books:

a. High voltage engineering by Kam

c. Electrical ind. High voltage direct current transmission system by Padiyar e. Power system dynamics and stability by P. Kundur

vf. High oltage direct current transmission system by Arillage

366

M.Te

Elective-3

HIGH INSULATION ENGINEERING 1 E ROSTATIC FIELDS, THEIR CONTROL AND ESTIMATION

Electric field intensity

ensity

US DIELECTRICS IN ELECTRIC

Breakdown in uniform and weekly uniform fields

LTAGE

•

4 GH VOLTAGE APPLICATIONS

lating oils

aterials

n solid dielectrics

Text book: High voltage insulation engineering by Morsh and Arora

ch (Power System) Semester-1, ELECTRICAL (2005)

VOLTAGE

LECT• • Electric strength • Classification of electric field • Control of electric field int• Estimation of electric field intensity

2 BEHAVIOR OF AIR AND OTHER GASEO

FIELD •• Breakdown in extremely non-uniform fields and corona • Electric arc discharge • Breakdown of gaseous dielectric other than air

3 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF VACUUM AS HIGH VO

INSULATION • Prebreakdown electron emission in vacuum Spark breakdown in vacuum • Conclusions

LIQUID DIELECTRIC IN HI

• Classification of liquid dielectric • Dielectric properties of insulating liquids

• Breakdown in liquid dielectrics Ageing of mineral insu•

5 SOLID DIELECTRICS AND THEIR BEHAVIOR IN ELECTRIC FIELDS • Classification of solid insulating materials • Sources, production and properties of solid insulating m• Partial discharge in solid dielectrics • Breakdown and prebreakdown phenomenon i

367

M.T

POWER SYSTEM PLANING AND REFORMS Loa niques Relsys reliability, time dependence of reliability, two state model, forced and planed out CoIntRe rms in power sectors restructuring of system, deregulation, IPPs, captive power pla er tari Ele Text books: SEMESTER I SerNo

Name Designation Subject Teaching

ech (Power System) Semester-2, ELECTRICAL (2005)

d forecasting problem formulation and different solution tech

iability in power system; review of probability theory, binomial distribution, generator temages availability and unavailability, reliability indices LOLP epsilon DNS, etc.

ntingency evaluation using YBUS, ZBUS, multiple contingencies. erchange capability evaluation. fonts, project financing alternatives, modes of contracting (BOT etc.), trading of powff.

ctricity act-2003, Metering concepts, time of day metering.

. .

1 High Voltage Test & Measuring Instrumentation

Dr.H.A.Mangalvedekar Professor

2 Dr.S dkar Visiting Pr Advanced Systems

.D.Varwan ofessor Power

3 Prof. t Pr Adaptive Techniques & Systems

C.G.Barbole Adjunc ofessor Relaying SCADA

4 Prof. cturer(Sade)

Quality A. K. Mahaley LeGr

election Power

5 Dr. N.M.Singh Assistant Professor Adaptive Contro

l

SEMESTER I Ser. No

Name o t Teachin.

Designati n Subjec g

1 Dr.H.A.Mangalvedekar Professor Insulation Systems

368

Design

2 Dr.S.D.Varwandkar Visiting Professor Power System S bility ta

3 Prof.A.K. Mahaley Lecturer(Selection rade)

High Performance ial DriveG Industr

s

4 Dr.M.S.Panse Professor Power System P

lanning

5 Prof. Lecturer(SGrade)

Power Plant CoDesign

H.B.Choudhary election mponent

369

Nam

r wise details of Course Structure: Control Systems (CS) Sr. No

Coghtag s

e of the course : 3. M.Tech. ( CONTROL SYSTEMS )

Semeste

. urse Title Contact Hours Evaluation ESE

wei e (Theory) Hour L P/T A E Total Cr TW ES Sem I ester 1 Finit mensional Linear 5 - e Di

System 5 8 30 70 3

2 A daptive Control 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 3 Opti mal Control 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 4 Dyn 5 - 7amical Systems 5 8 30 0 3 5 Elect 5 - ive 1 5 8 30 70 3 Tota 25 - 0 l 25 40 15 350 - Elec

4.

5 l. Syst

tive – 1 n

) Optimizatio

niquesTech) Digital contro

em Identification

Semester II 1 Mu - 5 8 30 70 3 lti Variable Control. 52

Anal- 5 8 30 70 3 Non Linear System 5

ysis. 3 N - 5 8 30 70 3 on

Design. Linear Control 5

4 Stoc - hastic Control. 5 5 8 30 70 5 Elect ive 2 5 - 5 8 30 70 3 Tota 5 0 3l 25 - 2 40 15 50 - Elec

4es.

5

6 ontrol

tive – 2 ) Power electronics

and driv

) Control System Design.

nced C) AdvaTheory

Sem ster IIe I & IV 1 Sem - 3 100 inar - -

20 Stage I

Stage II Stage III 2 Dissertati - - -

25 25 50

on

370

FIR A) Finite Dimensional linear Systems

troduction to basic algebraic structures like group, rings and fields, Finite

squa

Refe) Linear Algebra-Vol-I by N.Jacobson, East-West Press

2) Vol-II by N.Jacobson, East-West Press

sons, inc,

tive control, Real-Time Parameter Estimation, Deterministic

Stochastic and predictive self-tuning regulators, Model s, Properties of Adaptive systems.

Ref1) 2)

C) Opti

imum principle and ties of s, The

stems, The design of optimal linear system with quadratic roblems when the control in constrained.

Refe1)

D) Dyn

lements of topology, Vectors and matrices, Existence Theorems General properties of t inear Systems, Stability, The differential Equation, The general

ST YEAR M.TECH. (CONTROL SYSTEMS) SEMESTER I

InDimensional Vector spaces, Linear differential equations, Linear systems, Least

re theory, Stability of linear systems.

rence: 1

Linear Algebra-3) Finite Dimensional Vector Spaces by P.R.Halmos 4) Finite Dimensional Vector Spaces by Roger W Brocket, John Wiley &

New York B) Adaptive Control

troduction to AdapInSelf-Tuning Regulators, Reference Adaptive system

erence: Adaptive Control by Astrom and Wittenmark. Adaptive Control Model Reference Approach by Landau.

mal Control

Mathematical preliminaries, Condition for optimality: the maxHamilton-Jacobi equation, Condition of optimality, The structure and proper

timal systems, Boundary conditions, The design of time optimal systemopdesign of fuel optimal sycriteria, Optimal control p

rence: Michael Athans and Peter L. Flab,: “Optimal control”, McGraw Hill Book Company

amical Systems

Ehe solutions, L

non-analytic system, The method of Poincarre, The direct stability theorems of Lyapunov.

371

Refe1)

Step

EL T E) ques

ogramming, Unconstrained optimization methods, nivariate and pattern method, Descent methods: Steepest, conjugate gradient, on

direProg

Refe1)

) O

F) Digit

ntrol, Discrete systems analysis, Sam led data systems, Discrete equivalence, Design using transform techniques,

e methods. efer

1) 2)

G) System I

Refe nce: oderstrom and Stoica. . Eykhoff.

rence: Differential Equations: Geometric Theory by Solomon Lefschetz.

2) Introduction to applied Non Linear Dynamical Systems and chaos by hen Wiggins.

IVES 1 EC

Optimization Techni

Linear Programming, Nonlinear PrUC strained Optimiztion, Complex method, cutting plane method, method of feasible

ction, Inter Programming, Gomory’s cutting plane method, Quadratic ramming, Transportation problem.

rence: Optimization methods by S.S.Rao.

ptimization methods by H.A.Taha. 2

al Control.

Review of continuous control, Introductory digital cop

Design using state spac

R ence: Digital Control of Dynamic Systems by Franklin, Powell, Workman. Discrete Time Control System by Ogata.

dentification

Non Parametric methods, Linear regression, Input signals, Model parameterization, Prediction error method, Instrumental variable methods.

re1) System Identification by S2) System Identification by P

FIR A) ultivariable Control

athematical Preliminaries, Introduction to Controllability, Controllability Feedback d

and Non

Refe

) Walter Murray Wonham, “Linear Multivariable control, A.Geometric Approach”,

Lya v Stability, Input-Output Stability, Passivity, Frequency Domain Analysis of lity Analysis, Stability of Perturbed system, ngular Perturbations.

Ref1) 2) lffs, NJ,

Second Edition, 1993. Systems: Analysis, Stability and control, Spriger, New York,

) H.Khalil: Nonlinear Systems, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1996. 2) S

13) A

14) H.Nijmeijer and A.J.Van der Schaft: Nonlinear Dynamical Control Systems,

, New York, 1990.

performance analysis, Extended Kalman filter.

y Peter S Maybeck. variables and stochastic processes by A. Papaoulis.

EL E) Powe

372

r Electronics and Drives.

ST YEAR M.TECH. (CONTROL SYSTEMS) SEMESTER II

M

Man pole assignment, Observability of Dynamic Observers, Disturbance Decoupling

Output stabilization, Controllability Sub spaces, Tracking and Regulation, interacting Controls.

rences:- 1

Springer Verlag.

B) Nonlinear System Analysis

punoFeedback systems, Advanced StabiPert bation Theory and Averaging, Siur

erences:- H.Khalil: Nonlinear Systems, Third Edition, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1996. M. Vidyasagar: Nonlinear Systems Analysis, Prentice Hall, Englewood c

3) S.Sastry: Nonlinear 1999.

C) Nonlinear Control Design

Feedback Control, Feedback Linearization, Nonlinear Design Tools: Sliding mode Control, Lyapunov redesign, Back stepping, Passivity based Control, High Gain

server. Ob

References: 1

.Sastry: Nonlinear Systems: Analysis, Stability and control, Spriger, New York, 999. .Isidori: Nonlinear Control Systems, Springer Verlag, Berlin, Third Edition, 995.

Srpinger Verlag D) Stochastic Control

ction, DeIntrodu terministic system models, Probability theory and static models, Stochastic processes, Linear dynamic system models, Optimal filtering, Kalman filter, Design and

Reference:

1) Stochastic Models, Estimation and Control b2) Probability, Random

ECTIVES 2

373

odel

motFreqdriv Refe1) Drives Modeling Analysis and Control by R Krishnan. 2) Drives by B K Bose.

Sys properties, Feedback ,Interconnected Input/Output Sys d systems, Feedback for Input/Output systems ,The PID control law, Characteristics of the PID control law, Ziegler-Nichols tuning for PID conBodfeecon Ref1) 2) 3) G)

e Domain description of Linear lity, Stability Theory, variant systems, Pole

es & Dynamic Compensators.

eference: 1) J.W

SEMESTER I SerNo

M ing of Dc machines, Phase Control Dc Motor Drives, Chopper controlled DC or Drive, Polyphase induction machines, Phase controlled induction motor drives, uency controlled induction motor drives, Vector controlled induction motor es, Permanent Magnet synchronous and brushless Dc motor drives.

ence: rElectric Motor Power Electronics for AC

F) Control System Design

tem representation and their tems, Stability for interconnecte

trollers, The Nyquist criterion, The relationship between the Nyquist contour and the e plot , Robust stability, Performance of the control systems, Design limitations for

dback control, Stabilisibility and detectablility, Frequency response methods for troller design, Controller design for robust performance

erences: Feedback control system – Ozbey Mathematical Control Theory –Sontag

eedback control theory –Francis & Tanenbaum F

Advanced Control Theory

Dynamical Systems, System defined by L.D.E, TimSystems, State space Models, Controllability and Observabi

ime & Frequency domain characteristics of linear time inTplacement by static feedback, Observ

RIntroduction to Mathematical System Theory- A behavioral approach, .Polderman & J.C.Williems, Springer-Verlag, New York, Inc., 1998.

. .

Name Designation Subject Teaching

1 Dr.B.K.Lande Professor & Head Finite Dimensional Linear Systems

2 Dr.B.K.Lande Professor & timal Control Head Op

3 Dr.M.S.Panse Professor Optimization Techniques

4 r.N Assistant P Dynamic SystemD .M.Singh rofessor s

374

5 Dr.N.M Assistant Pr ve Contro.Singh ofessor Adapti

l

II SerNo

Subject Teaching

SEMESTER

. Name Designation .

1 r.B Professor & Multivariable C

D .K.Lande Head ontrol

2 B.K. Professor & H ontr

Dr. Lande ead Advanced CTheory

ol

3 Dr.N Assistant P near sis

.M.Singh rofessor Non-LiAnaly

System

4 Dr.N.M Assistant Pr near

.Singh ofessor Non-LiDesign

Control

375

Nam of the course : 4. M.Tech. ( ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATIONS ) e

376

Proposed Scheme for M.E.( Electronics and Telecommunication

Engineering) Four Semester Course

Scheme for Instructions and Examination (Revised from academic year 2002-03)

1 hour periods / week

Marks

Subject Title

Lecture Practical / seminar

Duration of

Paper

Theory Paper

Internal Assessment

MESTER I StatCo

istical Theory of mmunication

3 2 3 hrs. 100 50

Communication Networks 3 2 3 hrs. 100 50 Microwave Integrated

cuits 3 2 3 hrs. 100 50

CirError Correcting Codes 3 2 3 hrs 100 50 Elective I 3 2 3 hrs 100 50

TOTAL 15 10 500 250 MESTER II

Miampl

crowave devices and ifier design

3 2 3 hrs. 100 50

SaSy

tellite Communication stem

3 2 3 hrs. 100 50

AdCo

vanced Digital mmunication

3 2 3 hrs. 100 50

MSy

obile Communications stems

3 2 3 hrs 100 50

Elective II 3 2 3 hrs 100 50 TOTAL 15 10 500 250

MESTER III # Seminar on Special topics * 50 Dissertation Seminar 50

TOTAL 100 MESTER IV #

PreSe

-synopsis Dissertation minar

- 50

Dissertation & Viva Voce 100 100 TOTAL 100 150

AND TOTAL 1100 750

377

Elect

i) Fiber Opti i) Advanced Digital Signal Proii) A and design ii) Data Compression Methods iii) imulatiosys * Seminar on Special Topics – Each candidate should be assigned the seminar topic righ in the beginning of the semester, and the student has to do exhaustive literature surhas predep # 1

2. emester will be 2 hrs./ teacher/week.

ive I Elective II

c Communication cessing ntenna Theory

S n of communication tems

t vey, case studies etc. which has to be presented at the end of the semester. The student to be in association with staff member for conducting the seminar. The student should

sent the seminar in front of the committee consisting of the faculty member of the artment and has to be evaluated by the committee combinedly.

. During III & IV semesters, the student should work full time his/her semester and dissertation work. Student teacher contact hours for dissertation and seminar during III & IV s

STATI

. A Review Of Scalar Random Variables as of random variables,

2nd c

2. SecoTwo imensional random variable, 2 order properties, random vectors,

random variables, Hilbert spaces

3. Mul

Intro conditional expectations, functions, ments and cumulates, normal random vectors, convergence of random

4. StatiFamilinea random signals, periodicity, continuity of continuous time signals, point processes, second order random signals.

iIntrowith

. Mean Square Estimation:

without constraints,

causasigna

oshotnspect

Text and Re

378

STICAL THEORY OF COMMUNICATION

1The concept of random variable, distribution formulexpectation and moments, examples of random variables, characteristics function,

haracteristic function, function of random variables.

nd Order Random Vectors : nd-d

covariance matrices, sequences of second orderof 2nd order random variables.

tidimensional Random Variables: duction, conditional distributions

movariables.

stical Description Of Random Signals: ly of finite dimensional distribution, expectations, stationary random signals, r filtering of

5. Stat stical Models For Random Signals:

duction white noises, random walks and Brownian motion, Gaussian signals stationary increments, spherically invariant and circular signals.

6Introduction to statistical filtering, Linear statistical filteringsampling as estimation problem, Linear statistical filtering with constraints,

lity constraints, Wiener filtering, Statistical filtering of continuous time ls, Taylor expansions and estimations.

7. Queuing Theory : Pois n points in Random Intervals, Arrivals & Departures, single server Quere,

oise, markoff processes, Discrete and continuous time markoff chains, ra of stochastic FM signals.

ference books:

Bernard Picinbobo

2. Prob

McG ternational Ediiton.

1. Random signals and systems – 93 edition, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632

ability Random variables & stochastic processes by A. Papoulis

aw Hill Inr

379

COMMUNICATION NETWORKS

. Delay and loss performance in network

rriv

2. BasicArrival processes, service time queuing system clarification M/M/I queue &

dy state probabilities and notion of stability, ct

modeM/M/

3. Comm

Netw ign, key factory in comm

ExamArcch cols and TCP/IP utilities.

he Ttransmproto

Why ATM

7. Adva cture:

Overplay Model, MPLS, Integrated service in ial service.

8. SecurSecur urity Protocols, Cryptogrithm.

LosslDigitr for increasing Comp on control Protocols.

1Delay analysis A ad definition Little’s formula al rates and traffic lo

queuing models

basic multiplexer model M/M/I steeffe of scale on performance, average placket delay via network. The M/G/I

l, service time variability and delay M/M/I system. Erlang formulas and c/e system priority queuing system.

unication network and service : ork and services, Approaches to network desunication Network evolution.

4. Application and layer architectures : ples of layering. OSI reference model, overview of TCP/IP itecture. The bazkley API Application proto

5. TCP/IP T CP/IP architecture, Internet protocols. IPV6, user datagram protocols,

ission control protocols. DHCP and Mobile IP. Internet routing cols routing.

6. ATM network ATM? BISDN reference Model. ATM layers, ATM adoption Layers, signaling PNNI routing.

nced Network Archite

Internet, RSVP, Different

ity protocols ity and Cryptographic Algorithms, Sec

9. Multimedia Information and networking ess data compression.

echnique al representation of analog signals. Tression. The real time transp;ort protocol. Sessi

Text and Reference Books: 1. Comm

Newgrahill Edn.

4. ATM5. ATM6. Brodb

unication network 2000 – Lession Garcia – Available in TATA

2. TCP/IP protocol smile – Forouzan – Me Grahill 3. Netw ommer- PHIL – Prantice Hallorking with TCP/IP Vol.I,II,III – C

solutions for Enterprise Internetworking Addition – Ginburg – Wesky. Network – Rainer Handel – Addition Weskey and Communication – Balaji Kumar – MaGrill Hll

MICROWAVE DEVICES AND AMPLIFIER DESIGN

. Avalanche Devices And Circuits: al analysis, small signal analysis

effic

2. GunRidley-W formation, operating modes, larges,

s, current –field characteristic, noise in Gunn

3. Rep

Intro pedance, admittance, hybrid and ABCD matrices, traveling waves and t ine concepts. Scattering matrix and the chain scattering matrix,

arameters, generalized

para

4. MatIntroimpeappl

Introunilacasecircl

Introampdesig

7. Mic sign :

Introduction, one part negative –resistance oscillators, two part negative-resistance oscillator

8. S-Pa

Netw ement of scatting parameters, amplifier noise factor measurement, characterization of the spectral purity of

Text and R1. Mic

Coo. Microwave Amplifiers And Oscillators – Christian Ceentili (Test)

380

1IMPATT diode operation, Read Diode large signof the Read diode, Temperature effects, spurious oscillation, IMPATT noise

iency, TRAPATT mode.

n Effect Devices : atkins-Hilsum mechanism, domain

large signal dipole domainanalysidevice.

resentation Of Two-Port Networks : duction, imransmission l

shifting reference plans , properties of scattering pscattering parameters, two-port network parameters conversions, scattering

meters of transistors, characteristics of microstrip transistors.

ching Networks And Signal Flow Graphs : duction, smith chart, normalized impedance and admittance smith chart dance matching networks, microstrip matching networks, signal flow graph,

ication of signal flow graphs.

5. Microwave Transistor Amplifier Design : duction, power gain equations, stability consideration, constant gain circles teral case, unilateral figure of merit, simultaneous conjugate match bnilateral

, constant gain circles-bilateral case, operating and available power gain es. DC bias networks.

6. Noise Broaband And High Power Design Methods : duction, noise in two port networks, constant noise figure circles, broadband lifier design, amplifier tuning. Bandwidth analyses, high power amplifier n, two stage amplifier design.

rowave Transistor Oscillator De

oscillator, oscillator design using large signal measurements, configurations.

rameter And Noise Measurement : ork analysis and be automatic measur

oscillators.

eference Books rowave Transistor Amplifiers – Analysis And Design - Couillermo nzalez (Text )

2

381

r and Non-Linear Techniques.-George D.

3. Microwave Semiconductor Circuit Design - W.Alan.Daris – Van Nostrand Reinhold Company (Test )

4. Microwave Circuit Design Using LineaVendelin, Anthony M.Pano, Ulric L Rohle (Reference )

5. Design of Amplifiers And Oscillators By Th S-Parameter Method – George

382

ERR

1. Introduction to Algebra o Galois fields

2.

Stru es decoding – Hamming Coca – Perfect and Quest-

3.

Polynomial description – matrix description – bamming Codes as cylic Codes for correcti codes for Correcting burst errors – The binary Gola

4.

Enco mon Codes – The Berlecamp Massey algorithm – accelerated Berl;ekamps Massey algorithm – MDS Codes – nest

5. SpecBCH odes – Preparata Codes – Product Codes.

ConvCorralgo e 7 ano and the stack algorithms.

odes

Weigerror

Text

OR CORRECTING CODES

Gr ups-rings-Galois field – Two arithmetic of

Linear Block Codes cture matrix description – Syndrom

rfect Codes – Reed – Muller Codes Pe

Cyclic Codes

ng double error – cyclicy Code – Shortened cyclic codes.

BCH and Reed – Solomon Codes ding and Decoding of BCH and Reed – Solo

ed Codes – Justeen Codes

Codes based on Spectral Techniques tral description of cyclic codes Extended Reed – Solomon Codes – Extended Codes – Alter ant Codes – Goppa C

6. Convolutional Codes

olutional encoders – Tree and Trellis diagram – Convolutional Codes ecting burst errors – The Vierbi Deconding algorithm – Sequential decoding rithms – Th

7. Performance of Error Control Cht distributions – The Mac-Williams identities – Probabilities of decoding s – Bounds on minimum distance for Block Codes and Convolutional Codes.

and Reference Books: 1. Theory and Practice of Error Control Codes - Richard E.Blahut Addison

2.

3. B.Wicker, Prenticel Hall

4. es – FJ Mac Williams & N.J.A. Solve

Wesley Publishing Errors Control Coding – Fundamentals and applications - Lin and Costelk Prenticel Hall Error Control Systems for Digital Communication and Storage - Stephen

Theory of Error Correcting Codorth N Holland 1977.

383

FIBRE OPT 1. Propogation of light in planar and circular optical waveguides, chracterization,

2. Coup , directional couplers, electrooptical sources and photo detectors.

3. Optic

IC COMMUNICATION

fabrication and materials, dispersion and attenuation.

led mode formulation, fibre wave guide and waveguide caupling

al fiber links, non linear fibre optics.

Text and Reference Books:

1. Fiber Optic Communication - J.Keiser , McGraw Hill

n -J.E.Midwinter, John Whiley

,Academic Press

2. Optical Fibers for transmissio

3. Optical Communication systems - J.Gowar, Prentice Hall

4. Optical Fibers Telecommunications - S.E.Miller and A.G.Chynoweth

5. N linear fibers optics - G.Agarwal , Academic Press. on

ANTE 1. Fundamental parameters of antennas :

ntensity, directivity, gain efficietc.

2. ntenna: Small circular loop, loop with constant current and non uniform current, ground

ular loop, polygonal loop antennas ferrite loop, mob

3. LineN elements linear array: uniform amplitude and spacing & directivity for brad

, Hansen Woodward end fire array. design eledirec

4. and continuous sources : Schemeth

ectrically smal

6.

esign considerations,

7. E.Plane & H.Plane sectoral horn, pyramidal horn, conical horn, aperature matched

8.

Rect

Plane re

10 Dielectric Antennas :

n mechanisms. Dielectric wave guide,

384

NNA THEORY AND DESIGN

Radiation pattern, radiation power density, radiation iency beam width, bandwidth, beam efficiency, polarization, input impedence

Loop A

and earth curvature effects for circile communication systems antennas.

Arrays : ar arrays, planner arrays and circular arrays.

ride, end fire, phased arrayn procedure ment linear array for uniform spacing and non uniform amplitude. Super tivity, planar and circular array.

Antenna Synthesislkunoff ploynomial method, fourier transform method, Woodward law on od Taylor line source, amplitude and phase distribution.

5. Frequency Independent Antennas : Theory, equiangular spiral antennas, log periodic antennas, limits of el

l antennas.

Aperture antennas : Huygen’s principle, rectangular & circular apertures, dBabinet’s ciple, fourier transform in antenna aperature thprin eory.

Horn antennas :

horns.

Microstrip antennas : angular & circular patch, circular polarization and feed network.

9. Reflector antennas : flector, corner reflector, parabolic and spherical reflector.

Principles, design criteria, procedures. Radiatiodielectric resonator, dielectric horn antenna.

Text and Reference Books: 1. Antenna Theory - Constantine A.Balanis ,Wiley Publication 2. Antennas - John D.Kraus , McGraw Hill Publication 3. Antennas Engineering Handbook - R.C.Johnson and H.Jasik

385

4. Antenna Theory – Robert S. Elliott. PHI 5. Dielectric Antenna – Mrs. R. Chatterjee

386

ADV 1. Design of Digital filter :

tisymmetric, linear phase, optimum, rip

– Impfrequefilters

2. Multir

Decimation by a factor D, Interpolation, filter design and implementation, al processing.

3. Power

Paramminimum variance.

ffect

Effectcompu ters, its applications, application of DSP to speech processing.

adar

6. Applic

Text and Reference Book

is, Prentice Hall 2. gital signal processing - A.V.Oppenheim & R.W.Schafer, Prentice Hall

R.Rabiner and

ANCED DIGITAL PROCESSING

Design of FIR filter, symmetric and anequi ple, FIR differentiators, Hilbert – transformers, design of IIR filters

ulse invariance bilinear transformation, matched transformation, ncy transformation, in analog and digital domain, design of digital based on least square method.

ate digital signals processing :

sampling rate conversion, applications of multirate sign

Spectral estimation : etric and non parametric method for power spectral estimation,

4. E of finite register length : on quatization, realization of FIR & IIR filters and fourier transfor tation adaptive digital fil

5. R Signals Processing

ation of DSP to speech processing.

1. Digital signal processing - John G.ProakDi

3. Theory and application of digital signal processing - L.B.Gold, Prentice Hall.

SATELLIT1.

ication, Development, Space segment Ground segment,

2.

Comratio

3. Tran

OrbiKepUse

orbits.

Stat Antenna subsystems, Radio freq

6. the payload, Transparent repeaters, Multibeam satellite

pe7.

ric power supply,

8. Inst

uring installation.

Sate

Prinacce

. S tury of service- David W. E. Rees, John Wiley and Sons.(Ref)

4. Satellite Communications Systems Design Principles – Richaria M., McGraw Hill (Ref )

ectrum Communication – Andrew J. Viterbi,

387

E COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Introduction :

Origin of satellite communTypes of orbit, Evolution of satellite communications, Development of service.

Link Analysis: racte an antenna, Received signal power at receiver input, Cha ristic parameters of

Carrier to noise ratio fat the receiving input, Influence of the propagation medium, pensation for the effects of the propagation medium constraints, Signal to noise for a station-to-station link.

Regenerative Satellite Networks: sparent and regenerative repeaters, Comparison of link budgets On board essinproc g, Impact o the earth segment.

4. ts : lerian orbits ful orbits for satellite communication

Perturbations of the 5. Earth Stations :

ion organization, Radio frequency characteristics,uency subsystem, Communication subsystem. Communication Payload :

Mission and characteristics of re aters, Regenerative repeater, Antenna coverage, Antenna Characteristics.

Platform : syste n subsystem, ElectSub ms, Attitude control, Propulsio

Tele y, tracking and command, Thermalmetr control and structure. Satellite Installation And Space Environment : allation in orbit, Vacuum, Mechanical environment, Radiation flux of high energy

particles, Environment d9. Satellite Installation And Space Environment:

llite system availability ponent reliability Com

10. Multiple Access: ciple of multiple access Time division multiple access, Code division multiple ss d anFixe d on demand assignment ,Random access

11. Introduction To Vast Networks

Text And Reference Books 1. Satellite Communication Systems Techniques and Technology (3rd edition), G.

Maral and M.Bousquet. John Wiley and sons. (Text ) 2. VASAT Networks G. Maral, John Wiley and sons (Text) 3 atellite Communications: First quarter cen

5. CDMA, Principles of Spread SpAddision – lWesley 1995 (Ref).

388

ADVA

1. Source Coding :

rmation and enliopy – coding for discrete sources – The

speci 2. Digital m

Review of various FSK, PSK and QAM techniques, linear modulation with Linearly modulated

Non.- - receiver for CPM Signals

qui gnals with controlled

4. O

Optifeed

5. S

applSign

Te

2. 3.

es by Dr.Kamilo Feher Poentia Hall.

NCED DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

Average mutual infolempel – algorithm – coding for analog sources – Temporal waveform coding –

al waveform coding – Model – based source coding.

odulation – demodulation techniques :

memory – Markov Chain – Miller Code – Power Spectra &signals.

Linear modulation methods with memory CPM, CPFSK, MSK - Power Spectra Optimum

3. Signal design for Band limited channels : siNy st – Criterion for Zero ISI – Design of band limited

ISI – data detection for controlled ISI.

ptimum receiver for channels with ISI of AWGN : mum maximum likely load receiver - Linear equalization – Decision back equalization – Adaptive equalization.

pread spectrum signals for digital communication : Direct sequence frequency – hoppeol spread spectrum signals – performance and

ications – generation of PN sequences – Synchronisation of Spread Spectrum als.

xt & Reference Book 1. Digital Communication by John G Proakis McGrill Hill

Digital Communication techniques by Simon, Himdi, Lindsey, PHI Advanaced Digital Communications Systems & Signal processing techniqu

MO

. Digital Cellular Mobile Systems :- GSM, IS – 136, PDC, IS – 95

2.

troduction, IMT – 2000 radio aspects, IMT – 2000 network aspects , Summary

4. Univ

UPT itecture for UPT, Numbering, d location of service

TS.

5. Privaintro

configur

7.

Basic Service rcuit mode logical channel hierarchy, mode, Special features of mode, Direct mode.

8. T rvices : -

IntrointerPeripservi

Introconn

10. OpeIntroTETRA network management

1. DigiJohn ma, James Irvine, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

2. Mobile & Personal Communication Systems and Services

3. MobiWill

. Univ em U re,

389

BILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

1

owLow P er wireless communication systems : - CT2, DECT 3. IMT – 2000, Third Generation Mobile Communication systems :-

Inof regional initiatives on IMT – 2000.

ersal Personal Telecommunication : - oncepts and service aspects, Functional arch c

inRout g and Billing aspects, Scenarios for partitioning anprofile information, Access Security requirements for UPT, UM

te Mobile Radio Environment :- duction, PMR user community, Requirements of PMR services, PMR

ions, PMR standards. at

6. intelligent Cell Concept and Applications.

An Overview of TETRA System : - s, Network architecture, Ci

mapping of logical channels Operation of TETRA V+D V+D mode, Voice coding TETRA, Data services in V+D

TE RA System Architecture, Components and Seduction, TETRA user groups, System architecture and components, system faces, TETRA reference configuration, Subscriber Access interface, heral equipment interface, Addressing and identities, TETRA network ces, TETRA inter-system interface, TETRA comparison with GSM.

9. TETRA Network Layer Protocol :- duction, Concept, Overview, Mobile to base link entity, Circuit mode ection entity.

rational Aspects of TETRA Network :- duction, Network security management, TETRA inter-system signaling,

Reference Books : tal Mobile Communication and TETRA Systems Dunlop, Demessie Gir

Raj Pandya, Prentice Hal of India Pvt. Ltd. le Cellular Telecommunications

iam C.Y.Lee , McGraw Hill, Inc. ersal Mobile Telecommunication Syst4

MT edited by Flavio MuratoJohn Wiley & Sons Ltd.

MI

. Hybrid MICs : Comparison with conventional circuits, fields of

app ifilm photo

2. MonDefin

ielectric second level metal, dielectric and air bridge via ,

3. MicrPlana

c trip open circuits and hanges in width, dispersion analysis, microstrip

charaproprelatirelatifunct

4. CoupWavcoupcoup

ine pair

resonsusp

5. Slot Anal

6. CopAnal

7. DeviGaA

1. Micr Jersey

2. MicrH

3. MIC d Oscillator Circuit Design 1990 edition, Allen Sweet, Artech House.

EMTs, Peter Ladbrooke , Artech House. d Circuits Reinmut K. Hoffman , Artech House.

390

CROWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

1Definition, Characteristics,

l cation and limitations and criteria for the choice of substrate material, thin hybrid circuits, thick film hybrid circuits, artwork, mask making, lithography, resistor stabilization, sawing, brazing process, wire bonding.

olithic MICs: ition, substrate structure, doping by ion implantation ohmic contact, metal

resistive layers, gate metal, ds substrate vias, final wafer process steps.

ostrip Lines: r wave guides, non-TEM propagation, line impedance definitions, quasi- approximations, quasi-static line parameters, micropsstati

gaps, microstrip corners, step ccteristic impedance, symmetric T junction, full wave analysis of microstrip

agation, LSE and LSM potentials, spectral domain analysis, dispersion on for open microsrip, spectral domain impedance analysis, dispersion on for open microstrip, spectral domain impedance analysis, Green’s ions, millimeter wave modeling of microstrip lines. led Line Propagation:

e equations for coupled lines, propagation models, coupled line parameters, led line parameter variations with frequency, directional couplings, Lange ler coupled line pair treated as a four port, coupled line pair operated as a two

sign assuming 0e =0o, coupled lport assuming 0e = 0o, low pass filter deanalysed to a two port 0e not equal to 0o, narrow band filter using coupled

ator, narrow band coupled line filters, suspended substrate strip lined filters, ended substrate strip line filter design using method 1 and method 2. Lines : ysis, design consideration, transitions and applications. lanar Waveguide: ysis, design considerations and coplanar line circuits. ces: s FET, Bipolar Transistors, Varactor diodes, PIN diodes, YIC resonators,

Dielectric resonators.

Text And Reference Books ostrip Circuit Analysis – David H. Schrader , Prentice Hall PTR, New

07458. ostrip Lines and Slot Lines, K.C. Gupta, R. Garg and I.J. Bahl , Artech ouse.

nd MMIC Amplifier an a

4. MMIC Design : GaAs FETs and H5. Handbook of Microwave Integrate

6. Foundations for Microstrip Circuit design T.C. Edwards, John Wiley and Sons 8. Design Considerations of Monolithic MICs Robert. A. Pucel, IEEE Trans

Microwave Theory and Techniques Vol. MTT-29;NO.6 June 1981.

DATA

1. Introduction : , Loss less and lossy Compression, Modeling,

Codin

2. Mathemati

Introduction to information theory, Conditional Energy, Differential , Markov Models, Random

ariab

3. Huffm Huffman Cod

Non-binary Huffman codes, Adaptive Huffman coding, Updating

4. Arith

CodinHuffm ng, Application of Arithmetic Coding to Image Compression.

State Applicbis sta

TransmModelModel

Unifor: Lind quantizers, Structured Quanti

8. Codin

dulation, Speech Coding Standards, G726. Sub b FilteriMPEGCompTrans Discrete cosine transform, Application of Transform, discrete Sine

e walsh-Hadaward transform, Application of Transform Codin on, Standard.JPEG

391

COMPRESSION METHODS

Compression Techniquesg, Measures of performance of compression techniques.

cal background :

Energy, Modeling : Physical, StatisticalV les, distribution Functions, Stochastic Process, Matrix Operations.

an Coding : ing Algorithm, Minimum variance codes, extended Huffman codes,

Procedure. Encoding/Decoding, Application of Huffman Coding to Image, Text and Audio compression.

metic Coding : g a sequence, Tag, Generating Binary Code, Comparison of an and Arithmetic Codi

5. Dictionary Based Compression : Dictionary, Adaptive Dictionary, L777 and L778 algorithms. ation of dictionary Techniques to File and Image compression, V.42 ndard.

6. Lossless Image Compression : Run Length coding, Facsimile Coding Standards, Progressive Image

ission, Image Compression. s : Linear Prediction Model, Context Model, Multi – resolution s.

7. Quantization : Scalar Quantization : Uniform quantization, Adaptive quantization, Non-

m quantization, Entrophy Coded Quantization, vector Quantization e-Buzo-Gray Algorithm. Tree-Structuredzers.

g : Differential Coding : DPCM, ADPCM, Data mo

and Coding : ng, Sub Band Coding Algorithm, Speech Coding Standard G.722, Audio Coding, Application of sub band Coding to Image

ression Wavelets. form Coding :

Transform, Discretg to image and Audio compressi

392

9. Analysis/Synthesis : Speech Coding : Channel Predictive Coder, Code Excited Linear Predic

10. Video

for Video Conferencing MPEG Video

Text and Reference Books

1. Introduction to Date Compression Book-Khalid Sayood, Morgan Huffman

2. The Data Compression book-Mark Nelson, BPB Publication (Undo

Vocoder, Lineartion, Sinusoidal Coder, Fractal Image compression.

Compression :

Motion Compensation, AlgorithmStandards, Packet Video.

Publishers.

arrangement with M&T Publishing Inc.)

3. Data Compression : The Complete Reference Davids. Saloman springer –

Verion New York Incorporated.

393

Sim

1. REVIEW TOPICS : inuous linear and non-linear

conceptsrandom

2. Discrete tion, simulation of single server

, models of arrival processes, Input modeling,

3.

Channels C. Estimation of parameters in simulation and performance

measures.

uages

b lizers, transmitting and receiving filters and synchronization

io hilip Balaban and K. Sam

Y

rey Gordon , PHI Publication.

3. Contemporary Communication Systems using MATLAB

ulation of Communication Systems

Modilling and simulation of contsystems. Random variables, stochastic processes and probability

in simulation. Monte carlo simulation, generation of numbers.

event system simulaQueuring systemsele gctin distributions, Error probabilities in digital systems, simulation of output data, Estimation and analysis of result, verification and validation of simulation models.

Simulation languages : GPSS, SIMSCRIPT and object oriented simulation.

4 . Modelling of Communication Systems : a. Transmitter and Receiver subsystems

b. Communication

5. Case studies in simulation using MATLAB or ota. Digital modulation techniques

her Lang

. Source and error control coding c. Equa

.

Text and Referen

ce books :

1. Simulat n of Communication Systems byMichel C. Jeruchim, PShanmugam, Plenum Press N.

2. System Simulation by Geoff

by John P. Proakis

394

SerNo

Name Designation Subject Teaching

SEMESTER I

. .

1 rof. Visiting Statistical TheCommunication

P S. Lonkar ory of

2 Dr.N.P.Sarwade Assistant Professor Microwave InCircuits

tegrated

3 Prof. Assistant P cation

Networks

S.J.Bhosale rofessor Communi

4 Dr.B Professor & orrecting

.K.Lande Head Error C Codes

5 Dr.S.K.Narayankhedkar Adjunct Professor Fibre unication

Optic Comm

SEMESTER II SerNo

Name Designation Subject Teachin. .

g

1 Dr.N.P.Sarwade Assistant Professor Microwave Devices & mplifier Design

A

2 rof. le Assistant P Satellite CommuSystems

P S.J.Bhosa rofessor nication

3 Dr.B Professor & ed

Communication

.K.Lande Head Advanc

4 Dr.S Adjunct Pr Commu.K.Narayankhedkar ofessor Mobile

nication

5 Dr.A.N.Cheeran Lecturer(Selection Grade)

Advanced DigitProcessing

al Signal

6 Dr.B. Meshram Assistant Professor Data Com

Methods pression

Brief Biodata of each faculty : Biodata of all t members is given abov La tory to the PG ecial rese for P cilities are sh n the inst

he faculty e

borarved

facilities exclusiveG courses. All the fa

course: There are no spared by all the students i

facilities itute

395

Spin t Aca emic calendar and frame work:

Res rch focus: List jects 1. Power Modulator 2. btaining and validating the model for inductively coupled plasma

Siemens India Ltd. 2. Crompton Greaves

earch Center (BARC) Science (BRNS)

masters’s projects: Nil

All the students appearing for the campus interview are selected for being placed in desAd

Fee

Ho

Co rogramme Nam .: Prof. B.K.Lande Ad ess: EE Dept. VJTI, Matunga, Mumbai-400019 Tel 0 E-m .in

ecial purpose software /design tool : Softwares like COMSIM, ETAP are available he department

d

ea of typical research pro

Design and Fabrication of 400 kV Pulse O

Industry Linkage 1.

3. Bhabha Atomic Res4. Board of Research in Nuclear

Publications (if any) out of research in last three years out of Placement status :

various industries under campus selection. Almost 90 % of the students who are ous are thus placed. ir

mission Procedure

Structure:

stel facilities:

ntact address of coordinator of the pe

drephone: 022 2419817ail. bklande@vjti.org

396

i Title of the progra : Post Graduate in Production engineering ii C rricula and syllabi :

6. Production Engineering Department.

mme

u

397

M BRANCH(Producti

.TECH Semester I : Production Engineering. on Engineering)

Co Course TCosting,

urse Code:612010 itle: Managerial Economics, Finance and Corporate Planning.

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 ICS:

eering Practice. DisDeassEleowOu

MANAGERIAL ECONOMThe Principles and use of Economic Analysis in Engin

counted cash flow Analysis corporate tax and investment. preciation and economic studies. Replacement analysis. Valuation of ets. Economic analysis of projects. Analysis of risk and uncertainty. ments of demand analysis and forecasting. Theory of firm as an ner and as the producer. Economics of scale. Production function. tput and pricing decisions. Long run and short run cost curves

2 COReTriexp alysis. Analysis and interpretation of finaccvarconcap

STING AND FINANCE: view of double entry book keeping, Preparation of ledger account. al balance, profit and loss account, balance sheet, income and enditure account. Fund flow an

al accounts. Ratio analysis and interfirm comparison. Cost ounting material Human resource accounting, overhead fixed and iable costs, marginal costing. Process costs. Cost estimation and cost trol. Corporate finance cost of capital and sources of funds. Working ital management. Budgeting and budgetary control

3 COCoSWevacom te pla strategies, business plans, resource pla

RPORATE PLANNING: rporate objective, goals and policies, process of corporate planning, OT analysis, gap analysis, strategy formulation. Investment luation, capital budgeting, risk analysis. Industrial dynamics, puter modeling and simulation. Organization for corpora

nning, implementing corporatenning management control and information system

PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 I.M as

Pu t.Ltd. .Pandey; Financial Management Ninth Edition 2004; Vikblishing House Pv

2 Jaw raw Hill Pu

aharlal ;Cost Accounting Third Edition Tata McGblishing2004

3 Varshney ; Managerial Economics Sultan chand Publishers 4 Thusen and Thusen, Engineering Economics, Prentice hall of India. 5 Hu ng, Pergamon Press NY ssey D. D., Introducing Corporate Planni

398

M.TECH emester I BRANCH : Production Engineering (Producti

Son Engineering)

Course Code:612020 Course on System A

Title: Management Informatind E.R.P

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 M ATION SYSTE

, importance, evaluation. Computer and MIS org f MIS.

ANAGEMENT INFORMIntroduction: definition

M:

anizational structure. Logical foundation. Future o2 Or

Infsysinfof Ab

ganizational system: nature and characteristics of organizations ormation systems and organization: organizational and information tem structure. Information, data information, management and ormation system, informational support for functional areas. Impact business and information system. Organizing information system. sorption of MIS in organization

3 CoanCone

mputers and information system: Evolution of computer hardware d software. mmunication Technology: Telecommunication and computer tworking

4 Dapro database approach and its architecture, DBMS, modat

tabase technology: Database & enterprise management. File cessing system, dels, RDBMS, SQL, 4GL, data administration. Current development abase

5 GeapExlimEff t and intranet on business process. Information systems Au

nerators tools. Software and cost benefits and simple example of plication. pert System: Basic concept, structure. Developments, benefits and itations. ect of internedit/Policy

6 E com

R P : Enterprise Resource Planning. Modules of E R P, ERP software- parative study- implementation of ERP-Preparation , training needs

PRACTICALS 1 At ments based on above topics. least five assign2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Pre esentation of at least one seminar paration and pr RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Ke

Eig nneth Laudon and Jane Laudon: Management Information System

hth Ed.Pearson Prentice Hall Publication 2 Al emystified Tata McGraw Hill Publications ex Leon; E.R.P. D3 Ja 2004Tata

Mc

vadekar Management Information System Third EditionGraw Hill Publications

399

M.TECH emester I BRANCH: Production Engineering. (Producti

Son Engineering)

Course Code:612031 Course TTechnolo

itle: Advanced Production gy- I

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 WELDING TECHNOLOGY:

lding processes. Design of weldament. Selection of umables. Selection of parameters. WeintWewe

Overview of various weprocess. Equipments and conslding productivity and quality assurance. Preheat, post-heat and er-pass temperatures. Residual stresses and distortion control. lder certification –knowledge of codes for welding. Recent advances in lding technology

2 CADeinvDis for Die Castings. ProCa

STING TECHNOLOGY: sign of casting. Uniform sections. Unequal section. Design problem olving junctions. Design for economic Moulding and Coring. tortion and residual stresses in Castingductivity in Casting and Quality assurance: Recent advances in sting Technology

3 FOAnApLu

RMING TECHNLOGY. alysis in Metal Forming. Plane Strain and Slip line Field theory. plication in Rolling, Forging and Extrusion. Effect of Friction and brication in Metal Forming. Metallurgical Factors in Metal Working

PRACTICALS 1 At n above topics mainly containing

nu least five assignments based o

merical problems and designs. 2 Study and analysis of research papers. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Ge

Intorge Dieter : Mechanical Metallurgy Fourth Ed, McGraw Hill ernational

2 Na Company, New Delhi rayanswamy : Metal Forming Ahuja Book3 Na dkarni : Modern Arc Welding- Advani Orelikon 4 Pa ition

19 rmar R.S: Welding Engineering and Technology , First Ed

97;Khanna Publishers,Delhi 5 Parmar R.S: Welding Metallurgy and Design, First Edition 1997;Khanna 6 Gr ay Spence & Norton - Rational Welding Design-Butter worth M.TECH BRANCH: Production Engineering. Semester I

(Production Engineering) C se C roduction our ode:612032 Course Title: Advanced P

Technology- II D ILEETA D SYLLABUS 1 CA

De&D

D/CAM finition. Rational for CAD/Cam. Historic Development. Computer esign. CAD-to-CAM interface. CAD/CAM Hardware. CAD/CAM

CAD/CAM. GroSoftware. Animation & up Technology 2

l developmenconversion. MDI

Numerical Control Overview of NC. HistoricaPros & Cons of NC

t. Pros & Cons in justifying NC. control. Computer assisted NC

400

proHiDaCNin

gramming. Benefits & gains form NC. Overview of Direct NC. storical development for DNC. Direct Computer & Distributed NC. ta Transmission in DNC. Advantages & Best applications. Overview of C elements. Historical development. CNC Vs DNC. Operator interface CNC

3 Automated Assembly. De nal for AA. Criteria for Assembly Process. InhsysTraInt

finition, current stage, Ratioibitors of AA. Advantages of AA. Impact of Design on AA. Control of A tems. Principle components of Robot Assembly System. Part Feeding. nsfer lines. Joining 7 Fastening AGV’s. Machine Vision. Artificial elligence

4 Automated Guided Vehicles. finition. Historical development. Rational of using AGV, Types. idance. AGV S

DeGu nt. Vehicle Dispatch, Monitoring. Saf g Methods

ystems Managemeety Trends. Other Material Handlin

5 Programmable Logic Controllers finition. Programmable Logic Controllers Vs Personal Computers. storical development. Configuration of PLC. Operation. Application

DeHi

6 FleDeCoCe

xible Manufacturing Systems (FMS) finition. Overview. Historical Development. Rationale of FMS. FMS mponents. FMS cells. Artificial Intelligence & FMS. Machining nters

7 CoDeCIM

mputer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) finition. Overview. Historical Development. Problems Associated with

, The CIM Wheel. Benefits of CIM PRACTICALS 1 At ssignments based on above topics. least five a2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 lexible Manufacturing

ons.) Charles Stark Systems Handbo

Draper Laboratory Inc –Fok- Cambridge, Massachusetts (Noyes Publicati

2 Da r Pub. Inc. Ne

vid Goetsch –Advanced Manufacturing Technology- (DelmawYork,1990)

M.TECH Semester I BRANCH : Production Engineering (Production Engineering)

Cour Course Title: Advanced Total Quality Management

se Code:612040

DETA ED SYLLABUS IL1 Quality Circle:

Introduction, Implementation, Formation, Intangible impact of Quality Circle, Inhibiting factors.

2 g : e for imple

s tools and Misco

Concurrent EngineerinIntroduction, Rational mentation, Benefits, Teams, Communication model nception and pitfalls

401

3 Kaizen : oduction, Intr

Impthe Japanese style of management & kaizen,

lementation, modeling kaizen process & benefits 4 Just-In-Time Manufacturing & Business Process Re-Engineering :

IntrJITdefInctecvisi

oduction, advantages, approach to quality, Importance of kanban in , problem solving methods, Introduction to BPR, Re-engineering, inition, strategic value added process, Re-engineering, trends, remental improvement program, Differentiation of BPR and TQM hniques & JIT stages of re-engineering, preparation, Identification, on, technical & special design transformation

5 Quality Function Deployment : oduction, The QFD team, Benefits of QFD, the voice of customer,

lity, Building of houseIntrorg of qua

anization of information, House of Quality, AFD process FMEA

6 Taguchi’s Quality Engineering : osophy of loss, System Design, Parameter Design, Tolerance Design,

nal to noise ratio, On-line and off-lPhilSig ine quality control methods

PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RE XT BOOKS: COMMENDED TE1 – Prentice Dale H. Bestefield and others Total Quality Management

Hall 1995 2 T.Q.M by Juran 3 hi – N. Logothetis, Managing for Total Quality – PHI Pvt. Ltd., New Del

1997 4 Kance A. Ealey, Quality by Design – ASI press 1994 5 Jayant Sharma, Excellence Through Quality Circle – RBSA Pub.

1998 6 Madhav Phadke Quality Engineering with Robust Design 7 Michael Hammer & James Champy Re-Engineering the Corporation 8 Raym angenelli & Mark M Kilen The Re-engineering

Handbond L. M

ook

M.TECH Semester I BRANCH : Production Engineering (Production Engineering)

Co Course TiMaterials

urse Code:612060 tle: & Logistics Management

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 MATERIALS MANAAGEMENT :

d Scope. Organizing for Materials Function, Concepts. Objective anvarious administrative practice

2 DEMInteBud alysis standardization. Make and

AND FORECASTING raction with production and sales. Material Management Planning & geting. Various techniques A B C an buy decisions

3 PURPre-andeval and pricing. Purchasing of Capital Equ Lease. Import Substitution. Import Reg

CHASING SYSTEM: purchase System. Ordering. Post purchase activity. Price forecasting analysis. Purchasing under uncertainty vendor development and uation. Purchase negotiation ipment. Tendering. Purchase Vsulations and procedures Legal aspects of purchasing

4 PUBBuyD.GInd

LIC BUYING : ing procedures related to various Governmental organizations like .S&D Registration of suppliers. Rate and Running Contracts. enting procedures

5 WAPur and layout. Various types of stores. Stores ProScr

REHOUSING AND SOTRESS MANAGEMENT : chase of Stores locationcedures. Stores Accounting and Stock checking Management of ap : Obsolete, damaged & unwanted stocks

6 INVVar es on Mat

ENTORY MANAGEMTN: ious Inventory Model. Peculiarities in India. O.R. techniquerials Management.

7 COComMat

MPUTER APPLICATION : puter Applications in Materials Management Systems. Evaluation of

erials Management Systems 8 LOG

GenPoliOrg

ISTICS MANAGEMENT : esis of Logistics – Logistics Decision on facility location, Inventory ty, Transportation, Storage and material Handling Logistics anization & Control

PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Pre e seminar paration and presentation of at least on RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Dobler, Lee Burnt, Purchasing & Materials Management – TMH 2 Heinntz :Purchasing Principles & Applications – Prentice Hall of India 3 Sm f Manufacturing – Van Nostarand olik : Material Requirements o4 Gop hasing & Materials Management

– PHalakrishnan & Sundareshan :PurcI

5 Ranald Ballau : Business Logistics Management, PHI

402

M. BRANCH: (Productio

403

TECH Semester I Production Engineering. n Engineering)

Course Code:612050 Course TiResearch

tle: Advance Operations

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 :

formulation, decision options, det situation, criteria for evaluation andOrig

Definition, Need and scope Real life problem analysis and

erministic and probabilistic problem optimization. Methodology in approach; in, growth and major contributions

2 LineForm les; types of solu e/non degenerate, opti lternate/infinite optimal, bounded/ unbprogAlgo

ar programming : n variabulation, objective function, constraints, decisio

tion such as feasible/infeasible, degeneratmal/suboptimal unique/aounded value and solution parametric programming, goal ramming, Integer linear programming, Branch and Bound rithm. Cutting plane Algorithm. Decomposition Algorithm

3 NonSepsuffProg

– linear programming arable programming. Stochastic Programming. Kunh – Tucker iciency conditions. Quadratic Programming. Geometric ramming

4 DynBellspaOpesequ oblems

amic Programming : man’s principle of optimality. Bayesian Paradigm. Howards Policy ce Technique. Markov Process approach. Value Determination ration (VDO) Policy Improvement Routines (PIR) for solving ential decision pr

5 QueM/Mstat

uing Theory /S and M/G/1 queues – Queues in series and parallel servicing

ions. Pollaczek – Khintchine Formula 6 Job

PalmBou n m machines. Sequencing of jobs are different for jobs

Sequencing : er’s Algorithm Gupta’s Algorithm. CDS algorithm and Barrel and

nd method of sequencing ‘n’ jobs o when machine orders

7 ReliReliavai

ability : ability engineering including maintainability, serviceability and lability

8 PERRes

T – CPM ource allocation and least cost planning spanning tree problem.

MaxNetw

imal Flow Problem. Minimal cost Network Flows Generalized ork problem

PRACTICALS 1 At least Eight assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of application of OR to real life Problems 3

Prep resentation of at least one seminar aration and p

RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 H.A

New.Taha – Operations Research – 6th edition – prentice Hall of India, Delhi

2 B.B tions Research, Techniques for Management – anerjee – Opera

404

Business Book Publishing House, Mumbai – 400 071 3 J.K.Sharma: Operations Research McMillan Publication,India 4 B.M.Naik – Project Management – Vani Educational Books – New Delhi 5 M.S

Flow.Bazarra, J.J.Jarvis, H.D.Shelari – Linear Programming and Network s – John Wiley & Soles, New York.

M.TECH emester I BRANCH : Production Engineering. (Producti

405

Son Engineering)

Cou Course Technolo

rse Code:612070 Title: Advance Machining gy

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Tool Technology

Mechanism of tool wear, measurement of tool we ia, effect of process parameters on tool life, tool lifein comtre

Tool Wear and Failure: ar, tool failure criter tests. Tool life improvement by various coatings. New Developments tool materials: cemented Carbide, Ceramics, Diamonds, CBN, posite tool materials. Metallurgical aspects of tool materials. Heat

atment of tools and ides. Cryogenic treatment of tools 2 Non Conventional Machining.

roduction: Need for non traditional machining processes-process ection- classification-comparative study of different processes.

ing –Definition-Mechanism of

IntselMememeAb

chanical Process: Ultrasonic machintal removal elements of the process- Tool feed mechanism, theories of chanics of cutting- effect of parameters, applications. rasive Jet Machining: Principles- parameters of the process,

applications- advantages and disadvantages 3 Th

priCircir– p odes for spark ero

ermal Metal Removal Process: Electric discharge machining - nciples of operation – mechanism of metal removal basic EDM cuitry – spark erosion generators – Analysis of relaxation type of cuit – material removal rate in relaxation circuits – critical resistance arameters in Ro circuit – Die electric fluids – electrsion – surface finish, applications

4 Ele(ECECad

ctrochemical And Chemical Processes: Electro chemical machining M) – classification of ECM process – principle of ECM – chemistry of M process – parameter of the process – polarization – tool design – vantages and disadvantages – applications

5 EleDeChchdis

ctro chemical grinding – electro chemical honing – electro chemical burring. emical Machining: Introduction – fundamental principle – type of emical machining – maskants – etchants - advantages and advantages, applications

6 Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction – plasma – generation of plasma d equipment – mechanism of metal removal, PAM pan arameters –

pro

cess characteristics – types of torches, application

7 ELprothe

ECTRON BEAM MACHINING (EBM): Introduction – equipment for duction of electron beam – theory of electron beam machining –rmal and non thermal type – process characteristics – applications

8 Laser Beam Machining(LBM):Introduction – principles of generation of lasch

er, equipment and machining procedure – types of lasers – process aracteristics – advantages and limitations- applications

9 Ion Beam Machining: Introduction – mechanism of metal removal and sociated equipment – process characteristics – applications as

406

PRACTICALS 1 At

nu least five assignments based on above topics mainly containing

merical Problems. 2 An esearch papers. alysis and presentation of r3 Pre paration and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Bh e of

En attacharya : Machining Of Metals N

gineers, India ew Technology Institut

2 HMT :Production Technology Tata McGraw Hill 3 P. han “Modern machining Process” Tata McGraw

HiC. Pandey & H. S. Sll.

4 Me tal Cutting: P.N.Rao TMH 5 M. C. Shaw Metal Principles, oxford IBH. 6 Ad ods ithan :Modern manufacturing meth7 ASM “ Metal hand book” VOL.3

M. BRANCH :

(Productio

407

TECH Semester I Production Engineering n Engineering)

Course Code:712110 Course Ti

tle: Industrial Product Design

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 C ELEMENTS STUDIES IN FORM:

comanddesi

INTRODUCTION TO BASIForm, balance, proportio

&ns, size, shape, mass. Spatial relationship and

positions in two and three dimensional space, radii manipulation form transition. Form elements in the concept of the product gn, modular concepts in design

2 COLConclas e, value and chroma rela f colours. Psychological use

OUR & COLOUR DYNAMICS: cept of Colour, texture, Colour as an element of design. Colour sification and dimension of colour, hutionship. Colour dynamics and interaction o of colours

3 ROLVertdyn

E OF CREATIVITY IN PROBLEM SOLVING ical and lateral thinking, brainstorming, synectics, group working amics

4 PROMar standing of probAna from various angles of design – methodologies to fit it to th

DUCT DESIGN PROCEDURE: ket research, planning and positioning of product, underlem areas and limitations. User group and their background.

lysis of idease user

5 DESProcmai

IGN FOR PRODUCTION: ess consideration in design – design for easy assembly – ntenance –convenience – operation and safety

6 MATUsa and thermo-set plastics. FRP, its application and prop Moulding, extrusion, vacuums formsnamet l.

ERIAL SCIENCE AND PRODUCT DETAILLING: ge of thermo erties. Injection, blow. Compressioning & FRP forming. Machining of plastics. Components designs,

p fits, gluing, welding, inserts in Moulding, painting of plastics and als. Design for productivity, serviceability, safety and disposa

7 PROVisulayomansket

DUCT PRESENTATION: al communication skill related to product and service. Typeface, uts, sketches for leaflets and instruction. Exploded view for service uals. 2D & 3D presentation, concept drawings, renderings, ches, computer generated images

8 APPGroillum Psychological aspects of design. Anadispdispand

LIED ERGONOMICS IN PRODUCT DESIGN ss human anatomy, anthropometry, environmental conditions,

ination, noise, thermal, vibration.lysis and organization of control panels and displays, function, lay elements, dials, knobs, push buttons, handles and electronic lays. Visual, functional and ergonomical requirements of controls display elements. Study of product graphics and textures

9 RAPPrin

ID PROTOTYPING ciples, methodology, tools and materials, applications

PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies and research papers. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar

408

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Product Design & Manufacturing by John Lindbeck –P.H.I. Publications 2 Product Design & Manufacturing by Boxter 3 Industrial Design by Van Doran Herold.-T.M.H. 4 Fittin omics

– by g the Task to The Man-A Textbook of Occupational Ergon

Etienne Grand Jean.- 4th Edition- Taylor & Francis London. 5 Mea

Psych, A.G

urement of Man At work & appraisal of Pyssiological & ogical criteria in Man- Machine System Ed. By W.T. Singleton ol

.Fox , Taylor & Francis London 6 Product Design & Manufacturing by John Lindbeck –P.H.I.

Publications

409

M. BRANCH :

(ProductioTECH Semester I Production Engineering

n Engineering) Course Code:712020 Course Ti

Project Matle: nagement

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 nt Scenario

ternal causes of delay, Inte aspects, financial and econ

Indian Project ManagemeProjects and Development, concept of project, Ex

rnal constraints, overruns, contractual/legal omic issues, social and human aspects

2 TimTimmon of individual fund

e value of money : e value, Future value of money, (compounding), Present value of

capital, discounting, costey (discounting), cost of s, rate of return

3 NPVMarviab rs, Demand forecasting techniques

Project feasibility study : ket feasibility, Technical feasibility, financial feasibility, economic ility, critical success facto

4 ProjIdenrisk

ect risk analysis : tification of critical sources of risk, measuring risk, incorporating in decision making, types of risks

5 ProjNee in project life cycle, Project construction altecont

ect Planning & Control : d of Project Control, phasesrnatives, control requirement and functions, project organization, racting, monitoring, termination of project

6 Proj ath method, line of bala

ect Evaluation & review techniquncing Gantt chart

e, critical p

PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Ana s. lysis and presentation of case studies and research paper3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Text Management – P.Gopalakrishnan,

V.E acmillan Indian Limited. book of

.Ramamoorthy MProject

2 Proj ation & Con

ect Management – Strategic financial planning, Evalutrol – Bhavesh Patel, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. (2000)

3 P roject Management – ICFAI –Study Course Material.

4 P

roject Management by Prasana Chandra.

410

M. CH Semester I BRANCH : Production Engineering.

(ProductioTE

n Engineering) Course Code:712030 Course Ti

tle: Organizational Behaviour

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 h A Social Systems Approac

2 Hum

Perc ption, Learning & Motivation Theories of Personality an Behaviour e

3 Form alue Systems ation of Attitudes and V4 Gro

LeadRes

up Dynamics ership and Team Building, Factors affecting group performance

olving conflicts 5 Org nd Design

ManSysThe

anisational Structure aagement of Changes

nges tems Approaches to Cha role of Industrial Engineer as a Change Agent

6 Org ity ManRes tional behavior

anisational Development and small group activagement by Objectives

earch studies and case studies in organiza PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 Rob avior : Concepts and Controversies, New

Delh

in S. Organizational Behi, Prentice Hall India

2 Rao on, Oxfo

, P.U. & Pestonjee D.M., Behavioural Process in Organisatird & IBH,

M. BRANCH :

(Productio

411

TECH Semester I Production Engineering. n Engineering)

Course Code:712040 Course Ti

tle: Experimental Design

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1

ental Design, the experiment, the design, the ana on of statistics to experimentation; initial steps in pEstiaccu

Introduction Introduction to Experim

lysis. The contributilanning of experiments. Statistical analysis of experimental data, mation tests of hypothesis, Error and uncertainty in experiments, racy in computations; tests on variance, means and proportions

2 FacDesmeainte periments; ANOVA Rationale. Sing

torial Experiments: cription:- analysis of variance; tests on means; confidence limits on ns; components of variance. Calculation of main effects and ractions; design of factorial exle, Two and Three Factorial Experiments

3 RegOrthmod

ression Analysis : Linear Regression. Curvilinear Regression. ogonal Polynomials. Quantitative Factors; multiple regression el

4 Con ding with or within Freplwith

founding : The principle of confounding ; Block confounout replication ; use of confounded designs. Factorial experiments ractional Replication ; Construction and properties of fractionally icated design; use of fractional factorial design in practice, design factors at more than two levels

5 Runof rehom

ning an Experiment : Realizing the design of an experiment ; errors petitions of trials ; variance of optimization parameter ; testing the ogeneity of variance ; Randomization ; division of Matrix into blocks

6 Decresucon

ision : Decision making after constructing a model ; Interpretation of lts ; decision-making after constructing a model of a process ;

structing an interpolation formula 7 Stee

Calcpest ascent along a response surface; Movement along the gradient; ulation of Steepest ascent; realization of mental trails

8 Reporting and discussion of results. PRACTICALS 1 At least five assignments based on above topics. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 Coc

Delhhran & Cox – “Experimental Design” - Asia publishing house, New i.

2 Cha – “Fundamental concepts in the design of Exp

rles R. Hicks eriments” – Holf-Reinhart & Winston, N.Y.

3 Dou ” – John Wile

glas C. Montgomery – “Design & analysis of Experimentsy & Sons.

4 M. iley East

N. Das & N. C. Giri – “Design & Analysis of Experiments” –Wern.

5 LipsExp

on C. & Sheth N.J. “Statistical design & analysis of Engineering eriments” – McGraw Hill Kogakusha Ltd.

6 Kem

pthorene - “Design & Analysis of Experiments” –Wiley , N.Y.

412

REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Cox D. R. – “Planning of experiments” – Wiley 2 Willians E. T. – “Regression Analysis” - Wiley 3 Joh – Mc Millan

Pubn P.W.M. – “Statistical design & analysis of experiments” . Co.

4 PenWes

g K. C. – “The design & analysis of scientific experiments” – Addsion ley

413

M. BRANCH :

(ProductioTECH Semester I Production Engineering.

n Engineering) Course Code:712050 Course Ti

tle: Plastics Engineering

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 plastics, The oplastics materials, thermo

app

Introduction: Types of setting materials, struc

rmture, Properties, Polymerization Principles,

lications 2 Plas

mou ion, operation, importance of specifications tic Processing Machines: Injection moulding machines, compression lding, construct

3 Moufittin

ld Construction: Injection mould elements, cores, cavities, inserts, g core and cavity inserts, pillars & bushes.

4 Feedshri

Systems: Gates, Runners, Impression layout, sprue, mould nkage & ejectors.

5 DefeMou

cts in moulding and its remedies. lding Methods: Extrusion, Blow moulding, forming, calendaring

6 Exercises in Mould design. Design of Plastic Products PRACTICALS 1 At l

probeast five assignments based on above topics mainly consisting of lems and die design for manufacturing of plastics products.

2 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar REC T BOOKS OMMEBDED TEX1 Processing of Plastics A.S.Athalye 2 R.G. W. Pye Injection Mould Design. 3 Glanvill & Denton Injection mould design fundamentals 4 CIPET Hand Book. 5 William J. Patton “Plastic Technology” 6 J. A 980 . Brydson, Plastic Materials, Butter Worm 17 Gas . trow, Injection Moulding, Hanse Publications8 R. D. Beck, Plastic Products Design, Von Nostrand

414

M. BRANCH :

(ProductioTECH Semester II Production Engineering.

n Engineering) Course Code:712090 Course Ti

tle: Surface Coating Technology

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 surface coatin : Purpose of surface coating,

surffinis

Definition and Scope of resistance/wear hardness

g , corrosion resistance, weather resistance,

ace coating for conduction and insulation, aesthetic and surface h, etc

2 Pretde-s

reatment for Surface Coating : Degreasing, pickling, phosphating, caling, cleaning etc

3 Metlimialum

al Coating : Characteristics; operational parameters, application and tations of galvanizing, sherardising, chromating, zinc and

inium spraying 4 Hot dipping, gas spraying, arc spraying, plasma spraying. 5 Elec

equprodmet

tro-plating: Vat, barrel, automatic reverse current plating, ipment, operational parameters and electrolytes for electro-plating; uctivity comparison between metal coating and electro-plating, base

als and plating metals, application and limitations 6 Cera

merpolybed,

mic coating: Characteristics, types of polymers and their relative its and demerits, base materials for polymer coating, equipment for mer coating; types of polymer coating, spraying, dipping fluidized powder spraying; use of extrusion, principles, selection of polymers

7 Painseleeleccoat

t coating: Types of paints, their characteristics and properties, ction of paints; technology of application of paints, brush, spray, trostatic spray, airless spray, dipping, flow coating, tumbling, roller ing, powder coating, etc.

8 CurinfrElec

ing of Paint Coating: Air drying, catalyst drying, convection stoving, ared stoving, tron beam curing, ultraviolet curing

9 Mischro

cellaneous Processes: Chemical colouring, blackening, blueing, etc.; mating, chemical polishing, lead sheathing,etc

10 New surface technology er coating processes and advances in PRACTICALS 1 2 3 RECOMMEBDED TEXT BOOKS 1 Elec

99

troplating and Other Surface Treatments; C.D.Varghese, TMH,1 3.

2 Met D.Baik; TMH, 1992.

al Pretreatment; N.

415

M.TECH Semester I BRANCH: Production Engineering. (Production Engineering)

Course Code: Course Title: Managerial Economics, Costing, Finance and Corporate Planning.

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS:

The Principles and use of Economic Analysis in Engineering Practice. Discounted cash flow Analysis corporate tax and investment. Depreciation and economic studies. Replacement analysis. Valuation of assets. Economic analysis of projects. Analysis of risk and uncertainty. Elements of demand analysis and forecasting. Theory of firm as an owner and as the producer. Economics of scale. Production function. Output and pricing decisions. Long run and short run cost curves

2 COSTING AND FINANCE: Review of double entry book keeping, Preparation of ledger account. Trial balance, profit and loss account, balance sheet, income and expenditure account. Fund flow analysis. Analysis and interpretation of final accounts. Ratio analysis and interfirm comparison. Cost accounting material Human resource accounting, overhead fixed and variable costs, marginal costing. Process costs. Cost estimation and cost control. Corporate finance, cost of capital and sources of funds. Working capital management. Budgeting and budgetary control

3 CORPORATE PLANNING: Corporate objective, goals and policies, process of corporate planning, SWOT analysis, gap analysis, strategy formulation. Investment evaluation, capital budgeting, risk analysis. Industrial dynamics, computer modeling and simulation. Organization for corporate planning, implementing corporate strategies, business plans, resource planning management control and information system

PRACTICALS 1 Assignments based on above topics. 2 Presentation of case studies. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one seminar RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 I.M.Pandey; Financial Management Ninth Edition 2004 ;Vikas Publishing House

Pvt.Ltd.

2 Jawaharlal ;Cost Accounting Third Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing2004 3 Varshney ;Managerial Economics Sultan chand Publishers

4 Thusen and Thusen, Engineering Economics, Prentice hall of India. 5 Hussey D. D., Introducing Corporate Planning, Pergamon Press NY

416

iii F 1. Name of the course: M.Tech.(Production Engineering) Sr.

aculty profile

No Name of faculty Designation Subject Teaching 1. a t.Prof

I,s

Nag re Madhukar Asst essor AdvanceTechnolo

Production Logistics gy-

and Material Management 2. Y.D.Venkatesh Asstt.Professor Industrial Pro

ATQM duct Design,

3. P.M. Asstt.ProfII

Ravanan essor Advance Technology-

Production , MIS-ERP

4. B.E.Nar Lecturer khede Machining Science-I, 5. S.A.M Lecturer

Technology-IIastud Advance Production

6. Dr.C. Emeritus

Fellow tics ance nology

S.Sharma Plas Engineering, AdvTech

Machining

7 P.N.Ph Visitng Professor

ance OR utane Adv

Laboratory facilities exclusive to the PG course: Nil Sp l purpo ign tool: Nil Research focu rocess Planning vity Imp List f typical research projects: Nil Ind undergo Six months training in ind2. A3. E ternal Examiners for evaluating project work are necessarily from industry. Publications (if any) out of research in last three years out of master’s projects: At car PlaAdFee tructure : As per other departments HoConNamAd ga, Mumbai 400019 TelE-m

ecia se software /dess:Tool Design,P and Producti rovement

o

ustry Linkage:1.All UG students are required to ustry and carry out a project as a partial fulfillment in obtaining Degree.

l M.Tech. students carry out their one year project work in a industry. lx

least four to five papers published in national journals are based on the project work ried by the students in industry.

cement status: All the students are placed in industry before they leave the institute. mission Procedure: Purely based on merit demonstrated in GATE Examination. Sstel facilities : As per other departments tact address of coordinator of the programme e : P.M.Ravanan

dress: Production Engineering, VJTI Matun ephone: 022-24198239 ail :pmravnan@vjti.org.in

417